《I Am Carrying Gold From the Post-Apocalyptic World》


 Chapter 1 - Entering the Apocalypse

    Wang Bin, a junior majoring in Financial Management, was not only a top student but also quite handsome, making him very popular among the female students. Unfortunately for them, this campus prince was already taken.


    Wang Bin wasn''t just a bookworm; he occasionally played games. Recently, he had been playing a single-player game called "Apocalypse Survival," and after nearly a month, he finally completed it.


    At the moment he finished the game, an email appeared on his computer screen. Seeing the email, Wang Bin felt a surge of excitement. While playing the game, he often browsed the gaming forum and noticed that no one else seemed to have received an email after completing the game, which sparked a bit of anticipation in his heart.


    "After testing, you are the player who completed the game in the shortest time and collected the most resources. We invite you to enter the post-apocalyptic world! A friendly reminder: entering the post-apocalyptic world poses life-threatening risks. If you die in the post-apocalyptic world, you cannot return to the real world. Of course, the greater the risk, the greater the reward! Please choose your answer: Yes or No?"


    Wang Bin was stunned by the email.


    It was a difficult choice: to choose yes or no?


    After some thought, Wang Bin ultimately chose yes. He was someone who loved adventure and excitement. If he could make his life more thrilling, why not join in?


    "Congratulations on making the right choice. We believe you will have an unimaginable apocalyptic experience!"


    "Now binding the system!"


    "System binding successful!"


    "Players can freely enter the post-apocalyptic world through this system!"


    "Before entering the post-apocalyptic world, please thoroughly understand the system rules, or bear the consequences!"


    "First, if you die in the post-apocalyptic world, you cannot return to the real world!"


    "Second, each time you enter the post-apocalyptic world, you must survive for seven days before returning to the real world!"


    "Third, the time ratio between the real world and the post-apocalyptic world is 1:7, meaning one day in the real world equals seven days in the post-apocalyptic world!"


    "Fourth, players can freely carry non-living items between the two worlds!"


    "Fifth, the post-apocalyptic world is a ruleless, brutal world. Please prioritize your survival!"


    "The post-apocalyptic world will open in four hours. Please prepare!"If you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen from Royal Road. Please report it.


    With only four hours to prepare, Wang Bin immediately sprang into action to get ready for his apocalyptic journey.


    The urgent task was to quickly buy some items needed for survival in the post-apocalyptic world and survive for seven days first.


    However, ever since he started dating Zhao Qian, even with part-time jobs on weekends, he still didn''t have much money left.


    "What to do? I''ll have to borrow some from my roommates You Hongfei and Li Xingping!"


    With that decision, Wang Bin quickly found his roommates Hongfei and Li Xingping. He had a good relationship with both of them, and they often took care of him.


    Unfortunately, it was near the end of the month, and they could only gather a thousand yuan.


    After thanking them, Wang Bin rushed out of the school to a military supply store, where he bought a large, sturdy military backpack, an entrenching tool, a water bottle, a flashlight, and a high-voltage electric baton. He wanted to buy a dagger too, but the store didn''t have any.


    Then he went to the supermarket and bought a lot of food until his backpack couldn''t hold any more.


    Back at school, Wang Bin saw that there was less than half an hour until the opening time. He didn''t have time to say goodbye to Zhao Qian in person, so he took out his phone to call her.


    "Hello, Zhao Qian."


    "Hi, Wang Bin, what''s up?"


    "I''m going out to work tomorrow. I probably won''t be back until the day after."


    "Oh, I have something to tell you when you get back."


    "Okay, see you the day after tomorrow!"


    "Mm, goodbye!"


    After calling Zhao Qian, Wang Bin found a secluded corner to wait for the time to come.


    It was already evening, which helped him avoid being noticed.


    As soon as the time arrived, with a whoosh, he was transported to the post-apocalyptic world.


    ***


    When Wang Bin opened his eyes, he found himself standing in a dilapidated house covered in dust, clearly uninhabited for years.


    He searched the house and found it seemed to have been looted, with nothing of value left except some old furniture.


    Through the window, Wang Bin saw a few zombies wandering the streets outside, and the surrounding houses were eerily quiet, as if no one lived there.


    "Should I stay here for seven days or go out and explore?


    Forget it, better go out and understand this world!"


    With that decision, Wang Bin carefully observed the surrounding buildings and zombie activity through the window, planned a route, and then cautiously left the house with his entrenching tool in hand.


    There weren''t many zombies on the street, some in groups and some alone. Even so, Wang Bin didn''t attempt to hunt them.


    He had enough food and water for now, and exploring the world was his main priority. Other matters could wait.


    As Wang Bin avoided zombies and explored the city, he soon realized something was wrong. It seemed someone was following him.


    He continued walking while using his phone''s selfie mode to discreetly check behind him. Through the camera, he saw a young girl watching him from the ruins.


    He knew that in the apocalypse, humans were more dangerous than zombies, and he needed to shake her off quickly to stay safe.


    Wang Bin quickened his pace, heading for more secluded areas.


    But he found that the person behind him was faster and more familiar with the surroundings, and no matter how he tried, he couldn''t shake her off.


    Wang Bin realized that if this continued, he wouldn''t be able to escape her. He had to find a way to deal with her.


    Glancing around, Wang Bin chose a five-story building and went inside, relieved to find no zombies.


    He picked a room and hid in the shadows with his entrenching tool, ready to ambush the stalker.


    But after waiting a long time, she didn''t come in. Just as he was getting restless, he noticed half a head peeking through the window, watching him.


    "Ah!"


    Startled, Wang Bin couldn''t help but shout.


    The girl had already assessed that Wang Bin was a rookie from her observations. Since she was discovered, she no longer hid and jumped through the window, brandishing a shiny dagger as she approached him.


    "You, don''t come any closer!"


    Wang Bin waved his entrenching tool while retreating.


    The girl, with a cold expression, slowly approached Wang Bin, eventually cornering him.


    Now that they were so close, Wang Bin could see her clearly. Despite the dirt on her face, she would definitely be a beauty once cleaned up.


    Her attire resembled a bandit from a martial arts film, with dirty and tattered clothes and cloth wrapped around her hands.


    "If you want to live, leave the backpack!"


    Seeing that Wang Bin couldn''t escape, the girl finally spoke.


    Hearing her demand, Wang Bin felt a wave of regret. Why hadn''t he hidden the backpack before coming out? He was practically inviting someone to rob him!


    But it was too late for regrets. Now he had to think about what to do.


    Judging by her demeanor, she seemed formidable, and the odds of winning a fight were low. But if he gave her the backpack, how would he survive the next seven days?


    Gritting his teeth, Wang Bin decided to fight. Even if he couldn''t win, he had to try to break through.


    He swung the entrenching tool at her, but the girl''s movements were incredibly agile. With a slight dodge, she avoided his attack, and then kicked him in the abdomen, sending him to the ground with a cry.


    <hr>


    Proofreader & Editor: Peter Pan

 Chapter 2 - Into the Wolfs Den Again

    The young girl quickly approached Wang Bin, pressing a dagger against his throat. If he dared to make even the slightest move, he had no doubt she would slit his throat with it.


    "Drop your weapon!"


    With the dagger at his throat, Wang Bin had no choice but to obediently drop his entrenching tool on the ground.


    "Leave your backpack, and you can go!"


    Wang Bin said nothing, reluctantly unfastening his backpack. Just as he freed one hand and turned to release the other, he suddenly pushed the dagger away from his throat with his left hand and pulled out a stun baton from his waist with his right, striking at the girl.


    "Zzzzt!"


    A powerful electric current knocked her to the ground, her body twitching uncontrollably.


    Wang Bin quickly stepped forward, picked up the dagger from the ground, and held it to the girl''s throat.


    After a moment of hesitation, he couldn''t bring himself to harm her. With a sigh, he put away the dagger and retrieved his entrenching tool.


    Seeing the girl still trembling slightly on the ground, Wang Bin finally took a loaf of bread, a pack of ham sausage, and a bottle of cola from his backpack, placing them in front of her before leaving the room.


    The girl was shocked that Wang Bin not only spared her but also left her with enticing food.


    These beautifully packaged items had been impossible to find for years, and the apocalypse''s law dictated no mercy for enemies. If she were in Wang Bin''s position, she would have ended him with a single stroke.


    At that moment, the girl developed a keen interest in Wang Bin, his image etched deeply in her mind.


    After the recent experience, Wang Bin decided to find a place to settle first, then hide his backpack before exploring this world.


    However, his luck was truly bad. Shortly after escaping from the girl, he was surrounded by three men wielding clubs.


    "Kid, if you know what''s good for you, hand over your backpack!"


    "That''s right, just give us the backpack, and we won''t kill you!"This story is posted elsewhere by the author. Help them out by reading the authentic version.


    Cursing his bad luck, Wang Bin tightened his grip on the entrenching tool, looking for a way to break through.


    The three men, experienced and forming a triangle formation, surrounded him, leaving no openings. To escape, he would have to force his way out.


    Seeing no other option, Wang Bin drew a dagger from his waist with his left hand and held the entrenching tool with his right.


    The three men grew wary at the sight of the dagger. If Wang Bin only had the entrenching tool, as long as they avoided a blow to the head, he would be the one to die.


    But with a dagger in his hand, a single slash could end their lives.


    Seeing the fear on their faces, Wang Bin felt a surge of hope.


    "Boss, what do we do?"


    "His backpack must have food; we have to get it!"


    "Yeah, and his flesh could feed us for a while!"


    Hearing they intended to eat him, Wang Bin felt a chill. What kind of world was this?


    The three men, regaining their composure, approached him with greedy expressions.


    Wang Bin observed closely, noticing their coordination was quite good. No matter which direction he tried to break through, his back would be exposed to the other two.


    "Right, I''m wearing a backpack; I can use it to shield my back!"


    As the encirclement tightened, Wang Bin made his move, swinging the entrenching tool as he charged in one direction.


    The man in his path was tough, not dodging but raising his iron rod to clash with Wang Bin''s entrenching tool, aiming to hold him off long enough for his companions to strike Wang Bin''s head from behind.


    "Clang!"


    The entrenching tool and iron rod collided with a crisp metallic sound.


    The opponent''s strength was formidable, nearly causing Wang Bin to lose his grip on the entrenching tool.


    With the two of them close, Wang Bin slashed at the opponent with the dagger in his left hand.


    Seeing the dagger coming, the opponent retreated, but his right arm was still grazed, blood immediately flowing out.


    The opponent was tough, not uttering a sound despite the wound.


    He dared not make a sound, as the area was swarming with zombies, and any noise would draw them in.


    Even so, he quickly wrapped the wound with cloth, as zombies had poor eyesight but were highly sensitive to sound and smell, especially the scent of blood. If he didn''t bandage it quickly, the zombies would be drawn to him.


    Seeing the path clear, Wang Bin sprinted forward, the other two swinging their clubs as they chased after him, the injured man joining the pursuit after bandaging his wound.


    The girl soon recovered.


    Once she did, she eagerly grabbed the food and cola from the ground, devouring them. A gulp of cola brought an unprecedented sense of satisfaction, followed by a loud burp. Refreshing!


    It had been four or five years since she last tasted ham sausage and cola, almost forgetting their flavor. Tasting them again brought back memories of her family''s happy life before the apocalypse, bringing tears to her eyes.


    After a while, she calmed down.


    Though she still had plenty of bread, ham sausage, and cola, she couldn''t bear to eat more. She planned to take them back to her hideout, stash them safely, and trade a few sausages for a dagger.


    On her way back, she spotted Wang Bin being chased by three men running toward her.


    Seeing Wang Bin being chased, she couldn''t help but sigh.


    "A rookie is a rookie!"


    As Wang Bin ran, he tripped over a stone and fell, his dagger flying out of his hand.


    Seeing the dagger, the girl''s eyes lit up.


    The three men quickly caught up to Wang Bin, who tried to flee again, but was cornered against a wall.


    "Kid, keep running!"


    "Dare to wound me with a dagger? I''ll skin you alive and make you wish for death!"


    The three surrounded Wang Bin, not attacking immediately, but applying psychological pressure while catching their breath.


    At this point, Wang Bin only had the entrenching tool, posing little threat. As soon as he showed a weakness, they would strike to kill him.


    Of course, Wang Bin still had the stun baton at his waist, his secret weapon, which he planned to use when they got close for a lethal strike.


    The girl initially didn''t want to help Wang Bin, but remembering how he spared her and gave her food, her heart softened. She quietly emerged from the ruins and picked up the dagger from the ground.


    Wang Bin noticed the girl emerging from the ruins, but the three men, with their backs to her, did not.


    The girl signaled Wang Bin to keep quiet, then picked up a stone, moving silently like a cat.


    With a thud, one of the men collapsed without a sound, his body going limp.


    As the man fell, the other two finally realized someone was behind them.

 Chapter 3 - Sharing Food

    Noticing someone behind them, one of the men immediately swung a club at the young girl.


    The girl moved with remarkable agility, sidestepping the man''s attack and then stabbing him in the abdomen with a dagger.


    The man whose arm Wang Bin had slashed earlier recognized her at a glance. Knowing her prowess, he dared not hesitate and took off running.


    "Catch him, don''t let him escape!"


    The girl wanted to pull out the dagger to chase down the fleeing man, but her hand was tightly held by the opponent, forcing her to let Wang Bin pursue him instead.


    Wang Bin didn''t know why he needed to chase the man, but without hesitation, he grabbed his entrenching tool and gave chase. Unfortunately, burdened with a large backpack of food, he was too slow to catch up. Moreover, the commotion had already attracted nearby zombies, and several were already staggering towards them.


    The girl kicked her opponent to the ground and shouted to Wang Bin, "Run!"


    Hearing the girl''s shout, Wang Bin glanced at the zombies accelerating towards them and quickly followed her lead.


    The girl was very familiar with the surrounding terrain. Unlike Wang Bin, who ran on the street, she dashed through the ruins, quickly leaving the zombies far behind.


    Running through the ruins had its advantages; it was less likely to be noticed.


    In the apocalypse, zombies were terrifying, but they lacked intelligence. As long as you ran out of their sight, you were basically safe.


    But humans were different. Once someone set their sights on you, you were only safe if you eliminated them.


    Moreover, if the opponent was hiding in the dark while you were in the open, you never knew when danger might strike.


    Even after shaking off the zombies, the girl didn''t stop and continued sprinting through the ruins.


    Wang Bin, carrying a bag of food, was exhausted, but he knew he couldn''t stop. He gritted his teeth and kept up. Fortunately, he had a decent physical condition from running every day in high school.


    ***Unauthorized duplication: this tale has been taken without consent. Report sightings.


    After nearly an hour of running, the girl led Wang Bin to a relatively secluded area of ruins.


    There were many houses here, mostly two or three-story villas, surrounded by overgrown weeds, giving the place a desolate feel.


    The girl glanced at the nearly exhausted Wang Bin and ran into one of the houses.


    Seeing their destination, Wang Bin followed her inside.


    As soon as he entered, a dagger was pressed against his neck.


    "Don''t move, drop that electric thing on the ground!"


    Wang Bin, almost as tired as a dog, couldn''t care less and lay on the ground, panting heavily.


    "Don''t, don''t be impulsive, we can, we can talk this out!"


    Seeing Wang Bin genuinely exhausted, the girl stood cautiously with the dagger in hand.


    "As long as you don''t harm me, I, I can give you more food!"


    Hearing about food, the girl''s eyes lit up, but she remained vigilant.


    To gain the girl''s trust, Wang Bin waved the stun baton in front of her and then tossed it at her feet.


    From their first encounter and his recent help, Wang Bin believed the girl had a kind heart. Of course, if someone crossed her line, she wouldn''t hesitate to kill.


    The girl didn''t pick up the stun baton but kicked it aside, unsure if Wang Bin had tampered with it. If she got shocked like last time, it could cost her life.


    Seeing the girl ignore the stun baton, Wang Bin opened his backpack and took out handfuls of food and drinks.


    Seeing the bread, marinated eggs, ham sausages, biscuits, spicy strips, spicy crispy peanuts, rice crust, candies, beef jerky, braised duck neck, white liquor, red wine, cola, and coffee on the ground, the girl was so shocked her mouth almost wouldn''t close. These items were luxuries in today''s world, things most people couldn''t even see, let alone eat. Yet, this person had brought out so much at once.


    "If you let me stay here for seven days, I''ll give you half of this food!"


    "What, you''ll, you''ll give me half?"


    "Yes, half. I can''t eat it all by myself anyway!"


    Being new to the apocalypse, Wang Bin didn''t know what to expect, so he brought a lot of food. If he rationed it, it would last him twenty days, and sharing half with the girl would still be enough for him.


    "Where, where did you get all this food?"


    "I can''t tell you that, but if you let me stay here for seven days, I''ll share half with you. If we meet again, I''ll give you more."


    The girl knew that the location of one''s food stash was a closely guarded secret, so she didn''t press Wang Bin and nodded.


    "Since you agreed, let''s introduce ourselves. I''m Wang Bin. What''s your name?"


    "I''m Guan Xiaoyue, you can call me Xiaoyue!"


    "Alright, Xiaoyue, can I have a room?"


    "You can stay in that room. This is my room. Without my permission, you can''t enter my room, and I won''t enter yours!"


    "Okay, take the food then!"


    Wang Bin took the remaining half-bag of food and went into his room, closing the door behind him.


    After searching the room, he found that the windows had been boarded up by Xiaoyue, making it safe as long as the door was blocked.


    The room had a bed, a wardrobe, a dressing table, and two stools, suggesting it was once a woman''s room.


    Opening the wardrobe, he found many clothes covered in cobwebs. Pulling open the dressing table drawer, his eyes lit up at the sight of a beautiful diamond necklace and some jewelry.


    Excitedly, Wang Bin took out the diamond necklace and wiped off the dust, realizing it was worth at least hundreds of thousands in modern society, with the other jewelry totaling over a million.


    Swallowing hard, Wang Bin thought if he could sell these in modern society, he''d be rich!


    However, he decided to ask Xiaoyue first. If the items belonged to her, he''d offer to trade food for them.


    Holding the diamond necklace, Wang Bin opened the door and was stunned to see Xiaoyue devouring a ham sausage, her mouth stuffed yet still cramming more in.


    The scene was awkward, and Wang Bin wondered if he should step back and wait for Xiaoyue to finish eating.


    Xiaoyue, a bit embarrassed, quickly took a sip of cola and mumbled, "Is there something you need?"


    "There''s plenty of food, take your time eating, no rush!"


    Xiaoyue nodded, signaling him to continue.


    "I wanted to ask if you''re selling this jewelry?"


    "If you like it, take it. These things are useless to me!"


    Hearing Wang Bin''s question, Xiaoyue waved dismissively and continued eating her ham sausage.


    "Really, you''re giving these to me?"


    "Yeah, take them if you want. Nobody wants them!"


    "Nobody wants them?"


    Wang Bin''s eyes lit up, feeling like he''d found a path to wealth.

 Chapter 4 - Made a fortune

    "Do you have a lot of these things here?"


    "A lot, this used to be a wealthy area, many houses have them! What do you want these things for? You can''t eat them or trade them for anything."


    "Oh, I have my uses!"


    "Since you need them, I''ll help you look around. I remember there might be more in other houses."


    "Ah, thank you!"


    "You''re welcome, after all, you gave me so much food, consider it my way of repaying you! Wait for me a moment, I''ll move the food to my room and then take you to find them!"


    "Alright, no rush, take your time!"


    Hearing Guan Xiaoyue''s words, Wang Bin got even more excited.


    After a while, Guan Xiaoyue came out of her room and waved at Wang Bin before heading out.


    Seeing Guan Xiaoyue come out, Wang Bin eagerly ran up with his emptied backpack.


    "Be careful, stick close to me and don''t wander off, there are traps I''ve set up around here!"


    "Ah, okay!"


    Hearing Guan Xiaoyue''s warning, Wang Bin nervously glanced around and quickly followed her.


    Soon, Guan Xiaoyue led Wang Bin to a nearby house, heading straight to a large bedroom on the second floor.


    "It seems like there might be some here too."


    Upon hearing this, Wang Bin dashed inside and rummaged through everything, finding more than a dozen pieces of valuable jewelry, including a gemstone necklace worth millions.


    "Don''t you want even one piece?" Wang Bin asked tentatively, looking at the precious jewelry.


    "No, these things are useless to me! If you want, I can take you to other houses. I remember one house has a large safe, but I couldn''t open it after several tries. It''s probably filled with these things, so I didn''t bother."


    "Oh, great!"


    If you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen from Royal Road. Please report it.


    Wang Bin was so excited he didn''t know what to say. A rich person''s safe must have a lot of valuable items inside.


    Soon, under Guan Xiaoyue''s guidance, they arrived at the house she mentioned.


    Inside the cabinet, Wang Bin found a lot of jewelry, including several gold watches.


    Having never worn a gold watch before, Wang Bin immediately took out the largest one and tried it on, instantly feeling like a nouveau riche.


    "The safe is here."


    "Oh, great!"


    Wang Bin hurriedly stuffed all the jewelry from the drawers into his backpack, then excitedly ran to the safe Guan Xiaoyue mentioned.


    It was a one-meter-high safe with an electronic combination lock.


    Wang Bin tried it and found the lock still functional, and there was no fingerprint scanner, which thrilled him.


    Generally, such valuable safes would be connected to an alarm system, triggering an alert or notifying the police if the wrong code is entered. But after so many years, the power was out, and there were no police, so he could take his time trying.


    However, he didn''t know the code, and seeing it was a six-digit combination, he resorted to the oldest trick: first entering six zeros, then 000001. He had plenty of time and was confident he would eventually open it.


    Guan Xiaoyue watched Wang Bin trying for over ten minutes without success and grew a bit impatient. She couldn''t understand why he was so interested in things that couldn''t be eaten or traded for food.


    "You keep trying, I''ll check other houses!"


    "Okay!"


    Wang Bin focused intently, not at all frustrated by the temporary failure.


    Seeing Wang Bin not even glance back, Guan Xiaoyue shook her head helplessly and went to search other houses.


    After another ten minutes, there was a click as the safe opened.


    Hearing the click, Wang Bin''s heart nearly jumped out of his chest from excitement. With trembling hands, he opened the safe door and almost shouted in excitement.


    The top layer of the safe was filled with brand-new bills, but they didn''t seem to be from his world, so he left them. The second layer held some documents, which appeared to be land deeds, useless to him. The third layer contained a set of dazzling necklaces adorned with hundreds of diamonds of various sizes.


    Wang Bin excitedly took out the jewelry to examine it closely. Even though he wasn''t an expert, he knew it was worth over a billion yuan.


    He swallowed hard several times before carefully placing the priceless necklace into a jewelry box and gently putting it into his bag.


    The bottom layer of the safe held over a dozen gold bars and dozens of gemstones slightly larger than a thumb in various colors. Now, gold bars seemed insignificant to him. He carefully took out each gemstone to inspect, finding each one to be a top-quality gem.


    He knew that selling these items in modern society would undoubtedly make him a wealthy man.


    Finally, Wang Bin carefully placed the gemstones into a box. To prevent damage to the necklace and gems, he reorganized his backpack, placing the gold bars and watches at the bottom before putting in the necklace and gems.


    After doing all this, Wang Bin took another look around the room and, finding nothing else of value, left the house just as Guan Xiaoyue returned, holding a plastic bag.


    "Here you go, this is all I found nearby!"


    With that, Guan Xiaoyue tossed the bag filled with various precious jewelry over, startling Wang Bin. If he hadn''t caught it and it fell to the ground, damaging the jewelry inside, he would have suffered a huge loss.


    Seeing Wang Bin nervously catch the bag, Guan Xiaoyue found it amusing.


    These things used to be valuable, but now they''re practically worthless in this small town. Wearing them is more of a burden, and she couldn''t understand why Wang Bin was collecting them.


    "Did you open the safe?"


    "Yes!"


    "What was inside?"


    "Just a few hundred thousand in cash, some jewelry, and over a dozen gold bars. There was a very valuable and beautiful necklace. Are you sure you don''t want it?"


    "I''m not interested, let''s head back!"


    "Ah, okay!"


    Seeing that Guan Xiaoyue really wasn''t interested in these things, Wang Bin felt relieved. Honestly, if she had wanted that most precious necklace, he would have been reluctant to give it up.


    Soon, they returned to the hideout. Guan Xiaoyue sat on the sofa, tearing open a pack of Bouncy Gummies and eating them with relish.


    Meanwhile, Wang Bin admired the gems, examining each one closely. He found them to be extremely pure, with no impurities. Judging by their purity, they were undoubtedly the best batch.


    "What do you want these things for?"


    "To exchange for money!"


    "Money? What''s the use of that!"


    "Money is a good thing; it can buy you anything you want!"


    "Money is worthless here; you can''t buy anything with it!"


    "It may be useless here, but I can make it useful. The Bouncy Gummies you''re eating and the cola in your hand were bought with money!"


    "Really?"


    "Of course, it''s true!"


    "Then if I help you collect these things, can you give me food?"

 Chapter 5 - Tiger Head Gang Attacks

    Wang Bin found it difficult to answer this question immediately. He consulted the System and learned that wherever he left from, he would reappear within a hundred-meter radius of that spot the next time he entered this world.


    After getting the answer, Wang Bin excitedly agreed.


    "Alright, as long as you can help me collect these precious necklaces and gold, I''ll bring more food for you next time!"


    "Deal, you better not go back on your word!"


    "Don''t worry, whoever goes back on their word is a puppy!"


    Seeing Wang Bin agree, Guan Xiaoyue thought he was a fool. Who would exchange food for these useless things?


    Over the years, the food stored in the city had basically been consumed. Now, the food people could eat was mostly things like rat jerky. Any of the food Wang Bin brought would drive people here crazy.


    The two chatted a lot more, and Wang Bin gained a general understanding of this world.


    After years of effort, the government had established several human settlements with tall walls and heavy guards, making it impossible for zombies to break in.


    Survivors all wanted to reach these human settlements, but the journey was long and filled with zombies, so many could only dream about it.


    Some people did try to find these human settlements, but very few succeeded.


    While the government was researching ways to solve the virus problem, they were also developing the settlements, which were basically self-sufficient. However, for ordinary people, their food barely allowed them to survive, and returning to their previous standard of living was out of the question.


    Wang Bin also shared some of his own stories, though most were fabricated. He pretended to be a merchant who collected jewelry and gold between cities to exchange goods with the surviving upper-class people.


    Night fell quickly. Since there was no electricity and it was too dangerous to light a fire, the room was very dark.


    "It''s very dangerous at night, you''d better not go out!"


    "Understood!"This story originates from a different website. Ensure the author gets the support they deserve by reading it there.


    Wang Bin replied and returned to his room, using a cabinet to block the door.


    Although his relationship with Guan Xiaoyue was fairly amicable, he couldn''t rule out the possibility of her attacking him while he slept, so he remained cautious.


    This time, besides food, Wang Bin also brought a phone and charger. He plugged in his earphones and lay on the bed listening to music.


    He was exhausted from the day and soon fell asleep.


    ***


    "Ah!"


    In the middle of the night, Wang Bin was startled awake by a scream.


    He jumped up from the bed, grabbed his backpack, and held his entrenching tool as he went to the window to look outside.


    In the moonlight, he saw about twenty figures approaching them from a distance.


    Someone might have stepped into a trap set by Guan Xiaoyue, causing everyone to stop in fear, nervously checking the surroundings.


    Knock, knock!


    "Wang Bin, get up, we have to leave!"


    His door was knocked on, and Guan Xiaoyue was calling for him.


    Wang Bin grabbed all his belongings, moved the cabinet blocking the door, and opened it.


    "What''s going on?"


    "The Tiger Head Gang is here, we have to leave immediately!"


    "What? Who are the Tiger Head Gang?"


    "They''re the gang of those two people we killed today. Let''s leave first, and I''ll explain later when we have a chance!"


    "Alright!"


    Realizing the gang was here for revenge, Wang Bin didn''t dare delay and quietly followed Guan Xiaoyue out.


    Guan Xiaoyue also had a backpack, seemingly carrying all her valuables.


    The Tiger Head Gang only knew Guan Xiaoyue lived nearby but not the exact building. Before they could surround them, the two slipped away under the cover of night.


    The night was indeed very dangerous because you never knew when a zombie might appear, and one careless move could get you bitten.


    Fortunately, with Guan Xiaoyue leading the way, Wang Bin avoided danger. If he had been alone at night, he probably wouldn''t have survived.


    After walking for more than ten minutes, Guan Xiaoyue led him to a dilapidated house. Zombies were outside and inside the house, but Guan Xiaoyue led Wang Bin to avoid them and climb up a broken wall.


    "Don''t worry, the stairs on the first floor have collapsed, so zombies can''t get up!"


    Wang Bin was a bit scared of staying in a house with zombies, but hearing Guan Xiaoyue''s words, he felt relieved. He turned on his phone''s flashlight and shone it on the stairs, confirming that the stairs to the second floor had indeed collapsed, preventing zombies from coming up.


    "Your phone still has power?" Guan Xiaoyue was astonished to see Wang Bin using his phone for light. She hadn''t used any electrical appliances since the power outage.


    "Yeah!"


    "Does your phone have music?"


    "Yes, do you want to listen?"


    Seeing Guan Xiaoyue''s excitement, Wang Bin understood her feelings and handed her the phone.


    "Can I really listen to music?"


    "Yes, put on the earphones and listen!"


    "Thank you!"


    Guan Xiaoyue excitedly took the phone, immediately put the earphones in her ears, and randomly selected a song she had never heard before.


    As the music started, Guan Xiaoyue''s eyes turned red, and tears soon began to fall.


    "Hey, don''t cry!"


    "Thank you, I haven''t heard music in years!"


    "You''re welcome. If you want to listen to music, I''ll bring you a phone next time, along with some power banks!"


    "Really?"


    "Of course!"


    "Thank you!"


    "I told you, no need to be so polite!"


    "Okay, thank you, this song is beautiful!"


    Guan Xiaoyue started humming along softly, finally showing the demeanor of a seventeen or eighteen-year-old girl.


    For years, she had lived in extreme tension, constantly guarding against zombies and humans alike, living a very exhausting life.


    Now, hearing the long-lost music opened her heart, allowing her to return to her youthful self.


    Seeing Wang Bin smiling at her, Guan Xiaoyue blushed with embarrassment, then took out one earphone and handed it to Wang Bin. He smiled and put it in his ear, and the two leaned against the wall, happily listening to the same song.


    "Alright, Brother Wang, you should put the phone away now!"


    "Why, don''t you want to listen anymore?"


    "No, it uses a lot of power, we should save it!"


    "Okay!"


    Wang Bin realized she was right. He had only brought a ten-thousand milliamp charger this time, and if they didn''t conserve power, it might not last seven days.


    "Now can you tell me about the Tiger Head Gang?"


    "Sure!"

 Chapter 6 - Evade pursuit

    "The Tiger Head Gang is one of the four major gangs in our city, controlling the West Side. The gang leader is Brother Hu, and he has over sixty men under him. They seem to have more than ten guns, making them quite formidable. The three people who surrounded you today were from the Tiger Head Gang. I wanted you to chase that person down to prevent the news from spreading, but unfortunately, he got away!"


    "Do they know where you live?"


    "Yes, they know the general direction, but not the exact location!"


    "Where is the Tiger Head Gang''s hideout?"


    "It''s in the tallest building of the Seven-Color Splendid Garden in the West Side. The building is very sturdy, and there used to be a large supermarket there. After they took over the building, all the supplies there became theirs!"


    Upon hearing this, Wang Bin immediately dismissed the idea of seeking revenge. With over sixty people and more than ten guns, they were not something he could handle.


    Besides the Tiger Head Gang, Guan Xiaoyue also introduced Wang Bin to the other three gangs. The Mad Sand Gang in the East Side was the strongest, led by Brother Xing, with over a hundred men and more than twenty guns. Next was the Giant Bear Gang in the North Side, led by Brother Xiong, with just under a hundred men and a dozen guns. The weakest was the Flying Eagle Gang in the South Side, led by Brother Fei, with only over forty men and seven or eight guns. However, they also had some dynamite and grenades, so despite being the weakest, the other gangs didn''t dare provoke them.


    These four gangs each controlled a part of the city and did not infringe on each other''s territories.


    Apart from these four gangs, there were some loners. They either gathered in small groups or lived alone like Guan Xiaoyue. Currently, there were less than a thousand people left in the city.


    Most of the two million people had turned into zombies, with some fleeing to other places.


    Hearing that this city once had over two million people but now had less than a thousand, Wang Bin couldn''t help but sigh.


    After listening to Guan Xiaoyue''s introduction, Wang Bin had a rough understanding of the city.


    "By the way, do you know if there''s a vault in this city?"


    "I''m not sure. I''ve checked the bank service halls before, and aside from some useless money, there was nothing there. I guess when the apocalypse first hit, the banks were looted, and all the valuables were taken! If there''s a place that might still have gold, it''s most likely the building where the Mad Sand Gang is located in the East Side. It used to be the largest bank building here, and it seems the armored cars used to deliver money there for safekeeping!"


    Did you know this story is from Royal Road? Read the official version for free and support the author.


    "I see, it seems moving gold from there would be a bit troublesome!"


    "I advise you to give up on that idea. The Mad Sand Gang is not to be trifled with!"


    "Got it, let''s sleep!"


    "Okay!"


    The two each found a room to stay in. Wang Bin, listening to the moaning of zombies downstairs, found it hard to fall asleep. He had no choice but to take out his phone, put on his headphones, and listen to music.


    That night, the Tiger Head Gang searched the villa area but couldn''t find the two of them. They even lost one person and injured three, making Brother Hu, the gang leader, very angry.


    He sent out a message that anyone who provided information on Guan Xiaoyue and Wang Bin''s whereabouts would be rewarded with a bottle of red wine and a bag of rice.


    The loners living in the West Side were excited upon hearing this news. A bag of rice, if rationed, was enough for one person to live on for a month or two. Red wine was even more coveted; in the current apocalyptic world, it was a luxury item not everyone could afford.


    Even members of the Tiger Head Gang only received a bottle as a reward for meritorious service.


    For a while, many loners in the West Side came out to search for Guan Xiaoyue and Wang Bin''s whereabouts to claim the reward.


    Originally, Guan Xiaoyue planned to take Wang Bin to find jewelry and gold the next day, but seeing people passing by downstairs from time to time made her wary.


    In the past, seeing a person on the street was rare, but now, over ten people had passed by their small building in just one morning, which was unusual.


    Fortunately, there were zombies outside the small building and inside the house, so people wouldn''t think they were hiding upstairs.


    "Something seems off!"


    "What is it?"


    "Usually, everyone stays in their hideouts. Why are so many people out and about today?"


    "Yes, now that you mention it, it does seem odd!"


    "I guess the Tiger Head Gang is offering a reward for finding us. I think we should stay put for a couple of days and lay low!"


    "Okay!"


    The Tiger Head Gang had done this before, so Guan Xiaoyue quickly figured out what was going on.


    ***


    Wang Bin felt a bit scared upon hearing this and didn''t dare to go out. The two stayed in the house for three days.


    They had enough food and water to last a few more days, but they noticed that the Tiger Head Gang seemed to be organizing people to search the houses.


    "Brother Wang, they''ll search here in a day. We can''t stay here!"


    "Okay, where should we go?"


    "How about we temporarily hide in the Giant Bear Gang''s territory in the North Side? The Tiger Head Gang wouldn''t dare go there!"


    "Alright, let''s sneak out tonight under the cover of darkness."


    After discussing, they rested up and waited until after ten at night to sneak out.


    With Guan Xiaoyue leading the way, they managed to avoid danger and quickly covered several kilometers.


    But just as they were about to leave the West Side, they accidentally stepped into a trap set by the Tiger Head Gang, exposing their whereabouts.


    "Brother Hu is smart, having people search the city and setting traps at the borders, saying you''d definitely try to leave!"


    After stepping into the trap, five or six people emerged from the surrounding ruins, one of them holding a gun and looking at them smugly.


    "Come back with us. Brother Hu has questions for you."


    Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue knew that going back with them would likely mean death, so they didn''t want to return. But now, the other side had a gun, and people were blocking their way.


    Guan Xiaoyue gritted her teeth and threw the dagger in her hand at the man holding the gun.


    "Ah!"


    A scream rang out as the man''s arm was hit by Guan Xiaoyue''s dagger, causing him to drop the gun in pain.


    "Brother Bao, are you okay?"


    "I''m fine. Catch them for me. I want to skin them alive!"


    "Yes, Brother Bao!"


    As soon as Guan Xiaoyue threw the dagger, she pulled Wang Bin and ran back. The two quickly disappeared into the night, leaving Brother Bao fuming with rage.


    He had been careless. Most people would have been scared stiff at the sight of a gun, but he hadn''t expected Guan Xiaoyue to be so bold, and her knife-throwing skills were impressive.


    By the time he pulled out the dagger and picked up the gun to chase them, Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue were long gone.


    The two of them hid and dodged along the way, finally finding an empty house.


    "It seems other places are guarded too. It''s going to be hard for us to escape!"


    Although the Tiger Head Gang only had over sixty people, the other loners, motivated by the reward, were also helping them.


    The Tiger Head Gang members usually moved in groups, making them easy to avoid, but the loners posed a bigger problem. They typically stayed near their hideouts, and it was easy for them to spot Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue as they passed by. Once their location was known, the Tiger Head Gang would quickly surround and kill them.

 Chapter 7 - Girlfriends Change of Heart

    In the following days, Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue played hide and seek with the Tiger Head Gang.


    Several times, they were discovered by the gang members lurking in the shadows. One of them even tried to secretly take them out, but in the end, Guan Xiaoyue and Wang Bin managed to turn the tables.


    Soon, it was time for Wang Bin to return to the real world. He called Guan Xiaoyue over and said solemnly, "I''m leaving all this food and drink for you!"


    "What! No, no, if you give me all the food and water, what will you eat and drink, Brother Wang?"


    "Don''t worry about that. Just take the food and water and hide. I''ll come back here to find you in seven days. If you''re still alive on the seventh day, remember to come here to meet me."


    "What! Brother Wang, where are you going? Can you take me with you?"


    "Sorry, I can''t take you with me, but rest assured, I''ll be back on the seventh day, and I''ll bring food and some supplies."


    "Alright then, Brother Wang, be careful!"


    "Mm!"


    Wang Bin gave all the food and drinks to Guan Xiaoyue, then returned to his room and closed the door.


    Guan Xiaoyue was worried about Wang Bin, but she ultimately chose to trust him and returned to her own room. She stayed up all night, listening quietly for any sounds from Wang Bin''s room.


    Back in his room, Wang Bin stared intently at the countdown on the System.


    He shouldn''t have told Guan Xiaoyue where he would return, but after spending these days with her, he had a very good impression of her and felt she was reliable.


    Moreover, he felt responsible for dragging Guan Xiaoyue into this mess; otherwise, she wouldn''t have been targeted by the Tiger Head Gang.


    As soon as the time was up, Wang Bin chose to return and reappeared in the small grove on campus.


    His sudden appearance startled a couple who were getting intimate in the grove. Wang Bin quickly fled with his backpack.


    After running a good distance, he looked up at the sky and laughed heartily.


    Returning to the real world, he felt a sense of relief after surviving a disaster.Unauthorized use: this story is on Amazon without permission from the author. Report any sightings.


    Having spent seven days in the apocalyptic world, he felt as if a lifetime had passed. During those days, he learned a lot¡ªstrength, calmness, thoughtfulness, and confidence. It was a rewarding experience.


    Moreover, his backpack now contained jewelry worth billions. Once he sold them, he could immediately become a billionaire.


    Thinking about the jewelry in his backpack, Wang Bin quickly thought of his girlfriend, Zhao Qian. He took out his phone and dialed her number, eager to tell her about his newfound wealth and to give her the most expensive set of diamond jewelry as an engagement gift.


    "Hello, Zhao Qian, I''m back. Where are you? I really want to see you."


    "Oh! Wang Bin, alright, come to the Tuberose Coffee Shop opposite the south gate of the school. I''ll be waiting for you here!"


    "Okay, I''ll be there soon!"


    After hanging up, Wang Bin quickly headed towards the Tuberose Coffee Shop opposite the south gate.


    ***


    Meanwhile, sitting across from Zhao Qian was a young, handsome rich young man.


    Hearing Zhao Qian''s words, the young man smiled faintly and spoke.


    "Are you going to break up with him?"


    "Yes, it''s time to make things clear today. After today, I won''t have any ties with him!"


    "Sweetheart, that''s the way! I''ve been telling you, it would be better to kick him to the curb and come to me sooner!"


    Wang Bin, having been on the run from the Tiger Head Gang, hadn''t paid much attention to his appearance. His clothes were dirty, and many people looked at him as he passed by.


    Ignoring the curious glances, Wang Bin quickly arrived at the Tuberose Coffee Shop.


    As he reached the door, he saw through the glass that a handsome young man was sitting across from Zhao Qian, and they were chatting and laughing. He immediately felt suspicious.


    He strode into the coffee shop and walked towards Zhao Qian''s table.


    Seeing Wang Bin enter, Zhao Qian''s smile vanished instantly.


    Young Master Li noticed Zhao Qian''s smile disappear and guessed Wang Bin had arrived. He turned around and glanced disdainfully at Wang Bin, who was walking over in his dirty clothes.


    "Oh, Zhao Qian, what kind of taste do you have, finding a boyfriend who dresses like a beggar!"


    With Young Master Li''s comment, the surrounding customers all turned to look at Wang Bin.


    "Zhao Qian, who is he?" Wang Bin asked angrily, standing in front of Zhao Qian.


    "Wang Bin, let''s break up."


    Zhao Qian didn''t answer Wang Bin''s question but directly proposed breaking up. It was obvious that this person was Zhao Qian''s new love.


    Hearing Zhao Qian''s words, everyone understood the situation and looked at Wang Bin, dressed like a beggar, with mocking eyes.


    "Is it because of him?" Since returning from the apocalypse, Wang Bin''s personality had changed significantly. He was no longer as weak as before and directly pointed at Young Master Li.


    "Wang Bin, I advise you not to point at me, or I''ll have someone chop off your fingers!" Young Master Li was furious, as no one had ever dared to point at him before.


    "So what if I point at you?" Wang Bin was also angry and retorted directly.


    "Wang Bin, don''t do this, just leave quickly!"


    Seeing the two about to fight, Zhao Qian quickly stood up to stop Wang Bin. She knew Young Master Li had a powerful background and would do what he said if provoked.


    Although she was breaking up with Wang Bin, they had been together for two years, and there were still some feelings. She didn''t want to see Wang Bin get hurt.


    Wang Bin, however, was furious and didn''t listen to Zhao Qian. He flipped the table and kicked Young Master Li in the stomach.


    Young Master Li, delicate and pampered, was no match for Wang Bin, who had faced life-and-death battles. He was kicked and clutched his stomach, crying out in pain.


    "Wang Bin, are you crazy?" Zhao Qian didn''t expect Wang Bin to act without a word and was shocked.


    In her impression, Wang Bin was a somewhat weak boy, but today he seemed to have taken the wrong medicine, with such a violent temper.


    The owner and staff saw the fight and rushed over.


    "Sir, you can''t fight here. If you break anything, you''ll have to pay!"


    "Pay, right? Is this enough?"


    Wang Bin took a gold bar from his backpack and tossed it to the owner.


    The owner was startled by the gold bar. If it was real, it would be worth at least tens of thousands.


    He had seen rich young men throwing money around, but never gold bars. This was too extravagant.


    Zhao Qian was also dumbfounded by the gold bar. She knew Wang Bin''s family was from the countryside and didn''t have much money. How could he suddenly throw out a gold bar?


    Young Master Li was also uncertain upon seeing the gold bar. He couldn''t figure out who Wang Bin really was.


    Anyone who could casually throw gold bars was beyond his reach. Could Wang Bin be hiding his identity as a member of a prominent family? If so, he was in trouble and planned to ask Zhao Qian about Wang Bin''s identity later.


    "Zhao Qian, I''m very disappointed in you. I hope you won''t regret this in the future!"


    Wang Bin glanced at Zhao Qian and strode out, leaving everyone behind in shock as they watched him leave.

 Chapter 8 - Selling Gems

    Wang Bin left the Coffee Shop, feeling no sadness, as he had more important matters to attend to.


    He had originally planned to gift Zhao Qian jewelry worth millions, but unfortunately, she wasn''t destined for such fortune. If she had waited just one more day to reveal her intentions, the necklace would have been hers.


    ***


    Wang Bin quickly returned to his dormitory, which was conveniently empty, allowing him to sort through his recent acquisitions.


    He took a shower and changed into a suit he had bought some time ago.


    Approaching his senior year, he had already started looking for an internship, and like others, he had bought a suit for interviews.


    The jewelry and gold he brought back were too much to sell at once, so he planned to sell a small portion first at the Pedestrian Street in the city center that evening to gauge the market.


    ***


    Wang Bin took ten gems, two necklaces, and five gold bars, and hailed a taxi to the city center.


    There were branches of nationally renowned jewelry stores there, and any one of them would do.


    "Is your manager here? I''d like to discuss some business."


    "What do you want with our manager? He''s very busy right now. You can just talk to me!" The shop assistant, seeing that Wang Bin looked young, like a college student, immediately lost interest, assuming he was there to solicit sponsorship for some school event. She dared not disturb the manager for someone like that.


    "You can''t make the decision," Wang Bin said calmly.


    "Little brother, just tell me what you need. I can definitely handle it!"


    "Oh, really?"


    Wang Bin wasn''t angry. He simply took a gem slightly larger than a thumb from his pocket and placed it on the counter.


    The assistant, seeing the gem, assumed it was fake and pursed her lips disdainfully.


    "Little brother, you''re so young, why are you trying to deceive people?"


    "I told you, you can''t make the decision. Better call your manager to talk to me!"


    "Little Liu, what''s going on?" Another shop assistant, sensing the tense atmosphere, hurried over to inquire.Stolen story; please report.


    "Sister Wang, this person is trying to scam us with fake gems!"


    Her words drew the attention of the surrounding staff and customers.


    Sister Liu, upon seeing the gem on the counter, initially thought it was fake too. Given its quality and size, if it were real, it would be worth millions, but the young man before her didn''t seem like someone who could possess such a gem.


    However, Sister Liu was more composed and didn''t voice her thoughts immediately. Instead, she picked up the gem to examine it.


    One look and she was startled, quickly placing the gem back on the counter.


    "Sir, please keep your gem safe. I''ll get the manager right away!"


    Such a valuable gem, she dared not hold onto it. If anything happened to it while in her possession, she couldn''t afford to compensate.


    "What, Sister Liu, is the gem real?"


    Hearing Sister Liu''s words, everyone was shocked.


    Sister Liu didn''t respond, quickly running to the back to call the manager.


    The female assistant who had accused Wang Bin of having a fake gem turned pale. She had claimed the gem was fake, and if the customer complained, her bonus for the month would be gone.


    Wang Bin didn''t bother retrieving the gem from the counter. He had dozens of such gems, and one was of little concern to him.


    Soon, a middle-aged man in his forties, led by Sister Liu, came out from the back, smiling and greeting Wang Bin.


    "Sir, shall we discuss this in the back?"


    "Alright!"


    Wang Bin agreed, taking the gem and following the jewelry store manager and Sister Liu to the back room. Sister Liu brewed tea for the two of them and tactfully left the room, leaving only Wang Bin and Manager Zhang inside.


    "Hello, I''m Zhang Cheng. May I know your name?"


    "I''m Wang Bin."


    "Hello, Mr. Wang. May I take another look at your gem?"


    "Manager Zhang, please."


    Wang Bin took out the gem again, but Manager Zhang didn''t take it directly. Instead, he gestured to the table, and once Wang Bin placed the gem down, he picked it up with a gloved hand.


    Under the light, he examined the gem and found its quality to be exceptionally high, feeling a surge of joy.


    He quickly took out a small monocular to examine it further, growing more astonished. It was a top-grade ruby, worth a fortune.


    "Mr. Wang, are you looking to sell?"


    "Yes, Manager Zhang, name your price. If it''s reasonable, I''ll sell it to you. If it''s too low, I''ll have to find another buyer."


    "Fair enough, how about eight million?"


    "Eight million!"


    "Ah! This price is a bit low, but you know, we have to process the gem into various jewelry pieces to sell it, which involves design fees, processing costs, labor, and taxes. Of course, if Mr. Wang is serious about selling, I can add another five hundred thousand, but any more would exceed my authority."


    Wang Bin was surprised, having expected the gem to sell for a million at most. He hadn''t anticipated Manager Zhang offering eight million outright.


    His surprise was evident, but Manager Zhang mistook it for dissatisfaction with the price and quickly added another five hundred thousand, not expecting the situation to escalate like this.


    "Eight and a half million it is. If my family weren''t facing financial difficulties, I wouldn''t part with it!"


    "Ah, I see. May I ask which prominent family Mr. Wang belongs to?"


    "There''s no need to ask that. I won''t tell you."


    "Ah, Mr. Wang, please don''t be upset. I was being presumptuous!"


    "By the way, I have nine more gems of similar quality. Are you interested?"


    "Ah, nine more, yes, yes, yes!"


    Manager Zhang was taken aback to hear Wang Bin had nine more, then excitedly repeated his affirmation.


    Being a nationally renowned jewelry store, Wang Bin wasn''t worried about them reneging. He took out nine more gems and placed them on the table.


    Manager Zhang saw that the gems were of similar quality and size, differing only in color.


    Excitedly, he picked up each gem to examine them carefully before reluctantly putting them down.


    "Mr. Wang, some of these gems are worth more than others, so they can''t be priced uniformly. For instance, this sapphire is worth around six million, and this amethyst is worth about seven million..."


    Manager Zhang quickly appraised each gem. Wang Bin, not knowledgeable about gems, was satisfied with the prices offered and sold them all to Manager Zhang without haggling.


    Thrilled that Wang Bin was willing to sell, Manager Zhang quickly called Sister Liu to handle the paperwork and transferred sixty-eight million to Wang Bin''s account in his presence.


    A minute later, Wang Bin received a text from the bank. Unconvinced, he opened his banking app to check, and indeed, his account had sixty-eight million more.


    Seeing the money in his account, Wang Bin smiled. He didn''t plan to sell the gold and jewelry to Manager Zhang and prepared to leave.


    "Mr. Wang, here''s my business card. If you have more gems to sell in the future, feel free to contact me!"


    "I will!"


    Wang Bin smiled, accepting Manager Zhang''s business card, and left the jewelry store, warmly escorted by Manager Zhang. The female assistant who had accused him of selling fake gems regretted it deeply.


    Had she handled the transaction, the commission would have been substantial. Now, she could only hope the manager wouldn''t blame her for neglecting a customer.

 Chapter 9 - Going Home to Buy a Gun

    Wang Bin then visited two jewelry stores. He sold gold bars to one and jewelry to the other. He didn''t want to sell all his jewels and gold to a single store, as that might raise suspicion.


    By the time he left the Pedestrian Street, his bank account had nearly eighty million more in it. He hadn''t expected these jewels to be so valuable. The items he sold tonight were less than a tenth of what he had in his backpack. If he sold everything, he would truly become a billionaire.


    Walking down a small path, Wang Bin decided to play a little joke on his friends You Hongfei and Li Xingping by transferring a million to each of them. Over the years, they had helped him a lot, and he wasn''t a stingy person. Now that he was wealthy, giving them a small reward was no big deal.


    ***


    You Hongfei and Li Xingping had just heard about Wang Bin getting into a fight with Young Master Li at the Coffee Shop over Zhao Qian. They were about to call Wang Bin to ask about it when they received a text from the bank.


    "Fuck, these scammers are really something, pretending to be the bank and saying my account has an extra million!"


    "I got the same message. I guess our friend''s phone got hacked!"


    "Yeah, maybe!"


    "Forget it, I''ll log into the app and see if it''s true!"


    You Hongfei, suspicious because the new message looked exactly like the ones he received when withdrawing money, opened the app to check.


    "Fuck, it''s true, there''s an extra million in my account!"


    "No way! Let me check mine!"


    Li Xingping, seeing the extra million in You Hongfei''s account, was shocked and quickly checked his own. Upon logging in, he burst out with a curse!


    "Damn, my account has an extra million too!"


    "What should we do?"


    "We definitely can''t spend this money. I think the bank made a mistake, and they''ll take it back!"


    "I think we should call the bank and have them take the money back. Having so much money makes me nervous!"


    "Me too!"


    Just as they were about to call the bank, You Hongfei''s phone rang.


    "It''s Wang Bin calling!"


    "Quick, answer it and ask where he is!"


    You Hongfei nodded and hurriedly answered the call.This narrative has been purloined without the author''s approval. Report any appearances on Amazon.


    "Hey, Wang Bin, where are you now? Did you really get into a fight with Young Master Li at the Coffee Shop?"


    "I''m outside, planning to go home for a bit!"


    "Yeah, you should lay low for a while. I heard Young Master Li has a powerful background and isn''t someone to mess with!"


    "No, I have something to do at home, so I''m going back for a bit!"


    "Oh!"


    "By the way, did you get the money?"


    "What money? Wait, you mean the million was from you?"


    "Yeah, did I scare you?"


    "Oh man, Wang Bin, you really scared us. Xingping and I were about to call the bank to have them take the money back!"


    "Haha, sorry about that! It''s not much money, you guys should just accept it!"


    "What, a million isn''t much? Wang Bin, did you win the lottery?"


    "Uh, sort of. Anyway, this amount is nothing to me, you guys have to take it!"


    "Be honest, how much did you win?"


    "About a hundred million!"


    "A hundred million? Well, since you won so much, Xingping and I will accept it. Thanks, Wang Bin!"


    "You''re welcome!"


    "So, Zhao Qian broke up with you, you beat up Young Master Li, and then you threw gold bars at people, all true?"


    "Haha, yeah!"


    "Alright, you''re doing well, but I think you should hide. Young Master Li might retaliate!"


    "Thanks, I have to go back home for something, so I can''t chat now. I''ll treat you both to drinks when I get back!"


    "Okay, be careful on the road!"


    You Hongfei and Li Xingping thought Wang Bin had really won the lottery. Knowing he now had a huge sum of money, going home seemed like a good choice.


    Wang Bin took a taxi home. Initially, the driver was reluctant to go to Wang Bin''s remote home, but Wang Bin threw out ten thousand yuan, and the driver immediately opened the car door for him.


    "I need to take care of something at home. Can you pick me up tomorrow?"


    "No problem!"


    In the car, Wang Bin called his parents, telling them he had something to do and would be coming home, asking them to leave the door open for him at night.


    Hearing that he was coming home at night, his parents thought something was wrong, but Wang Bin didn''t explain over the phone, saying he''d talk when he got home.


    ***


    That night, his parents stayed up, waiting until after 1 a.m. when Wang Bin finally arrived home.


    Seeing their son return suddenly, his parents were very worried and bombarded him with questions.


    "Mom, Dad, this is Master Liu. It''s late, so he''ll stay with us tonight and take me back to school tomorrow!"


    "Oh, alright, I''ll go prepare a bed for you both."


    Hearing there was a guest, Wang''s mother hurried to tidy up the house.


    After settling Master Liu, Wang Bin took his parents to his room, closed the door, and whispered, "Mom, Dad, I have something to tell you. Please don''t shout, be careful not to let anyone hear."


    "Okay, we know. What''s going on? You''re making your mom anxious!"


    "Here''s the thing, I won the lottery!"


    "What, you won the lottery? How much?"


    "Tens of millions!"


    "How much, tens of millions!"


    "Old man, keep your voice down, be careful not to let anyone hear!"


    "Okay, okay!"


    "Tomorrow, I''ll send some money home. Use it to buy good food and clothes, and also to rebuild the house."


    "Forget the food and clothes, but we should rebuild the house, so you can bring a wife home!"


    Seeing his parents quickly accept the fact that they had money, Wang Bin was happy.


    He wasn''t intentionally hiding the truth from them, but he was afraid the real story would scare them.


    Seeing it was late, his parents went to bed.


    Master Liu noticed Wang Bin''s family didn''t seem wealthy, which puzzled him, but since he got paid, he didn''t ask questions.


    ***


    The next morning, Wang Bin''s parents got up early to prepare a feast for him.


    When Wang Bin got up, Master Liu was already awake, drinking tea in the main hall.


    "Need a ride, young man?"


    "Not yet, I''ll walk around the village first. After lunch, you can take me back to the provincial city."


    "Alright, take your time. Just call if you need anything!"


    Wang Bin agreed and headed towards Uncle Zhao''s house in the village.


    The reason he was looking for Uncle Zhao was simple: he wanted a gun.


    Uncle Zhao used to enjoy hunting and had both a gunpowder gun and an air gun at home. In recent years, the government had tightened control over firearms, and few people went hunting in the mountains anymore, but Uncle Zhao still occasionally went hunting.


    "Uncle Zhao, are you home?"


    "Oh, isn''t it Wang Bin? It''s not vacation yet, why are you back?"


    "I came back for something. I brought you a bottle of Moutai, hope you like it!"


    "Oh, Wang Bin, you''re too kind. You must have spent a lot. Come in and talk, if there''s anything I can help with, I will!"


    "Thank you, Uncle Zhao. I''m actually here to buy your air gun!"


    "Buy my air gun? Wang Bin, what do you need it for? Don''t do anything illegal!"


    "Uncle, you''re overthinking it. I''m about to graduate, and we''re going to a remote place for an internship. I heard there are many small animals there, so my classmates and I want to bring a gun to hunt. That''s why I''m here to buy your air gun!"


    "There''s no need to buy it. As long as you''re not using it for anything bad, you can borrow it. Don''t mention money!"


    "Uncle, this ten thousand is from my classmates, please accept it!"


    "Oh, that''s a lot!"


    "We''re family, of course, we want to give the money to our own. Please take it!"


    "Alright, since you insist, I''ll take it. But remember, don''t let anyone see it. Losing the gun is minor, but fines and jail time aren''t worth it!"


    "Got it, thanks, Uncle Zhao!"

 Chapter 10 - Home Buying Turmoil

    Uncle Zhao took Wang Bin''s money and happily handed over the air gun and bullets to him. After all, without the air gun, the bullets were useless.


    At home, Wang Bin secretly gathered the detonators and fuses his family used for blasting mountains.


    In the past, almost every household had detonators for mountain blasting. These small detonators, about the size of a bullet shell, were not only more powerful than those made with black powder but also easier to store.


    After lunch, he transferred ten million to his parents'' account, which shocked them.


    However, when they saw that their son''s account still had tens of millions, they relaxed immediately.


    The elderly couple had never seen so much money in their lives and started planning how big a house they could build.


    It was said that the new house of the village chief cost five hundred thousand, making it the best in the village. Now that their son had given them ten million, they wondered how luxurious their house could be.


    After bidding farewell to his parents, Wang Bin took Master Liu''s car back to school.


    Upon arriving at school, he first went to his dormitory. It was still class time, so there weren''t many people around.


    Wang Bin checked the jewelry hidden in the box and was relieved to find everything intact. He then hid the air gun and detonators again before hurrying downstairs.


    Leaving the school, Wang Bin headed straight to a newly opened housing complex nearby. The building was ready for occupancy, but the prices were high, and not many could afford them, leaving many units unsold.


    Now that he had money and many secrets to keep, he planned to buy an apartment.


    In the sales hall, there were quite a few real estate agents, but not many potential buyers.


    Seeing Wang Bin''s young age and his attire similar to theirs, the agents assumed he was a new colleague and ignored him.


    Wang Bin, having never been to a sales office before, didn''t mind being ignored and stood alone, examining the model.


    As he pondered which unit to buy, a rich young man entered with a beautiful woman, whom Wang Bin recognized as Wang Lu, the campus belle from his department.Love what you''re reading? Discover and support the author on the platform they originally published on.


    Today, Young Master Zhao was here to buy a house for Wang Lu. He had pursued her for a long time, and she finally agreed, on the condition that he buy her a house.


    As soon as they entered, a real estate agent approached them, explaining and guiding them to the model.


    "Wang Bin, what are you doing here? Are you interning here?"


    "Lulu, you know him?"


    "Yes, his name is Wang Bin, and we''re in the same department!"


    "Oh, since you know each other, I''ll let you handle this deal today. Recommend a house for us!"


    "Ah, sir, isn''t that against the rules?"


    The female agent''s face turned pale. She had finally found a big client, only to have it slip away.


    "What''s against the rules? Do you want to keep your job? If not, I''ll call your manager!"


    "Ah, yes, I''m sorry, sir, please don''t be angry!"


    The female agent broke into a cold sweat and quickly apologized, but her gaze at Wang Bin turned venomous. She decided that even if Wang Bin took this deal, she would get the manager to take it back and have this clueless newcomer kicked out.


    Wang Bin smiled wryly, not expecting to be mistaken for a real estate agent.


    "Sorry, Senior Sister Wang, I''m not a real estate agent."


    "Ah, you''re not selling houses? Then what are you doing?"


    "I''m here to buy a house!"


    "Ah, do you think you can afford our houses? Do you know how expensive they are? Even if you didn''t eat or drink for a year, you couldn''t afford a bathroom!"


    The female agent, realizing Wang Bin wasn''t a colleague and judging by his attire that he didn''t look wealthy, immediately mocked him.


    "Young man, don''t boast!" Young Master Zhao was also displeased upon hearing Wang Bin claim he was buying a house.


    "I''m not boasting. I''m here to buy a house today!"


    "Do you know our cheapest unit costs five to six million? Do you have that kind of money?"


    "Is five to six million a lot?" Wang Bin smiled faintly. In the past, he might have been shocked by such a price, but now, with nearly seventy million in his account and billions worth of jewelry in his box, five to six million was nothing.


    "Anyone can brag! Where do you work, and how much do you earn a month? Do you think you can buy our house? You''re dreaming! I suggest you leave, or I''ll have security throw you out!" The female agent''s words grew increasingly harsh, clearly intending to have security remove him.


    "Is that how you treat customers?" Wang Bin was a bit angry at her words.


    The security guards, seeing the commotion, walked over.


    "Sister Li, what''s going on?"


    "You''re just in time. This guy is causing trouble. Get him out of here!"


    "Kid, if you''re smart, you''ll leave on your own. If we have to do it, it won''t be pretty!"


    The two security guards were arrogant, ready to throw him out without asking questions.


    Young Master Zhao initially wanted to mock Wang Bin, but Wang Lu stopped him.


    "What''s wrong?"


    "Maybe he really can afford a house!"


    "Him, this poor guy?"


    "He''s the one who injured Young Master Li with a kick last night and then threw gold bars at people!"


    "Ah, it''s him!"


    Young Master Zhao had heard about this in his circle. Wang Lu''s words reminded him, and he felt a bit guilty for mistaking Wang Bin for a real estate agent.


    His family was wealthy, but not to the extent of throwing gold bars. How much money must one have to do that?


    "Lulu, maybe we should check out other places?"


    "Okay!"


    Wang Lu also felt staying here wouldn''t lead to anything good and prepared to leave.


    At that moment, the manager, hearing the commotion, hurried over.


    "What''s going on?"


    "Manager, he''s causing trouble!"


    "Hmph, you snobs! I''m here to buy a house, but with such poor service from your staff and security, how can anyone dare to buy from you?"


    "Little Liu, and you all, apologize to this gentleman immediately!"


    "Ah, manager, but he''s..."


    "I won''t say it again. Apologize now or leave!"


    Even if Wang Bin wasn''t here to buy, this commotion had a significant impact, so the manager, considering the company''s reputation, immediately ordered Sister Liu and the guards to apologize to Wang Bin.


    Though reluctant, Sister Liu and the guards had no choice but to apologize under pressure.


    "Sorry, we were wrong earlier!"


    "Sigh, I think your houses are too low-grade. I''m not interested in buying anymore!"


    Hearing this, everyone around looked over. Seeing his attire and age, they all thought he was just bragging.


    Wang Lu and Young Master Zhao were about to leave the hall but almost stumbled at Wang Bin''s words. They paused, curious to see what would happen next.

 Chapter 11 - Return to the Apocalypse

    Chapter 11: Return to the Apocalypse


    The manager''s temper flared up when he heard Wang Bin''s words. He wanted to call security to drag this pretentious guy out and give him a beating, but his excellent professional ethics held him back.


    "Sir, may I ask what price range you''re looking for in a house?" The manager had made up his mind. Since you claim our houses are too low-end, I''ll expose your bluff and embarrass you in front of everyone.


    "At the very least, a villa worth over twenty million is worthy of me!" Wang Bin replied with a faint smile.


    Hearing Wang Bin''s words, the manager involuntarily clenched his fist, barely resisting the urge to punch him.


    The people around gasped at Wang Bin''s words. This guy was really blowing hot air, claiming that only a house worth at least twenty million was good enough for him. Who does he think he is?


    "Sir, we have newly built villas near Emerald Lake, starting at just twenty million. If you''d like to see them, we can take you there. However, could you show us proof of your ability to purchase?"


    "Of course, no problem. But if I provide evidence of my capability, those three must crawl around the sales hall on their knees three times!" Wang Bin said, pointing to Sister Liu and the two security guards standing nearby.


    "No problem, as long as you can prove your capability, you''ll be our most esteemed guest!"


    "Alright, let me show you my bank account."


    Wang Bin opened an app, revealing a balance of nearly seventy million on the card.


    "This is just one of my accounts with the least amount of money. I have several others like this. Do you need to see more?"


    Seeing the balance on Wang Bin''s card, the manager''s attitude did a complete 180-degree turn. He bowed to Wang Bin with a smile.


    "Sir, I apologize for the inconvenience. From now on, you are our most esteemed guest. You three, hurry up and apologize to our most esteemed guest!"


    "We''re sorry, please forgive us!"


    Although the three hadn''t seen the balance on Wang Bin''s card, the manager''s expression made it clear it was definitely more than twenty million.


    "Manager, does our bet still stand?"


    "Of course, it still stands! You three, get down and crawl around the hall three times. No, make it thirty times. Better yet, a hundred times! Sir, are you satisfied with my handling of this?"This book''s true home is on another platform. Check it out there for the real experience.


    "Satisfied, very satisfied!"


    "Sir, please, I''ll take you to see the villa!"


    The three didn''t dare defy the manager''s orders and quickly knelt down, crawling around the hall.


    Wang Bin glanced at the three, smiled faintly, and followed the manager.


    Soon, the manager led Wang Bin to the villa area. After looking at a few villas, Wang Bin immediately took a liking to one facing Emerald Lake.


    "How much is this villa?"


    "This villa has a better view, so it costs forty million!"


    "Not expensive, I''ll take this one! I''ll pay now. When can I move in, and when will the property deed be ready?"


    "You can get the keys now. If you pay in full, we can offer you a five percent discount. The property deed will take about half a month."


    "Alright, I''ll pay in full then!"


    "Great, let''s go back and handle the paperwork now?"


    "Sure!"


    Wang Bin agreed and followed the manager back to complete the paperwork.


    A five percent discount meant saving two million. Although it wasn''t a huge amount to him, it was still significant enough to save.


    Back at the sales office, Sister Liu and the two security guards were still crawling around the hall.


    Wang Bin glanced at them and then followed the manager to handle the paperwork.


    To expedite the process for Wang Bin, the manager called in several people to help, quickly completing all the paperwork.


    After transferring the money, the manager respectfully handed over the keys and entry card with both hands.


    As Wang Bin left, the manager and others escorted him to the gate.


    With the house bought, Wang Bin decided to move his things immediately. When he returned to the dormitory, it was still empty. He packed up his jewelry, air gun, and detonators, hailed a cab at the campus gate, and headed straight to the villa.


    After settling his belongings, he went out to buy food for the post-apocalyptic world tonight, and also bought a phone, ten power banks, a dagger, and a machete for Guan Xiaoyue.


    Having bought a house, Wang Bin should have invited You Hongfei and Li Xingping over for a meal, but he had important matters to attend to tonight and couldn''t host them. He decided to invite them another day.


    He was very worried about Guan Xiaoyue''s safety. In the modern world, one day equaled seven days in the post-apocalyptic world. He didn''t know how Guan Xiaoyue had been these seven days, whether she had been caught by the Axe Gang, and so on. He was anxious and eager to teleport over immediately.


    Time ticked by, and soon the teleportation cooldown was over.


    As soon as the time was up, Wang Bin chose to teleport.


    "Alert, there is a living person within ten meters of your teleportation destination. Do you wish to proceed?"


    "Ah, how many people? Male or female?"


    "Only one person, a female!"


    "Is it Guan Xiaoyue?"


    "Yes!"


    "Teleport immediately!"


    With a swoosh, when Wang Bin opened his eyes again, he found himself standing in the room he had left earlier.


    These days felt like years for Guan Xiaoyue, with Wang Bin suddenly disappearing.


    But she remembered Wang Bin''s words before he left, that he would return in seven days.


    She had doubted Wang Bin, but every night she would sneak over to check if he had returned, only to be disappointed each time.


    To avoid the Axe Gang''s pursuit, she had suffered a lot these days, once nearly getting shot by them.


    Today was the last day. If Wang Bin didn''t appear, she didn''t know what she would do next.


    Now, Wang Bin had become her only motivation to survive.


    As she was lost in thought, she suddenly heard movement in the next room and gripped her wooden stick tightly.


    "Xiaoyue, Xiaoyue, where are you?"


    "Brother Wang, I''m here!"


    Hearing Wang Bin''s voice, Guan Xiaoyue couldn''t hold back her tears.


    Hearing Guan Xiaoyue''s voice, Wang Bin rushed out, just as Guan Xiaoyue ran into the room where he was, and they collided. Fortunately, Wang Bin caught her, or she would have fallen.


    "Ah, Xiaoyue, are you okay?"


    "I''m fine, Brother Wang, I''m so glad you''re back!"


    With that, Guan Xiaoyue threw herself into his arms, sobbing.


    Seeing the new wounds on Guan Xiaoyue, Wang Bin knew she had suffered a lot these days and quickly comforted her. After a while, Guan Xiaoyue stopped crying.


    It was only then that she realized how much she relied on Wang Bin. Now, having cried in his arms for so long, her face turned red. Fortunately, it was night, and there was no light in the room, so Wang Bin couldn''t see, avoiding embarrassment.


    "Why do you have so many wounds? I brought some antiseptic and band-aids. Let''s treat them."


    "Thank you, Brother Wang!"


    Guan Xiaoyue had seven or eight wounds, but most were just scrapes and not serious.


    "Brother Wang, where have you been these days? I was so worried about you."


    "I went to get food for you. This time, I brought an air gun and some detonators."


    "What, you brought an air gun and detonators?"


    "Yes, and lots of delicious food. Come, let''s sit over there, and I''ll show you!"


    "Okay, okay!"

 Chapter 12 - Infiltrate the Tiger Head Gang

    Guan Xiaoyue was thrilled as she held the air gun in her hands. She had always wanted a gun, and now her wish had finally come true.


    "Although this air gun doesn''t have the power and range of a rifle, it''s still lethal enough. Plus, it''s quiet and very discreet. This gun is yours now!"


    "Ah, thank you, Brother Wang!"


    "Here are some detonators and fuses for you to hold onto as well."


    "Okay!"


    "Alright, let''s not worry about these things for now. Come and see what goodies I''ve brought you."


    With that, Wang Bin took out a variety of delicious treats from his backpack, making Guan Xiaoyue''s eyes light up.


    "Dig in!"


    Guan Xiaoyue agreed and tore open a pack of beef jerky, devouring it eagerly.


    "Brother Wang, you should eat too!"


    "I''m not hungry yet!"


    "No way, if you don''t eat, I won''t eat either!"


    "Alright, alright, I''ll eat too!"


    Unable to resist Guan Xiaoyue, Wang Bin took out a pack of spicy peanuts and a bottle of beer and started eating.


    Guan Xiaoyue also grabbed a bottle of beer, clinked it with his, and drank heartily. Both of them were very happy at that moment.


    After finishing a pack of beef jerky and a bottle of beer, Guan Xiaoyue refused to eat more. No matter how much Wang Bin urged her, she wouldn''t eat. He knew she was used to a tough life and wouldn''t eat more than she needed.


    "Don''t worry, I brought two large backpacks full of food this time, enough to last you a month!"


    "No, I''m already full!"


    "Alright, can you guess what other good stuff I brought you?"


    "I can''t guess!"


    "Look, I brought you a phone and ten power banks, enough to last you a long time!"


    "Ah, Brother Wang, you''re so good to me!"


    At that moment, Guan Xiaoyue couldn''t help but cry. Ever since the apocalypse and the death of her parents, she hadn''t felt anyone''s warmth.If you come across this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen from Royal Road. Please report it.


    "Alright, alright, don''t cry. Shall we listen to some music?"


    "Okay!"


    Guan Xiaoyue happily agreed, immediately took out her earphones, plugged them in, and handed one to Wang Bin. They leaned against each other and listened to music.


    Perhaps Guan Xiaoyue was too tired these past few days. As soon as the second song started, her head tilted, and she fell asleep on Wang Bin''s shoulder.


    Wang Bin carefully removed Guan Xiaoyue''s earphone, turned off the phone, and let her lean on him as they both fell asleep.


    The next morning, when Guan Xiaoyue woke up, she found herself hugging Wang Bin all night, and her face flushed red.


    Wang Bin sensed Guan Xiaoyue''s movement and woke up too.


    "Did you sleep well last night?"


    "Yes!"


    "By the way, tell me what happened while I was away these past few days?"


    "Food is getting scarcer. There was a conflict between the Tiger Head Gang and the Giant Bear Gang, but only a few were injured on both sides. Some loners are also planning to leave here to find government gathering places."


    "It seems like there''s still an opportunity?"


    "To eliminate the Tiger Head Gang and the Mad Sand Gang!"


    "Ah, the Mad Sand Gang?"


    "Yes, to get into the bank building, we must drag the Mad Sand Gang into the mess too, and it''s best if they get wiped out as well."


    "Ah, the Mad Sand Gang is strong too!"


    "No worries, we''ll take it step by step. Do you know how to shoot?"


    "I''ve only seen others do it, but I''ve never tried it myself."


    "That''s okay. I brought five boxes of pellets this time, with a hundred in each box, enough for you to practice! Find a target and get a feel for it. Tonight, we''ll go mess with the Axe Gang!"


    "Ah, are we really going?"


    "Don''t worry, we''re just going to create chaos, not fight them head-on!"


    "Alright!"


    After convincing Guan Xiaoyue, Wang Bin began planning how to deal with the Axe Gang that night.


    Not only did he want to deal with the Axe Gang, but it would be best to stir up trouble among all four gangs. That way, he could seize the opportunity amidst the chaos to enter the bank building where the gold was stored.


    Gold used to be valuable, but after the apocalypse, such heavy metal is likely unwanted, and there''s a high chance it''s still in the bank vault.


    Half an hour later, Wang Bin found Guan Xiaoyue practicing shooting by the window. He noticed she wasn''t shooting randomly but aiming like a sniper, taking her time before firing a shot.


    Apparently, she was using a human face on a billboard across the building as her target, and the face now had many small holes.


    "You have quite a talent for shooting!"


    Seeing this, Wang Bin couldn''t help but praise her.


    "Xiaoyue, take a break and eat something before practicing more."


    "Okay, thank you, Brother Wang."


    "How''s the practice going?"


    "Not bad, but the air gun''s power and range are a bit limited. It might be hard to kill someone from fifty meters away."


    "No worries, just get closer. This thing is quiet and hard to detect!"


    "Okay!"


    After eating, Guan Xiaoyue practiced a bit more and then stopped. She wanted to save bullets and felt she had grasped the basics.


    In the afternoon, Wang Bin called Guan Xiaoyue over and had her draw a detailed map of the Seven-Color Splendid Garden building where the Axe Gang was located and the surrounding structures, explaining the layout inside the building.


    Wang Bin''s detonators were limited and couldn''t bring down the building, so he abandoned the idea of using them to blow it up. However, he still needed to use the detonators because only the Giant Bear Gang had dynamite and grenades. Using detonators would make Brother Hu think the attackers were from the Giant Bear Gang.


    After dark, Guan Xiaoyue led Wang Bin to a building near the Seven-Color Splendid Garden.


    The Seven-Color Splendid Garden was a commercial building with many entrances and exits. The Axe Gang didn''t have enough people to guard every entrance.


    According to Guan Xiaoyue, most of the Tiger Head Gang members were gathered on the third to fifth floors, so they only had guards at the main entrances on the first and second floors. Sneaking into the building was easy.


    After midnight, Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue made their move.


    Without electric lights, people seemed to revert to ancient times, usually going to bed around eight or nine in the evening. Most people should be asleep now, making it a perfect time to sneak in.


    Soon, they reached the first floor of the Seven-Color Splendid Garden. They found the stairwell and quietly made their way up. As they reached the second floor, they heard snoring from above.


    Wang Bin was secretly delighted and carefully approached the person, ready to cover their mouth with one hand and slit their throat with a knife in the other.


    It was Wang Bin''s first time killing someone, and he was a bit nervous. Fortunately, the person struggled a bit before dying without making much noise.


    Wiping the sweat from his forehead, Wang Bin exchanged a glance with Guan Xiaoyue and continued forward.


    According to Wang Bin''s analysis, the third floor was where the lowest-ranking members of the Tiger Head Gang lived, the fourth floor housed some gang leaders and elites, and the fifth floor was where Gang Leader Brother Hu and his two women lived, as well as the storage area for supplies.


    Their target was the top fifth floor, to find where the Tiger Head Gang stored their supplies and blow it up.


    Soon, they reached the fifth floor. Just as they were about to push open the stairwell door, they heard footsteps and quickly stopped. Once the footsteps faded, they slipped inside.


    After observing the fifth floor for a while, they noticed two people patrolling continuously. Soon, the two patrolmen got tired and gathered near Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue, chatting quietly.

 Chapter 13 - Destroy the Axe Gangs supplies

    Both of them were armed, and since Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue were not exactly special forces, they decided to avoid alerting the two and hid nearby to eavesdrop.


    "Sigh, food is getting scarcer!"


    "Isn''t it? I reckon we can only last a little over a month at most!"


    "Do you think we can take down the Giant Bear Gang?"


    "Even if we can''t, we have to try, or we''ll starve to death sooner or later!"


    "But they have dynamite and grenades. It''s not easy to take them down. I think we should take the food and leave as soon as possible. Maybe we can find a settlement before we run out of supplies!"


    "Don''t say that to anyone else. If Brother Hu hears it, you''ll be in trouble!"


    "I know, I''m just venting because we''re close!"


    As the two spoke, they kept their eyes fixed on a certain spot. Wang Bin figured they were either watching Brother Hu''s residence or the Tiger Head Gang''s storage. Once the two finished chatting and resumed their patrol, Wang Bin led Guan Xiaoyue towards that spot.


    As they got closer, Wang Bin quickly heard snoring coming from inside the house, and next door was a room secured with a large lock. This locked room was likely where the Tiger Head Gang stored their supplies.


    Although the patrolling pair mentioned that the Tiger Head Gang didn''t have much in storage and that a battle with the Giant Bear Gang was imminent, Wang Bin couldn''t wait. He wanted to force the two gangs into an early conflict.


    The best way was to destroy the Tiger Head Gang''s supplies. Once their supplies were gone, the Tiger Head Gang would have no choice but to engage in a life-or-death battle with the Giant Bear Gang.


    The key was surely on Brother Hu, but his door was locked, making it impossible to sneak in and steal the key.


    Guan Xiaoyue seemed to know what Wang Bin was thinking. She quietly tugged at his sleeve and pointed to the storage door.


    Once they reached the storage door, Guan Xiaoyue pulled a thin wire from her pocket and smiled at Wang Bin.


    Seeing the wire in her hand, Wang Bin grinned. Could it be that Guan Xiaoyue knew how to pick locks?This narrative has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road. If you see it on Amazon, please report it.


    To survive, Guan Xiaoyue had learned lock-picking. A simple wire could open most locks, and this door''s lock was just an ordinary one. It took her less than ten seconds to unlock it.


    The two exchanged a gleeful glance, carefully pushed open the door, slipped inside, and closed it behind them.


    Using his phone''s flashlight, Wang Bin took a look around. There were only seven or eight bags of rice and some liquor left in the room¡ªbarely enough for the Axe Gang to survive for a little over a month.


    Guan Xiaoyue''s eyes lit up at the sight of the rice and liquor. She wanted to pour the rice into her backpack, but Wang Bin stopped her.


    With him around, Guan Xiaoyue didn''t need to worry about food. They still needed to make a stealthy escape, and carrying these items would only slow them down.


    Wang Bin opened the liquor and poured it over the rice, then inserted two detonators into the pile, connected the fuses, and waited for the patrol to move away before lighting them. Then, they quietly slipped away.


    Just as they reached the second floor, they heard two explosions from the fifth floor. They exchanged a glance and quickly dashed down to the first floor.


    But as soon as they reached the first floor, they collided with someone, knocking him down.


    "Who are you?"


    The man was unarmed, holding only a steel pipe. Without a word, Wang Bin swung his machete and struck him down.


    After dealing with him, they swiftly ran outside.


    The building was in chaos, with everyone awake and rushing to the fifth floor.


    Their mission accomplished, they didn''t linger and headed straight back to their hideout. Unfortunately, the two Tiger Head Gang members they dealt with didn''t have guns.


    Back at the hideout, they went to bed early, knowing that a fierce battle between the Tiger Head Gang and the Giant Bear Gang was inevitable the next day.


    Brother Hu was furious when he woke up to find the supplies destroyed. If he had been ready, he would have immediately led his men to attack the Giant Bear Gang.


    Next, Wang Bin planned to incite a war between the Mad Sand Gang and the Flying Eagle Gang. Only when the Mad Sand Gang was in chaos would he have an opportunity.


    During the day, there was no sign of a fight between the Tiger Head Gang and the Giant Bear Gang, which made Wang Bin somewhat admire Brother Hu''s patience.


    After calming down, Brother Hu immediately sealed off the news and gathered all his men, planning a night raid on the Giant Bear Gang. To ensure no information leaked, no one was allowed to leave the building before the attack.


    After returning to the hideout, Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue had a good night''s sleep. When they woke up, they had a hearty meal, and as night fell, they headed towards the East District.


    Due to the need to avoid zombies lurking in the dark, their pace was slow, and it was almost nine o''clock when they entered the East District.


    Guan Xiaoyue''s nose was sharp. She suddenly stopped, sniffed the air, and exclaimed, "Someone''s cooking meat nearby!"


    Wang Bin sniffed as well and indeed caught a faint scent of meat.


    He had plenty of food, but it was mostly packaged. Eating it for a day or two was fine, but it got tiresome after a while.


    The smell of meat made his mouth water.


    Guan Xiaoyue turned to Wang Bin, her eyes asking what they should do.


    "Let''s sneak over and take a look."


    Hearing this, Guan Xiaoyue smiled and followed the scent of meat.


    Under Guan Xiaoyue''s lead, they soon arrived in front of a small building, from which the aroma of meat was wafting.


    "Let''s hide in the shadows and observe. It could be a trap!"


    "Okay!"


    After their discussion, they quickly found a nearby building to hide in.


    Before long, a group of people appeared in the distance. Counting them, there were twelve, and several were armed.


    "Brother Chen, it''s here!"


    "Alright, you two find a place to hide."


    "Yes, Brother Chen!"


    The two instructed to hide were armed with rifles.


    "Brother Wang, the leader is Chen Zhiqiang, a minor leader of the Mad Sand Gang!" As the group approached, Guan Xiaoyue recognized them and quickly informed Wang Bin of the leader''s identity.


    "Alright, keep watching!" Wang Bin''s interest was piqued upon hearing they were from the Mad Sand Gang.


    Once the two were hidden, Brother Chen led the rest towards the small building.


    "Stop, or we''ll shoot!"


    As they neared the building, a woman''s voice called out from a second-floor window.


    "Oh, Officer Miao is home!" Brother Chen stopped, grinning up at the second floor.


    "What are you doing here?" Officer Miao hid behind the wall, not daring to show herself.


    "I heard you just caught a wild boar. It''s been ages since I''ve had fresh meat, so I brought my brothers over to have a taste," Brother Chen said with a mischievous grin.

 Chapter 14 - Illegal gun

    "Who''s in the room?" Wang Bin asked quietly.


    "Her name is Miao Ruyun, she''s a police officer. Her team includes an old cop named Li Chengping, who seems to be her mentor. Besides them, there are five or six others, all kids and women, without much fighting power," Guan Xiaoyue replied calmly.


    "Why haven''t they left here?"


    "It seems the old cop Li Chengping has a severe leg injury, so Miao Ruyun stayed behind to take care of him."


    "Oh, it seems this Officer Miao is quite loyal and righteous!"


    "Brother Wang, are you thinking of helping them?"


    "To take down the Mad Sand Gang, we need allies!"


    "Got it!"


    Understanding Wang Bin''s intention, Guan Xiaoyue immediately aimed the air gun at the head of someone who had just hidden.


    "Brother Chen, with so many people in your Mad Sand Gang, why don''t you fight yourselves?"


    "Officer Miao, we aren''t as lucky as you. We''ve gone out several times and returned empty-handed. I''m not asking for much, just half!"


    Hearing Brother Chen''s words, others were tempted and tried to persuade Officer Miao, but she wasn''t swayed.


    She knew Brother Chen and his men too well. If she gave in, they would likely take everything from them.


    As food became scarcer, she had heard rumors of people resorting to cannibalism. This place was becoming increasingly dangerous.


    Now that her mentor''s leg was almost healed, and they had just caught a wild boar, she planned to leave with him.


    "Dream on. The wild boar is mine. If you want one, hunt it yourself. If you want to take my stuff, come and try!"


    "Officer Miao, I know you''re a good shot, but you only have two pistols and not many bullets. If it comes to a fight, you won''t stand a chance against us!"


    "Enough talk, if you want to fight, bring it on!"


    "Refusing a toast only to drink a forfeit, attack!"


    With a wave of Brother Chen''s hand, his underlings charged towards the small building.


    "Bang! Bang!"If you find this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the infringement.


    Two gunshots rang out from the window, and two men immediately fell to the ground.


    Seeing this, the others stopped and hid.


    Li Chengping, holding a pistol, quietly approached Miao Ruyun and whispered, "Xiaoyun, are we really going to fight the Mad Sand Gang?"


    "Mentor, it''s okay. As long as we drive them away, we''ll leave the city to find a safe place!"


    "That''s all we can do. You watch the front door, I''ll cover the stairs!"


    "Okay, be careful, Mentor!"


    "You too, be careful!"


    The two gunmen hiding in the shadows saw the fight break out and started shooting at Officer Miao''s window, forcing her to stay down.


    "Charge!"


    Seeing Officer Miao pinned down, Brother Chen ordered his men to charge.


    Officer Miao had to move to another room to counterattack.


    "Fire!"


    At the same time, Wang Bin gave Guan Xiaoyue the order to shoot.


    He had tried the air gun himself but realized his shooting skills were nowhere near as good as Guan Xiaoyue''s, so he handed her the only gun.


    "Pop!"


    The air gun made a very soft sound, and with the cover of other gunfire, it was inaudible.


    The pellet hit the head of a gunman hiding in the shadows, causing him to slump over, his gun silent.


    Officer Miao, having relocated, began her counterattack, taking down another man.


    With gunmen outside targeting her, she couldn''t fire continuously. After each shot, she had to move to a new spot to shoot again.


    "Pop!"


    As Brother Chen and his remaining men reached the base of the building, Guan Xiaoyue took out another gunman hiding in the shadows.


    With the hidden gunmen dealt with, Guan Xiaoyue turned her aim to the Mad Sand Gang members charging the building.


    "Pop!"


    "Ah!"


    Just as Brother Chen entered the building, one of his men behind him screamed and fell.


    "What''s going on?"


    Seeing his underling shot, Brother Chen was puzzled. Who was shooting at them?


    Weren''t there two gunmen watching their backs? How could his men still be getting shot?


    "Ah!"


    Another scream rang out, as another underling, not yet inside, was silently killed.


    Brother Chen was shocked!


    "Everyone, get inside, quickly!"


    Seeing the situation turning dire, Brother Chen ordered his men inside.


    "Brother Chen, it seems someone is shooting at us from behind!"


    "Who the hell is it? When I find out, I''ll skin them alive!"


    Officer Miao also noticed something was off. The two gunmen in hiding had stopped shooting, and just as she aimed at someone, they fell before she could pull the trigger.


    "Could someone be helping us?"


    Officer Miao felt a glimmer of hope and quickly abandoned the window to join her mentor at the stairs.


    "Mentor, how''s it going?"


    "Two down!"


    "Not bad, Mentor!"


    "Of course, back in the day, I was the sharpshooter of the police force!"


    "Mentor, it seems someone is helping us?"


    "Oh, why do you say that?"


    "The gunmen in hiding seem to have gone silent. I suspect they''ve been taken out! And just as I aimed at someone, they fell before I could shoot!"


    "Oh, is that so!"


    Brother Chen was panicking. He had brought eleven men, but now there were only four left, including himself.


    What frustrated him more was that someone outside was shooting at them, and they couldn''t get up the stairs. Now they were stuck on the first floor, unable to advance or retreat.


    "Brother Chen, what do we do now?" a terrified underling asked, his face pale.


    Brother Chen thought for a moment and shouted, "Officer Miao, how about we make a deal?"


    "Oh, what do you want to say?"


    "I admit defeat. Just let us go, and we''ll pretend tonight never happened!"


    Officer Miao didn''t trust Brother Chen to let them go, but she needed time. It would be best to send them away now so she could have time to lead everyone out.


    "Fine, you can leave!"


    "Officer Miao, that''s not fair! Tell your friends outside to let us go too, or I won''t dare step out!"


    Hearing Brother Chen''s words, Officer Miao confirmed her suspicions that someone outside was helping them.


    Officer Miao initially wanted to say she didn''t know the people outside, but then realized that would reveal to Brother Chen that the outsiders weren''t with them.


    Officer Miao agreed and quietly moved to a window in the next room to shout.


    "Hey, the Mad Sand Gang has admitted defeat, let them go!"


    Hearing Officer Miao''s shout, Guan Xiaoyue turned to Wang Bin.


    Wang Bin thought for a moment and shouted, "Alright, let them go!"


    "Thank you!"


    Officer Miao expressed her gratitude and quickly moved to the stairs to let Brother Chen and his men leave.


    "Go!"


    Brother Chen heard Wang Bin''s words and hurriedly led his men out.


    "Fire!"


    As soon as Wang Bin saw Brother Chen and his men come out, he ordered Guan Xiaoyue to shoot.


    Guan Xiaoyue didn''t question why he had said to let them go earlier but now ordered to shoot, and she aimed and fired!


    "Pop!"


    "Ah!"


    A scream rang out as one of the men, having barely taken a few steps, fell to the ground!


    "Bastard, you don''t keep your word!"


    Seeing his man fall, Brother Chen pulled another man over to shield him from the bullets while cursing loudly.


    "Pop! Pop!"


    Guan Xiaoyue fired two more shots, but only managed to take down one more!

 Chapter 15 - Reach cooperation

    Officer Miao was shocked to see Wang Bin kill someone. She stood outside the window, observing the surroundings, but she had no idea where Wang Bin was, which made her even more puzzled. How did Wang Bin manage to kill the members of the Berserk Gang?


    "They''re using air guns!"


    It was Li Chengping''s seasoned experience that allowed him to immediately recognize that Wang Bin and his group were using air guns.


    "Air guns?" Officer Miao exclaimed in surprise.


    "Yes, these guns are very quiet. If you don''t listen carefully, it''s hard to hear them. Judging from the direction the bodies fell, they should be hiding in the house on the left."


    Hearing this, Officer Miao quickly aimed her gun at the house on the left.


    Seeing the Berserk Gang members running away, Wang Bin turned to Guan Xiaoyue and said, "Wait here, I''ll go talk to them."


    "What, you''re going alone?"


    "Don''t worry, as long as you don''t show up, they won''t dare to shoot!"


    "Okay, be careful!"


    Wang Bin nodded and left the house. He didn''t pick up the guns dropped by the Berserk Gang but walked directly towards the small building where Officer Miao was.


    "Can we talk?"


    Wang Bin stopped ten meters in front of the small building where Officer Miao was and didn''t move forward.


    "Who are you, and what do you want to talk about? If it''s about food, forget it."


    "Cooperation! Don''t worry, I didn''t bring any weapons!"


    "What are you holding in your hand?"


    "Food, for you, as a meeting gift!"


    "Food? Stop, we don''t need your food!"


    "I know you''re afraid of the Berserk Gang''s retaliation and want to leave here as soon as possible. If you don''t want to waste time, let''s talk."


    Just as Wang Bin said, Officer Miao only wanted to leave quickly. Otherwise, when the Berserk Gang came back, they wouldn''t be able to leave even if they wanted to.


    You could be reading stolen content. Head to Royal Road for the genuine story.


    "Alright, come in, but you''d better not try any tricks!"


    Wang Bin smiled faintly, took some food out of his backpack, and walked into the house.


    As soon as he entered, a gun was pressed against his head.


    "Don''t be nervous, I only brought food, nothing else!"


    "Drop it on the ground!"


    Wang Bin complied without resistance and dropped the bag on the ground.


    Li Chengping didn''t pick up the bag but had a child open it to check.


    "Wow, so much food!"


    The little boy opened the bag and was immediately astonished by the food inside, shouting in excitement.


    "Little Nan, bring the bag upstairs with us!"


    "Okay, Uncle Li!"


    The obedient little boy followed Li Chengping, escorting Wang Bin to the second floor.


    Upon reaching the second floor, Wang Bin immediately saw Officer Miao and a few others standing nervously at a distance, watching him. Among them were two women, and the rest were children.


    "So, what do you want to talk about?"


    "Let''s join forces against the Berserk Gang!"


    "What, are you crazy?"


    "No, I''m not! The Tiger Head Gang and the Giant Bear Gang are already fighting. If we can get the Berserk Gang and the Flying Eagle Gang to fight too, there won''t be any major organizations left in the city."


    "Sorry, I''m not interested in your proposal!"


    "I know what you want¡ªfood? I have it! If you help us with a small task, I can give you some food. It might not be enough to get you to the safe zone, but it will help you last longer. I suggest you take a look at the gift I brought before you decide."


    As Wang Bin finished speaking, the little boy handed the plastic bag to Officer Miao.


    Officer Miao opened it and was stunned by the food inside. Before the apocalypse, these items were insignificant, but now they were luxury goods. Even the Berserk Gang probably didn''t have such food.


    "Where did you get all this food?"


    "You don''t need to worry about that. Just answer whether you''ll cooperate or not. I have plenty more of this food. If you cooperate, I can give you ten times as much!"


    "Though your offer is tempting, the Berserk Gang has over a hundred people. They''re not easy to deal with!"


    "We''re not planning to confront them directly. We just need to make them fight the Flying Eagle Gang."


    "My mentor is injured and can''t move easily. The others have no combat skills. I can only join you alone!"


    "No problem, you''re enough! Now, quickly pack up and find a safer place. Then we can discuss the plan."


    "Alright! Everyone, pack up quickly, we''re moving!"


    At Officer Miao''s command, the others sprang into action.


    The wild boar had already been butchered and was carried out by the others.


    As they left the house, Wang Bin and his group didn''t forget to collect the Berserk Gang''s weapons.


    Once outside, Wang Bin retrieved the two rifles and then called Guan Xiaoyue out of the house.


    "Xiaoyue, take this!"


    As soon as Guan Xiaoyue stepped out, Wang Bin tossed her a rifle.


    "This gun is powerful, but it''s too loud!"


    "Then take both!"


    "Okay!"


    "Just the two of you?" Officer Miao was surprised to see only two people on Wang Bin''s side.


    "Yes, it was two before, but now it''s three!" Wang Bin replied with a faint smile.


    Officer Miao felt like she had fallen into a trap, but now that she was on Wang Bin''s ship, she had no choice but to go along.


    Under Officer Miao''s guidance, the group found another small building to settle in.


    Upon arriving, Wang Bin took out more food for Officer Miao and the others.


    Seeing the food, everyone''s eyes lit up, and a few children couldn''t help but drool.


    "Go ahead and eat!"


    No one moved, instead looking collectively at Officer Miao, as if she was their leader.


    "Go ahead, but each person can only take one item!"


    Upon hearing Officer Miao''s words, everyone quickly reached for the food they had been eyeing, tore open the packaging, and began eating voraciously.


    Watching them eat, Guan Xiaoyue was reminded of the first time Wang Bin gave her food, and she couldn''t help but laugh.


    The group didn''t mind Guan Xiaoyue''s gaze and continued to eat excitedly.


    "This is so delicious; I''ve never had such tasty chicken legs!"


    "Yeah, this beef jerky is amazing. I''ve almost forgotten what beef tastes like!"


    "Wang Bin, Xiaoyue, why don''t you eat something too?"


    "Sure!"


    Wang Bin smiled faintly, took out a can of beer, and started drinking, while Guan Xiaoyue took out a bag of Bouncy Gummies.


    Seeing Wang Bin with a can of beer, Li Chengping''s eyes lit up. He swallowed hard and awkwardly asked Wang Bin, "Wang Bin, do you have more beer?"


    "Yes, Brother Li, here you go! Officer Miao, would you like one too?" Wang Bin smiled and tossed a can of beer to Li Chengping.


    "No, well, actually, yes, I''d like one too!"


    Initially, Officer Miao felt a bit embarrassed to ask for more from Wang Bin after he had already given them so much food, but she hadn''t had a drink in years and couldn''t resist.


    Wang Bin smiled and tossed another can to Officer Miao.


    "Thank you!"


    "You''re welcome!"


    Officer Miao took the beer, pulled the tab, sniffed it, and then took a sip.


    As the beer went down, she felt a wave of comfort wash over her, making her hair stand on end. The sensation was simply wonderful.

 Chapter 16 - Assault on the Mad Sand Gang

    ### Chapter 16: Assault on the Mad Sand Gang


    "If only I had a cigarette!" Li Chengping sighed after finishing his beer.


    "I don''t have any now, but I''ll bring you a pack next time."


    "What, you can still get cigarettes? Makes sense, if you can get all this food, there''s probably nothing you can''t get!"


    As they chatted, intense gunfire erupted from the North Side of the City, mixed with explosions.


    "It''s finally happening!"


    Hearing the gunfire, Wang Bin smiled faintly. This was all within his expectations.


    Yesterday, they had destroyed the Tiger Head Gang''s supplies. If the Tiger Head Gang didn''t raid the Giant Bear Gang''s supplies, they''d go hungry. He just didn''t expect Brother Hu to hold off until now to launch an attack.


    "Wang Bin, was all this your and Xiaoyue''s doing?"


    From the conversation earlier, Wang Bin had recounted to Officer Miao how he and Guan Xiaoyue had raided the Tiger Head Gang''s supplies last night to gain her trust, predicting that there would be a major battle between the Tiger Head Gang and the Giant Bear Gang tonight.


    Initially, no one believed him, but now, hearing the intense gunfire and explosions from the North Side, they immediately believed Wang Bin.


    "Wang Bin, I don''t understand. You have so much food; why don''t you and Xiaoyue escape instead of staying and opposing the gangs in the city?" Officer Miao was puzzled by Wang Bin''s actions. She was straightforward and asked directly.


    "Would you believe me if I said I can''t stand their atrocities?"


    Hearing Wang Bin''s words, everyone recalled how many evil deeds the four major gangs had committed over the years, killing others for food and brutally executing those who dared to resist them, sometimes even resorting to cannibalism.


    Thinking of these, everyone was furious, clenching their fists tightly. Wang Bin knew that many of their friends and relatives had likely died at the hands of the four major gangs.


    "Sister Miao, I want to go with you to kill the Mad Sand Gang!" A frail eight-year-old boy suddenly stood up, looking at Officer Miao with determined eyes.


    "Bao, you''re still young. Leave these matters to your sister!" Officer Miao smiled gently, reaching out to stroke the boy''s head.


    The narrative has been illicitly obtained; should you discover it on Amazon, report the violation.


    "No, I want to avenge my parents. They were killed by the Mad Sand Gang!" Bao clenched his fists, his eyes red.


    "Bao, be good. Your responsibility now is to protect your younger siblings with Uncle Li!"


    "Alright! Don''t worry, Sister Miao, I will definitely protect my younger siblings and not let them get hurt!"


    "Yes, yes! Wang Bin, we have a few extra guns this time. Can you leave some for us for self-defense?"


    "Sure! Xiaoyue and I will each take a rifle, and the rest can be left for you."


    "Ah, thank you!"


    Hearing that Wang Bin was willing to give them the remaining three guns, everyone was ecstatic.


    In the apocalypse, weapons were more important than food.


    With weapons, you could be the boss and fearlessly take others'' food.


    They never expected Wang Bin not only to give them food but also weapons. They were very grateful to Wang Bin, yet increasingly couldn''t understand him.


    "Alright, everyone, let''s get some sleep. We have actions to take tomorrow!"


    The next morning, after breakfast, Wang Bin and the other two headed out.


    Now, each of them had a gun, significantly boosting their combat power.


    Officer Miao, familiar with the East District, quickly led them to a building near the Mad Sand Gang''s headquarters.


    The Mad Sand Gang''s security was much better than the Tiger Head Gang''s, with sentries not only in the building but also in some surrounding structures.


    The Mad Sand Gang remained quiet until almost noon when over forty people emerged from inside.


    These people split into four squads, heading in four different directions.


    "After such a big event last night, I guess they''re going to guard the borders."


    "Yeah, likely. Let''s follow the squad heading to the South Side."


    "Alright!"


    The three of them quickly followed the squad stealthily.


    This squad had ten people, only four of whom had guns, while the others carried clubs and some knives.


    "We''re almost at the South Side border. Let''s circle ahead and set up an ambush!"


    "Okay!"


    The three of them took a detour, speeding up, and soon, under Officer Miao''s lead, reached a building on the path the squad had to pass.


    "Shoot those with guns first!"


    "Understood!"


    "Fire!"


    As the Mad Sand Gang members reached the building, Wang Bin gave the order, and gunfire erupted, catching the Mad Sand Gang off guard and instantly killing four or five of them.


    The remaining members, experienced and quick, took cover in nearby buildings.


    "Let''s go! Let''s cause some trouble for the Flying Eagle Gang too!"


    Seeing the Mad Sand Gang members all taking cover, making it difficult to pick them off one by one, Wang Bin decided not to waste time on them and had Officer Miao lead them to find the Flying Eagle Gang.


    The Mad Sand Gang members waited for a long time without seeing anything happen. One of them, trembling, was ordered by his superior to go out and retrieve the guns.


    Once he picked up the guns without incident, the others boldly emerged, grabbed their comrades'' guns, and ran back to report the incident to their boss as soon as possible.


    Hearing the gunfire from the South Side last night, the gang leader had gathered them, instructing them to be cautious lately. But he hadn''t expected them to be attacked the very next day.


    Brother Xing, the leader of the Mad Sand Gang, was furious upon hearing the report from the squad sent to the South Side. In this city, the Mad Sand Gang was the strongest. He didn''t bully others, and now someone dared to attack his men.


    Hearing the gunfire from the South Side last night, Brother Xing thought it was a good thing. If the Tiger Head Gang and the Giant Bear Gang fought to mutual destruction, he could use all his strength against the Flying Eagle Gang in the South Side, unifying the city and becoming its king.


    "Brother Xing, let''s go wipe out the Flying Eagle Gang!"


    "No, something''s fishy here!"


    "Huh, what''s fishy? We were attacked at the border with the South Side!"


    "Fool! I believe the Flying Eagle Gang wouldn''t dare start a war with us. I suspect someone is deliberately trying to provoke a war between us and the Flying Eagles!"


    "Ah, Brother Xing, what should we do now?"


    "The priority now is to investigate the battle situation between the Tiger Head Gang and the Giant Bear Gang and find out who attacked us! Ah Biao, take some people and check if there are any new forces in the city recently!"


    "Understood, Boss!"


    "Also, call back the other three squads. In this situation, preserving our strength is the wisest choice!"


    "Yes, Boss!"


    Once they figured out the losses between the Tiger Head Gang and the Giant Bear Gang, and confirmed there were no other powerful new forces in the city, he could attack the Flying Eagle Gang without worries.


    Brother Xing had long wanted to unify the city, but the other gangs kept each other in check. Without absolute certainty, he dared not rashly start a war with any gang.


    Because the other three gangs were not weak, taking down any one of them would cost him greatly.


    If the casualties were too high, he''d lose his position as the city''s boss, which he couldn''t afford to see happen.

 Chapter 17 - Assault on the Flying Eagle Gang

    Chapter 17: Assault on the Flying Eagle Gang


    Led by Officer Miao, the three of them quickly found a Flying Eagle Gang outpost on the south side of the city.


    Since the Flying Eagle Gang didn''t have many members, they only stationed five people here.


    However, because these five were hiding inside the building, taking them all out at once was a bit tricky. In the end, Wang Bin decided on an assassination.


    The three of them sneaked into the building and searched the first floor but found no one.


    "Brother Wang, there''s usually no one on the first floor!"


    "Why?"


    "They''re afraid of zombies getting in!"


    "Oh!"


    The three of them quietly approached the stairwell and immediately saw a person at the second-floor stairwell, holding only a rusty machete.


    "Brother Wang, let me handle this one!" Guan Xiaoyue perked up when she saw the person wasn''t armed with a gun.


    "Alright, be careful not to let him make any noise!" Wang Bin trusted Guan Xiaoyue''s skills and, with a word of caution, let her deal with the person.


    Guan Xiaoyue nodded, drew a dagger from her waist, and stealthily moved up the stairs.


    Her movements were so light that she made no sound at all, quickly getting behind the person.


    Before the person could react, she covered his mouth with one hand and swiftly slashed his throat with the dagger in her right hand. In no time, the person was dead.


    They gently moved the body into a nearby room and continued their search.


    There was only one person on the second floor; the others were on the third floor, as they could already hear the sound of card games from above.


    The three of them reached the third-floor stairwell and peeked in to see three people playing cards, while another listlessly stared out the window.


    Seeing that the remaining people were all there, Wang Bin and the others didn''t hesitate. They aimed their guns and fired. After a burst of gunfire, all four were taken out.Stolen story; please report.


    Officer Miao''s shooting accuracy and speed were the fastest; Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue only managed to fire one shot each, while Officer Miao had already fired twice.


    After clearing the area, they found two more guns, leaving the knives behind.


    With these two guns, they could almost ensure everyone had a gun.


    "Let''s head back and see what the Mad Sand Gang and Flying Eagle Gang do next!"


    Having taken out a Flying Eagle outpost, the first step of their plan was complete, and Wang Bin led the two back.


    As Wang Bin said, they would next observe the Mad Sand Gang and Flying Eagle Gang''s reactions and then make corresponding plans.


    When Wang Bin and the others returned to their base and recounted the day''s events, everyone was thrilled.


    Most of them had suffered at the hands of these gangs, and hearing that nearly ten people were taken out in one go was immensely satisfying.


    Seeing Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao''s excellent marksmanship, Wang Bin felt it was necessary to improve his own shooting skills, so he took an air gun for practice.


    The air gun was very quiet, so there was little worry about being discovered.


    Officer Miao, curious about Wang Bin''s training, wondered how someone with ordinary shooting skills and average abilities had survived this long, and more intriguingly, how he managed to acquire so much luxury food.


    "Practicing shooting?"


    "Yes!"


    "Want me to teach you?"


    "Sure, thank you so much!"


    "I''m the one who should be thanking you. You''ve helped me find my old self again!"


    "Your old self?"


    "Yes! Before the apocalypse, I was a police officer with a strong sense of justice. After the apocalypse, I tried my best to protect those who needed me, but they died one by one in front of me. As people dwindled, everyone fought over food, and I changed! I began to question my life and beliefs. Although I still tried to protect my companions, I lost the will to fight against evil forces!"


    "Do you know who the gang leaders of the four city gangs are? They were all former thugs, some of whom I even arrested. Yet, in the blink of an eye, they became the most powerful people in the city. They gathered a large group and started preying on others, and I could only watch their atrocities helplessly. I felt useless!"


    "No, you''re strong and brave! In this world, not only did you survive, but you also protected Bao and the others. You''re truly remarkable!" Seeing Officer Miao''s sadness, Wang Bin quickly comforted her.


    "Really? Today, you took me to attack the Mad Sand Gang and helped me find my old self again. Thank you!"


    "You''re welcome! Let''s work together to eliminate the forces here and take Bao and the others to the gathering place!"


    "Ah! You''re willing to come with us?"


    "Yes, this isn''t a place to stay for long. Once I finish some things, we''ll leave together!"


    "Okay!"


    Officer Miao, knowing Wang Bin''s plan to help her take Bao and the others to the gathering place, was very happy and taught Wang Bin shooting with extra care.


    The Flying Eagle Gang quickly learned that one of their outposts was attacked, causing panic.


    The previous night''s battle in the north of the city had already alerted the Flying Eagle Gang to an impending conflict. Now, with their outpost attacked the next day, and the location being near the Mad Sand Gang''s border, the gang members speculated that the Mad Sand Gang might be planning an assault.


    Their spies also learned about the outcome of the battle between the Tiger Head Gang and the Giant Bear Gang. The Tiger Head Gang had completely wiped out the Giant Bear Gang, but they suffered heavy losses, with only a dozen survivors.


    Moreover, after occupying the Giant Bear Gang''s building, they were besieged by thousands of zombies.


    Previously, the Tiger Head Gang and Giant Bear Gang had restrained the Mad Sand Gang. Now, with the Giant Bear Gang eliminated and only a dozen surviving Tiger Head members trapped by zombies, no one could oppose the Mad Sand Gang. It was clear the Mad Sand Gang would soon attack them.


    At this moment, there were three opinions within the Flying Eagle Gang. The first was to surrender to the Mad Sand Gang, which Boss Fei would never agree to.


    If they surrendered, he would lose his position as boss and become Brother Xing''s underling.


    Having been the boss for so long, he would never agree to become someone else''s underling.


    The second opinion was to leave the city immediately and find a gathering place or seize territory in another city.


    Many supported this plan, but with no gasoline left, they could only rely on their legs to reach another city, uncertain of what might happen along the way, or if there were even stronger forces there.


    Boss Fei was hesitant about this plan and would only consider leaving as a last resort.


    The final opinion was to stay and fight the Mad Sand Gang to the death, but this was undoubtedly suicidal.


    After much thought, Boss Fei decided to wait and see how things unfolded, and only retreat if absolutely necessary.

 Chapter 18 - Infiltrating the Gold Reserve Room

    Chapter 18: Infiltrating the Gold Reserve Room


    Brother Xing, the leader of the Mad Sand Gang, was overjoyed when he learned about the battle between the Tiger Head Gang and the Giant Bear Gang and the news brought back by Ah Biao. With the Giant Bear Gang wiped out and the Tiger Head Gang trapped in a building by zombies, and no other external forces in play, he felt the time was ripe.


    However, to minimize casualties, this couldn''t be done recklessly; a plan was necessary.


    That night, Brother Xing ordered Ah Biao to take over forty men to clear out the peripheral members of the Flying Eagle Gang, aiming to weaken their strength before delivering the final blow.


    Soon, Wang Bin and his group heard gunfire erupting continuously from the South Side of the City, though it didn''t sound too intense.


    "Brother Wang, did our plan succeed?"


    "Yes, it seems to have worked, but the fight isn''t too fierce. Let''s go and add fuel to the fire!"


    That night, led by Officer Miao, the three of them headed to the battleground between the Mad Sand Gang and the Flying Eagle Gang.


    From the current situation, the Flying Eagle Gang was at a disadvantage. To balance the power between the two sides, Wang Bin and the others secretly took shots at the Mad Sand Gang from the shadows.


    The three never lingered in battle; they would strike and immediately retreat. By the time Ah Biao brought reinforcements, they found nothing.


    Wang Bin, along with Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao, executed guerrilla tactics to perfection, retreating when the enemy advanced and advancing when the enemy retreated.


    Whenever the Mad Sand Gang and Flying Eagle Gang clashed, gunfire would unexpectedly erupt from behind the Mad Sand Gang. By the time they sent people to chase them, Wang Bin and his group had already vanished without a trace.


    After several rounds, Ah Biao was so frustrated that he pulled out a handful of his hair.


    In the end, he had no choice but to station some men to guard their rear before each battle, which significantly weakened their frontline firepower. Frustrated, Ah Biao had to retreat with the remaining forces.


    Watching the Mad Sand Gang retreat, Wang Bin also led his two companions back to their hideout.


    In this battle, they killed seven members of the Mad Sand Gang. Combined with the losses inflicted by the Flying Eagle Gang, at least twenty people died.


    Such heavy casualties were a significant blow to the Mad Sand Gang.This story has been unlawfully obtained without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon.


    In contrast, the Flying Eagle Gang suffered minimal losses. Being on the defensive, they only needed to guard the windows and staircases while hiding in the building.


    When Ah Biao returned to the hideout with the remaining forces, Brother Xing was furious upon hearing about the casualties. However, he quickly realized that someone was sabotaging them from behind, though it didn''t seem like a large group.


    "Brother Xing, what should we do next?"


    "It seems a war of attrition won''t work. Since our numbers are three times that of the Flying Eagle Gang, tomorrow we''ll leave a squad at headquarters, and the rest will follow me to wipe out the Flying Eagle Gang completely!"


    "Yes, Boss!"


    As the time for Wang Bin to return to the real world approached, he grew a bit anxious. He wanted to resolve this matter before his return, so Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao would face less pressure.


    The next day, Wang Bin and his group lay in ambush near the Mad Sand Gang''s building. It wasn''t long before they saw nearly a hundred people marching out of the building.


    "So many people, is the Mad Sand Gang mobilizing everyone?"


    "Pretty much!"


    Hearing this, Wang Bin''s eyes lit up. If the Mad Sand Gang was moving out in full force, wouldn''t that mean the building was left unguarded?


    "Brother Wang, should we follow them?"


    "No, wait! Let them go far, and then we''ll check out their headquarters!"


    "Ah, alright!"


    Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao perked up at Wang Bin''s suggestion. If they could find some food in the Mad Sand Gang''s hideout, that would be ideal.


    After waiting for nearly an hour after the Mad Sand Gang left, Wang Bin cautiously led the two towards the Mad Sand Gang''s base.


    Upon entering the building, they discovered about ten people left to guard it, each looking tense and guarding key points. It would be very difficult for the three of them to fight their way up.


    Moreover, what if they opened fire and the Mad Sand Gang returned to support?


    "Brother Wang, what do we do?"


    "We go below!"


    "Below?"


    "Yes, to find the gold reserve room!"


    "What do you need gold for?"


    "I have my reasons!"


    Officer Miao didn''t know what Wang Bin wanted with gold, but since he said it was useful, she didn''t argue and followed him down to the basement.


    The elevator was long broken, so the three had to take the emergency stairs.


    Reaching the lowest level, they found dozens of zombies gathered there.


    "Clear the zombies!"


    "Ah!" Officer Miao didn''t understand the point of Wang Bin''s command.


    Guan Xiaoyue, now very obedient to Wang Bin, took the machete he handed her and began clearing the zombies, while Wang Bin followed with his entrenching tool.


    Seeing the two in action, Officer Miao had no choice but to grab a steel pipe and join in.


    Though there were dozens of zombies on this level, there were corridors to navigate. The three slowly cleared their way through, quickly killing over twenty zombies, and soon reached the hall where the most zombies were. They lured some into the corridor and continued clearing them out.


    By the time they finished, more than an hour had passed, and the three were exhausted.


    Wang Bin handed out drinks to each of them, and they stood in the zombie-filled basement, gulping them down.


    In the past, Wang Bin wouldn''t have dared to drink water in such a place, let alone look at it without feeling nauseous. But now, he was accustomed to the environment, eating and drinking amidst the disgusting zombie corpses without issue.


    After taking a sip of water, Wang Bin eagerly approached the large iron door, turned the handle, and with a creak, he was surprised at how easily the vault door opened.


    At the entrance, he found several keys and some gold bricks.


    "Could it be that someone opened it before and didn''t take all the gold bricks?"


    With this thought, Wang Bin''s heart raced, and he hurriedly opened the large iron door.


    As he peered inside, he gasped in shock.


    Inside were several piles of gold bricks, with the outermost piles slightly scattered, as if many had been taken. Gold bricks were strewn all over the floor.


    Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao, seeing Wang Bin''s astonished expression, curiously walked over. Upon seeing the gold bricks inside, they were equally stunned.


    Although gold bricks held little value now, they both knew what such a quantity meant before the apocalypse.


    "Wang Bin, what are you going to do?"


    "Take them!"


    "Ah, no, these belong to the state. We should hand them over to the government!"


    Hearing Officer Miao''s words, Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue looked at her in surprise. Was this officer out of her mind?


    Hand these gold bricks over to the government? Would the government even want them? Besides, how would you transport so many?


    Officer Miao quickly realized the flaw in her statement, her face turning red with embarrassment. She awkwardly coughed and said, "If you want to take them, go ahead. After all, they''re useless now."


    With that, Officer Miao turned and headed back to the corridor. Since she couldn''t stop them, she might as well avoid the situation.

 Chapter 19 - System lottery

    Chapter 19: System Lottery


    "Congratulations, Player, you''ve discovered a large amount of gold. Would you like to upgrade the system?"


    As soon as Wang Bin touched the gold brick, a prompt from the system sounded in his mind.


    "How much gold is needed to upgrade the system, and what are the benefits after upgrading?"


    "The first upgrade requires ten thousand kilograms of gold. After upgrading, a fifty-cubic-meter system space will be unlocked, allowing you to store and retrieve items anytime, anywhere."


    "How much gold is here?"


    "A total of forty-six thousand two hundred and fifty kilograms of gold. Would you like to upgrade now?"


    "Wait!"


    After understanding the details, Wang Bin smiled and said to Guan Xiaoyue, "Xiaoyue, it''s dangerous for Officer Miao to be outside alone. Take this food and stay with her, keep an eye on things outside for me."


    Guan Xiaoyue knew Wang Bin wanted to send her away, but she didn''t object. She took the food Wang Bin handed her and left, closing the heavy iron door behind her.


    Wang Bin sent Guan Xiaoyue away because the sudden disappearance of ten thousand kilograms of gold might scare her, and he didn''t want to reveal his secret, so he had to ask her to leave.


    Once Guan Xiaoyue closed the iron door, Wang Bin immediately gave the system a command.


    "Upgrade the system!"


    "System upgrading, 1%, 5%, 15%..."


    "System upgrade successful!"


    After more than ten minutes, the system finally upgraded successfully.


    Seeing so many gold bricks, Wang Bin had been wondering how to move them all. Now, with the system upgrade providing such a large system space, the problem was instantly solved.


    Wang Bin quickly placed his hand on each gold brick, and any brick he touched instantly entered the system space.


    After collecting the last gold brick, Wang Bin was exhausted, but his heart was filled with joy.


    All the hard work paid off with such a rich reward.


    "System, can you upgrade again?"


    "Yes, upgrading to the next level requires thirty thousand kilograms of gold. After upgrading, a lottery system will be unlocked, allowing you to spend gold to draw prizes!"


    The narrative has been taken without permission. Report any sightings.


    "What kind of prizes?"


    "Food, weapons, attribute points, various martial arts techniques, and more!"


    "Wow, you can even draw attribute points and martial arts?"


    "That''s right. With your current gold reserves, you can upgrade the system once more. Would you like to upgrade?"


    "Upgrade!"


    This time, Wang Bin didn''t hesitate and chose to upgrade immediately.


    Firstly, all the gold was in the system space, so nothing shocking would happen. Plus, after recent experiences, he realized his combat power was quite lacking, often relying on Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao.


    As a man, and one with a system, he decided to become stronger, making upgrading the system his best option.


    The system upgrade would take some time, and he didn''t want to stay there any longer, so he opened the iron door and walked out.


    "Ah, Brother Wang, aren''t you taking any?" Guan Xiaoyue asked in surprise when she saw Wang Bin didn''t bring any gold bricks out.


    "No, these gold bricks are too heavy. I''ll come back for them when I have the chance!" Wang Bin smiled faintly and led the two of them out of the basement, heading upstairs.


    Hearing Wang Bin say he wasn''t taking them, Miao let out a sigh of relief. Although society''s order was gone, she still considered herself a police officer. Watching Wang Bin openly take the gold from the vault made her feel a bit uneasy.


    The three quietly left the Mad Sand Gang''s hideout and cautiously headed to the south side of the city.


    Gunfire could be heard sporadically from that direction, likely the Mad Sand Gang and the Flying Eagle Gang clashing.


    Logically, having taken all the gold from the bank, he should leave, but he remembered that for every day he spent in the real world, seven days would pass here.


    For the seven days he wouldn''t be here, he wanted to eliminate as many Mad Sand Gang members as possible. This would not only reduce the danger for Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao during his absence but also serve as revenge for those the gang had harmed.


    Following the gunfire, Wang Bin and the others quickly found the site of the Mad Sand Gang''s battle.


    The Flying Eagle Gang, far weaker than the Mad Sand Gang, was trapped in a building.


    Unfortunately, the Flying Eagle Gang had grenades and dynamite, blocking the stairway, preventing the Mad Sand Gang from advancing, resulting in a standoff.


    Mad Sand Gang leader Brother Xing thought for a moment and decided to trap the Flying Eagle Gang members and sneak up at night.


    Seeing both sides cease fire, Wang Bin had no intention of shooting immediately, as that would draw the Mad Sand Gang''s attention to them.


    If they were to attack, it would be when both sides resumed fighting, to ambush them from behind.


    Seeing that neither side would fight soon, Wang Bin and the others found a place nearby to hide, waiting for the battle to resume.


    "Xiaoyue, keep watch for a while, I''m going to rest!" Wang Bin noticed the system had finished upgrading and decided to pretend to sleep to study the system.


    "Okay, Brother Wang, Officer Miao, you both rest, I''ll keep watch!" Guan Xiaoyue agreed with a smile, holding a gun as she hid behind a window, observing the outside.


    Officer Miao, also a bit tired, found a place to lie down.


    Wang Bin entered the system space and found it had expanded from fifty cubic meters to one hundred cubic meters, and there was now a large wheel inside.


    "System, how much gold does one lottery draw cost?"


    "One draw costs one hundred kilograms of gold."


    "What, one hundred kilograms, that''s expensive!"


    "Value for money!"


    Looking at the pile of gold in the system space, Wang Bin decided to give it a try.


    "One draw!"


    "Congratulations, Player, you''ve drawn one Agility attribute point!"


    "Damn, one hundred kilograms for one Agility point, I want martial arts!"


    "Would you like to continue drawing?"


    "Draw! Wait, I want ten draws in a row!"


    "Thank you for participating!"


    "Thank you for participating!"


    "Congratulations, Player, you''ve drawn two grenades!"


    "Thank you for participating!"


    "Congratulations, Player, you''ve drawn a rocket launcher with three rockets!"


    "Thank you for participating!"


    "Thank you for participating!"


    "Congratulations, Player, you''ve drawn a night vision scope!"


    "Congratulations, Player, you''ve drawn a skill book, Shooting Specialization!"


    "Congratulations, Player, you''ve drawn a pack of spicy strips!"


    Seeing the "Thank you for participating," Wang Bin was almost furious.


    But at least he got a skill book and a night vision scope.


    "Open attribute panel."


    Wang Bin


    Strength: 45 (Normal 50)


    Agility: 52+1 (Normal 50)


    Stamina: 47 (Normal 50)


    Spirit: 42 (Normal 50)


    Skill: Shooting Specialization Level 1


    Shooting Specialization, Level 1, increases shooting accuracy by 10 points, critical hit rate by 10 points, shooting range by 100 meters. Upgrading to the next level requires killing one thousand zombies, current progress 0/1000.


    Seeing his attributes, Wang Bin felt a bit dissatisfied. All his attributes were below normal levels, and he knew he was physically fitter than most people since he ran every day. How could he be below normal now?


    "Player, don''t be surprised. The normal attribute values here are the standard for the apocalypse world. Due to the apocalypse, those who have survived have much higher physical fitness than in the real world."


    Hearing the system''s explanation, Wang Bin finally understood.


    Killing one thousand zombies wasn''t too difficult; as long as he had a gun and bullets, the Shooting Specialization could be maxed out quickly.


    After pondering for a while, Wang Bin realized that spending so much gold seemed like a loss, but if he thought about it differently, all this gold was essentially free, so spending it wasn''t a big deal. Moreover, enhancing his strength and increasing his chances of survival in the apocalypse was worth it.


    Besides, bringing so much gold into the real world would pose a problem in terms of selling it.

 Chapter 20 - Repelling the Berserk Gang

    ### Chapter 20: Repelling the Berserk Gang


    Wang Bin, feeling dissatisfied, decided to try his luck again with a ten-draw.


    The system''s voice echoed continuously, and after ten draws, he found that five of them were "Thank you for participating."


    Even though five were "Thank you for participating," he still gained significantly, as he managed to draw a manual for the Diamond Palm technique.


    The Diamond Palm, level one, increases strength attribute by 3 points. When mastered, it can shatter boulders with a single strike. Currently at level one, a single strike deals 30 (skill damage) + 50 (strength attribute) damage. To upgrade to the next level, he needs to kill a thousand zombies, with the current progress at 0/1000.


    Besides the Diamond Palm, he also drew a crate of rifle bullets, totaling ten thousand rounds, enough for him to upgrade his skills.


    The other three items were a bit disappointing: a bottle of mineral water and two packs of spicy strips.


    Even though these three items were a bit of a letdown, getting a martial arts manual made it worthwhile.


    After drawing twenty-one times, his system space only had 4,150 kilograms of gold left, which he planned to bring to the real world for cash.


    Having done all this, Wang Bin closed his eyes to rest. Tonight was destined to be a big battle, and he needed to conserve his energy to fight well.


    When he woke up, it was already past six in the evening. Wang Bin told Guan Xiaoyue to rest for a while as he took over the watch. Guan Xiaoyue agreed and found a place to rest.


    Before long, Officer Miao also woke up.


    The two of them hid by the window, chatting while observing the situation outside.


    As night fell, the Mad Sand Gang began to move.


    During this time, Brother Xing had his men prepare ladders and ropes. Since they couldn''t attack via the stairs, they planned to climb up using ladders and ropes.


    The Mad Sand Gang did this very discreetly, unnoticed by the Flying Eagle Gang, but Wang Bin and Officer Miao saw it, knowing that the Flying Eagle Gang was in trouble this time.


    Before long, Guan Xiaoyue also woke up.


    Seeing that the fight was about to start, Wang Bin quickly took out food and drinks from his backpack. The three of them hurriedly replenished their stamina and adjusted their spirits to the best state.Unauthorized tale usage: if you spot this story on Amazon, report the violation.


    At around ten in the evening, the Mad Sand Gang began their operation. Ah Biao led some people to attack the stairs to draw the Flying Eagle Gang''s attention, while Brother Chen led others to climb up from the outside using ladders and ropes.


    Seeing the Mad Sand Gang start their attack, Wang Bin quickly took out a night vision scope from the system space and attached it to his rifle. Instantly, the figures outside turned into small bright spots on the night vision scope''s screen, making them very conspicuous.


    "Wow, Wang Bin, you actually have this thing!" Officer Miao exclaimed in surprise when she turned to see the night vision scope on Wang Bin''s rifle.


    "What is it? Wow, Brother Wang, you actually have a night vision infrared scope!" Guan Xiaoyue, hearing the commotion, came over to take a look and was equally astonished.


    This kind of equipment is usually only available to special forces in the military, and they never expected Wang Bin to have such a powerful night warfare tool.


    Wang Bin chuckled and took out grenades from the system, handing one to each person.


    "Brother Wang, how many treasures do you have on you?" Guan Xiaoyue asked in shock.


    "Not many, just a rocket launcher!"


    "What, a rocket launcher? Can I try it?"


    "There are only three rockets. I''ll let you try it when the time comes!"


    "Oh, okay, thank you, Brother Wang!"


    Hearing that Wang Bin would let her play with the rocket launcher, Guan Xiaoyue was thrilled. Officer Miao, although interested, decided against it upon hearing there were only three rockets.


    Gunfire erupted as the Mad Sand Gang launched their attack.


    The two sides clashed at the stairway. Since the Mad Sand Gang''s attack was a feint, their casualties were not significant, merely a tactic to draw the Flying Eagle Gang''s fire.


    The leader of the Flying Eagle Gang noticed something was off, suspecting the Mad Sand Gang was trying to deplete their ammunition. He ordered his men to conserve bullets, unaware that the enemy was already climbing up the ladders.


    "Fire!"


    Seeing the Mad Sand Gang nearing the second-floor window, Wang Bin immediately aimed and fired at one of them.


    "Ah!"


    With a gunshot, the person fell from a height.


    Hearing the commotion outside the window, the Flying Eagle Gang quickly sent someone to check.


    Wang Bin and the others fired continuously, instantly killing five or six members of the Mad Sand Gang who were climbing, eliminating the threat for the Flying Eagle Gang.


    "Move, change positions!"


    The gunfire and flames exposed Wang Bin and the others'' location, and the Mad Sand Gang began shooting at them. Wang Bin quickly ordered a retreat.


    Brother Xing, seeing his plan thwarted, was furious and immediately sent over twenty men to hunt down Wang Bin and the others. However, by the time they stormed the building, Wang Bin and his group had already left.


    Without Wang Bin and the others'' support, the Flying Eagle Gang quickly fell into a passive position.


    The Mad Sand Gang continued their two-pronged attack. Although the Flying Eagle Gang sent some to attack those climbing the ladders, the Mad Sand Gang had a few sharpshooters aiming at the building''s windows, preventing the Flying Eagle Gang from attacking the climbers recklessly.


    Soon, the second floor was breached, forcing the Flying Eagle Gang to retreat to the third floor for defense.


    The Mad Sand Gang used the same tactic to attack the third floor.


    At this moment, a burst of fire suddenly shot from a distant building towards the ladders.


    With a loud bang, the ladders and the people on them were blown away by a rocket.


    Yes, after relocating to another building, Wang Bin and his group immediately used a rocket launcher to attack the Mad Sand Gang''s ladders.


    With the ladders destroyed, the Mad Sand Gang had no choice but to attack from the stairs.


    Wang Bin''s rifle, equipped with a night vision scope, allowed him to clearly see the people outside. Almost every shot was a hit, quickly killing four or five members of the Mad Sand Gang.


    The fire once again exposed their position, prompting Brother Xing to send another group to attack Wang Bin and the others.


    This time, Wang Bin didn''t retreat. He fired a shot and moved to a new position, using the night vision scope to assist him. Almost every shot resulted in a kill, making the Mad Sand Gang members too afraid to show themselves.


    Brother Xing, realizing Wang Bin and the others might have night vision equipment, decided not to continue the fight and ordered a retreat.


    In an instant, the Mad Sand Gang scattered like defeated dogs.


    Seizing the opportunity, Wang Bin and his group killed several more members of the Mad Sand Gang.


    With Wang Bin and the others'' help, the Flying Eagle Gang managed to hold on, but they suffered heavy losses, with only a dozen or so survivors.


    "Let''s go too!"


    Seeing the Mad Sand Gang retreating, Wang Bin led his group back to their hideout.


    The Flying Eagle Gang''s leader, aware that someone had been helping them, shouted towards the window.


    "Whoever helped my Flying Eagle Gang, please come out and speak!"


    After a moment without a response, he shouted again.


    "I, Brother Fei, thank you for saving us. If you ever need the Flying Eagle Gang''s help, just send a message. As long as it''s within our power, we won''t hesitate!"


    With that, Brother Fei, in a chivalrous manner, clasped his fists and saluted towards the outside.

 Chapter 21 - Seek trouble at the door

    In this battle, the Mad Sand Gang suffered heavy losses. Nearly a hundred people went out, but only a little over twenty returned.


    Even with the dozen or so people left to guard the hideout, their numbers were only around forty.


    Back at the hideout, Brother Xing was furious and vowed to find out who was causing trouble in the shadows.


    "Boss, I think this has something to do with Officer Miao!" Brother Chen recalled the events of the past few days and quickly thought of the time he led people to steal wild boar meat from Officer Miao.


    "What do you mean?" Brother Xing''s eyes flashed with a cold light upon hearing this.


    "Remember the last time I took people to find Officer Miao? Someone was secretly shooting at us, and the method was similar to the attack we faced tonight!"


    "Oh, tomorrow you take people and find them!"


    "What! Me?"


    "Idiot, spread the word. Anyone who knows their whereabouts will be rewarded with a bag of flour and a bottle of red wine!"


    "Alright, alright, I''ll take people tomorrow and spread the word!"


    Knowing he didn''t have to find Officer Miao himself, Brother Chen quickly agreed.


    That night, Wang Bin and his two companions returned to the hideout and shared their achievements with everyone, instantly igniting their spirits.


    The three of them had killed over twenty members of the Berserk Gang, not only saving the Flying Eagle Gang but also crippling the Berserk Gang.


    Bao and Little Nan, two young boys, shouted that they also wanted to kill the Berserk Gang to avenge their parents!


    In recent days, Wang Bin had also tasted fresh wild boar meat, which made him realize that next time he should bring some fresh meat and vegetables.


    Eating instant food every day had made his stomach a bit uncomfortable.


    The next morning, after breakfast, Wang Bin and his two companions went out again to gather information on the Berserk Gang. Although they had crippled the gang, it still had nearly forty members and couldn''t be underestimated.


    On their way to the Berserk Gang''s headquarters, Wang Bin spotted seven or eight people ahead, one of whom was Brother Chen.Reading on Amazon or a pirate site? This novel is from Royal Road. Support the author by reading it there.


    "What are they doing here?"


    "Don''t know, let''s follow and see!"


    After a brief discussion, the three quietly followed Brother Chen and his group. Soon, Brother Chen led them to a small building, gave a signal to someone beside him, and that person immediately shouted loudly.


    "Listen up inside, Brother Xing has spoken. Whoever can find Officer Miao will be rewarded with a bag of flour and a bottle of red wine! First come, first served. If you want to get rich, hurry up and find them!"


    After shouting, regardless of whether anyone was inside, Brother Chen swaggered off with his people.


    As soon as he left, the few people inside the building started discussing.


    "Do you think what they said is true?"


    "Probably true. A few days ago, Brother Chen suffered a loss at Officer Miao''s hands, and yesterday they suffered heavy losses attacking the Flying Eagle Gang. Now the Mad Sand Gang is openly looking for Officer Miao, so yesterday''s events are probably related to her too!"


    "Should we go look for her?"


    "Of course, we should. That''s a bag of flour and a bottle of red wine. I haven''t had a drink in years!"


    "Officer Miao is so formidable, I''m afraid we won''t live to drink!"


    "Idiot! We just need to find her whereabouts, not fight her. What''s there to be afraid of!"


    "Alright, let''s get ready and set off. We can''t let others find her first!"


    "Right, right!"


    Wang Bin and his companions, hiding nearby, clearly heard the Berserk Gang''s announcement.


    "Wang Bin, they''re looking for me. Soon, many freelancers will come looking for us. What should we do?" Officer Miao was anxious upon hearing this. She wasn''t afraid of the Berserk Gang, but if her master and others were found by them, it would be a dead end.


    "What are you panicking about? We''ll take them down. I want to see who else dares to cause us trouble!" Wang Bin smiled faintly, stood up, and prepared to chase after Brother Chen and his group.


    Officer Miao, reminded by Wang Bin, suddenly realized that she was no longer the same as before. She had Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue by her side.


    Thinking of this, Officer Miao smiled happily and stood up to follow.


    The three chose a good shooting position, and at Wang Bin''s command, they opened fire together.


    After a burst of gunfire, Brother Chen and his group fell into a pool of blood before they even realized what was happening.


    The few people hiding inside the building were just about to step out when they saw Brother Chen and his group get shot down in seconds, leaving them drenched in cold sweat.


    "Did they just die like that?"


    "Isn''t that obvious!"


    "Who killed them?"


    "If not the Flying Eagle Gang, then Officer Miao!"


    "Should we still go out and look?"


    "Are you kidding? If you have a death wish, go ahead. I want to live a little longer!"


    Seeing Brother Chen and his group get killed instantly, these people were scared out of their wits and dared not go looking for Officer Miao.


    "They''ve probably just spread the word. Let''s launch a surprise attack on the Berserk Gang''s hideout to deter those with ill intentions from acting rashly!"


    "Yes, Brother Wang, we''ll follow your lead!"


    Soon, the three arrived at the Berserk Gang''s headquarters. The gang, having suffered such a blow, feared a surprise attack from the Flying Eagle Gang and hid inside the building, not daring to come out, which posed a bit of a challenge for Wang Bin and his companions.


    "Wang Bin, they''re all hiding inside the building. How do we hunt them down?" Officer Miao asked anxiously.


    "I have an idea. Even if we can''t kill them, we can make sure they never dare to bother us again!" Wang Bin thought for a moment and smiled faintly.


    "Oh! What good idea do you have?"


    "I still have some detonators in my bag. Although they can''t bring down the building, they can scare them. Then you can shout and threaten them. I bet they won''t dare to provoke us again!"


    "Yes, you always have a way!"


    "Alright, aim at the windows!"


    "Okay!"


    With that, Wang Bin quietly ran toward the bank building with his backpack. The Berserk Gang, fearing a surprise attack, mostly hid on the upper floors, allowing Wang Bin to easily sneak into the building.


    He knew every building had load-bearing walls. If he could find the main pillars and blow them up, he could bring the building down. Unfortunately, he wasn''t an architecture expert, and he didn''t have enough detonators.


    Finally, he found a pillar in the underground parking lot, placed the detonators together, connected the fuse, lit it, and quickly ran out of the building!


    "Wang Bin, are the detonators set?"


    "Yes, shout now. It should explode in about two minutes!"


    "Alright!"


    Hearing this, Officer Miao immediately stood up, hid behind a window, and shouted loudly.


    "Listen up, Mad Sand Gang! I''m Officer Miao! The people you sent, Brother Chen and his group, were just shot dead by us. If you''re not afraid of death, keep sending people out. I guarantee none will return!"


    "Bang! Bang!"


    As soon as Officer Miao finished speaking, shots were fired from inside the building toward her position. She had already prepared and hid behind the wall, so their bullets couldn''t reach her.

 Chapter 22 - On the eve of the return

    At this moment, inside the bank building, the members of the Berserk Gang heard that Officer Miao had already taken down Ah Biao and his men, causing chaos among them. They gathered by the windows, guns in hand, watching the building where Wang Bin and his group were located.


    Just then, a loud boom echoed, making the entire building tremble, almost causing many to fall to the ground.


    "The building''s going to collapse!"


    "Calm down, this building is very sturdy, they can''t bring it down!"


    "Brother Xing, what should we do?"


    "No rush, let''s wait and see. If they could bring the building down, they wouldn''t be shouting at us!"


    "Right, right, Brother Xing is smart!"


    The explosion was heard by many drifters on the East Side of the City, and those near the bank building felt a slight tremor.


    Many were startled; someone was actually attacking the Berserk Gang!


    Some who had heard Ah Biao''s calls and were planning to find Officer Miao reconsidered. Seeing the situation, they figured it might be a problem even finding the Berserk Gang, so many gave up on tracking Officer Miao.


    Seeing that the explosion had frightened the Berserk Gang, Wang Bin took out a rocket launcher and fired a rocket at the topmost window.


    With a whoosh, the rocket, trailing a long flame, flew straight over.


    With a loud boom, the Berserk Gang members were so scared they all hit the ground.


    "Let''s go, I bet they won''t dare to bother us again!"


    "Yeah, yeah!"


    With both detonators and rockets, these were heavy firepower. After showing their strength, the Berserk Gang would likely not dare to cause trouble again.


    Moreover, once word spread, those drifters would be even more hesitant to come, ensuring Officer Miao and the others'' safety for now.


    In two days, Wang Bin would return to the real world. For him, a trip to the apocalypse world meant seven days, so he had to arrange a retreat for them.


    Knowing Officer Miao had a rocket launcher, Brother Xing gave up on troubling her and now had to think carefully about the future of the Berserk Gang.


    After finishing their business, Wang Bin and his group returned to their hideout, enjoyed a hearty meal, and Wang Bin suggested finding a new place to stay.If you spot this story on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation.


    "Where should we move to?"


    "Let''s go to the suburbs. There are more zombies, but fewer living people. In a few days, I need to go back for a bit. You can stay there for a few days, and I''ll bring you food, then we can set out to find a settlement!"


    "What! Wang Bin, you''re leaving?"


    "Don''t worry, just for seven days. I''ll bring food and find you, and I''ll bring some fresh vegetables too!"


    "Wow! Fresh vegetables!"


    "Yes, think about what you want to eat in the next two days, and I''ll bring it next time!"


    "Uncle Wang, I want eggs!"


    "I want tomatoes!"


    "I want apples!"


    "Alright, alright, you''ll have them!"


    After reassuring Bao and the others, Wang Bin and his group discussed and began their move.


    For safety and to intimidate those hiding in the shadows, even Bao and Little Nan were each given a gun.


    Recently, the battle between the Berserk Gang and the Flying Eagle Gang had spread, and it was vaguely known that Officer Miao was involved. Now, seeing two more people on Officer Miao''s side, each armed, many dared not take any action.


    Most of them didn''t have guns, and going after Officer Miao''s group would be suicidal!


    To upgrade his Shooting Specialization and Diamond Palm, Wang Bin kept shooting zombies along the way. Others felt a bit sorry for the bullets, but when Wang Bin told them he had ten thousand rounds, they said no more; he was clearly loaded.


    Moreover, Wang Bin claimed to be practicing his shooting skills, so no one could say anything.


    By evening, the group finally found a small village at the foot of a mountain and settled in the outermost small building.


    To quickly upgrade his skills, Wang Bin went out to practice shooting again after dinner.


    Bao and Little Nan were also interested in guns, so they followed Wang Bin to shoot zombies, while the others stayed inside the small building.


    Initially, Wang Bin didn''t want Bao and Little Nan to handle guns, but in the apocalypse, for survival, they had to learn a skill, and they might actually be helpful.


    Even though Wang Bin provided unlimited bullets, Bao and Little Nan could only fire a hundred rounds before they were too tired.


    The rifle''s recoil was strong, and their shoulders were already bruised, so they had to stop and watch Wang Bin shoot while rubbing their shoulders.


    After this commotion, the city quieted down. The Berserk Gang was on edge, fearing Officer Miao might attack them, while the Flying Eagle Gang, led by Brother Fei, had already retreated under the cover of night.


    As for the Tiger Head Gang, they were down to just over ten people, and now they were trapped in a building by a horde of zombies.


    In the following two days, Wang Bin continued killing zombies, nearly wiping out those nearby.


    Officer Miao thought he was clearing zombies to ensure their safety before leaving, feeling very grateful to Wang Bin.


    "Ding, congratulations to the player, Shooting Specialization has been upgraded to level three, increasing shooting accuracy by 80 points, critical hit rate by 80 points, and shooting distance to two hundred meters. To upgrade to the next level, you need to kill five thousand zombies, current progress 0/5000."


    "Ding, congratulations to the player, Diamond Palm has been upgraded to level two, dealing 80 points (skill damage) + 50 (strength attribute) damage per strike. To upgrade to the next level, you need to kill ten thousand zombies, current progress 0/10000."


    Hearing the system notifications, Wang Bin smiled. He finally upgraded Shooting Specialization to level three and Diamond Palm to level two before returning to the real world.


    Wang Bin rubbed his slightly swollen right shoulder and walked towards the small building.


    "Uncle Wang, how many zombies did you kill today?" As soon as he entered the small building, Bao and Little Nan ran over with smiles to ask.


    The past two days, they had been practicing shooting with Wang Bin, but being too young, their shoulders hurt after just a few shots, so they had to return early.


    "Didn''t count, but probably four or five hundred!" Wang Bin smiled, rubbing Bao and Little Nan''s heads, and took a sip of water handed over by Guan Xiaoyue.


    "Wow, so many!"


    "I only killed three today, and my arm is too sore to lift!"


    "Me too!"


    "It''s okay, practice again when your arms feel better!"


    "Okay, Uncle Wang!"


    "Xiaoyue, Officer Miao, Uncle Li, I have to leave tonight, so I''ll leave this place to you!"


    "Don''t worry, we''ll keep it safe!"


    "Brother Wang, should I go with you?"


    "No need! I''ll leave you this rifle with a night vision scope, and this rocket launcher. I also have one rocket left, which can help you in a critical moment!"


    "Brother Wang, you''re giving us all these things, what about you?"


    "Don''t worry, a handgun will do for me!"


    Hearing Wang Bin was leaving, everyone felt a bit down.


    Guan Xiaoyue had experienced it once and believed Wang Bin would return, but Officer Miao and the others felt differently.


    To send Wang Bin off, they prepared a lavish meal that night, with wild boar, ham, and wild vegetables found by Officer Miao and the others in the mountains.


    These foods might be trivial in the real world, but in the apocalypse, they were a feast.


    After dinner, Wang Bin returned to his room.


    When the time came, with a whoosh, he was back in the house he had bought.

 Chapter 23 - Preparing to open a store

    Back in the real world, Wang Bin finally let out a long breath. In the apocalypse, he always had to be on guard against zombies and other people, but now he no longer had to live that nerve-wracking life.


    After taking a shower, he picked up the phone and called You Hongfei and Li Xingping.


    "Hey, where are you two?"


    "In the classroom. Wang Bin, how are you doing? I heard Young Master Li is looking for you!"


    "I''m fine. Let''s go out for a drink!"


    "Ah, you''re back! Great, tell us where, and Xingping and I will come find you right away!"


    "The usual place, Veteran''s BBQ on Xiangyang Street."


    "Okay, we''ll be there soon!"


    Back in the real world, the thing Wang Bin wanted to do most was to have a good drink with his two brothers.


    Wang Bin changed into clean clothes and strode out the door.


    Just as Wang Bin finished ordering, You Hongfei and Li Xingping arrived.


    "Hongfei, Xingping, over here!" Wang Bin stood up and waved them over as soon as he saw them.


    "Wang Bin, you''ve really made it this time!" As soon as they arrived, You Hongfei and Li Xingping hugged Wang Bin and gave him a few hard pats on the back.


    "Just luck, just luck. Sit down! Boss lady, bring us a case of beer!"


    "Wow, starting with a whole case, are you trying to scare us?"


    "Haha, don''t I know your drinking capacity? This won''t be enough, you''ll probably want more later."


    "Haha, let''s start with one!"


    Each of the three grabbed a bottle of beer and downed it in one go.


    "Eat, eat!"


    After finishing a bottle, the three sat down and started eating the barbecue.


    "Wang Bin, honestly, you''ve offended Young Master Li this time, you better be careful. He''s really got people looking for you!"


    "I know, thanks! Let''s not talk about him. What do you plan to do after graduation?"Unauthorized duplication: this narrative has been taken without consent. Report sightings.


    "Me? I''ll probably work at a securities company."


    "I want to start my own business!"


    "Oh, have you decided on a specific project?"


    "Not yet, there''s still a year to think about it."


    "Are you interested in gold and silver jewelry?"


    "Gold and silver jewelry?"


    "That''s right, gold and silver jewelry. I have a way to get it at a very low price. If you''re interested, why don''t the three of us open a jewelry store together?"


    "I''d like to, but I don''t have any money!"


    "No worries, I''ll cover the initial funding."


    "Really?"


    "Of course, do you think I called you out just to drink?"


    "Uh, okay, how much do you plan to invest?"


    "Twenty million in cash and four thousand kilograms of gold."


    "What, four thousand kilograms of gold?"


    "Xingping, quickly calculate, how much is four thousand kilograms worth?"


    "Gold is 360 per gram now, 1000 grams is a kilogram, 4000 kilograms is 1.44 billion! Oh my god! Wang Bin, how much money do you actually have?"


    "Just this much!"


    "Honestly, I still can''t believe it."


    "What''s there not to believe? After we finish drinking, I''ll take you to see it. For now, don''t say anything, just drink!"


    "Alright, drink, drink!"


    That night, the three of them got thoroughly drunk and followed Wang Bin back to his villa. They were even more shocked to see that Wang Bin had bought a villa.


    Finally, Wang Bin took them to the basement, and when they saw the pile of gold bricks stacked like a small mountain, You Hongfei and Li Xingping were dumbfounded.


    The three of them played around on the gold bricks for a while and then fell asleep right on top of them.


    The next morning, Wang Bin was the first to wake up and found You Hongfei and Li Xingping still asleep on the gold bricks. Li Xingping was even more exaggerated, clutching a gold brick tightly, drooling all over it.


    Wang Bin smiled faintly and woke them up. Luckily, it was summer, otherwise, they would have caught a cold.


    You Hongfei and Li Xingping woke up thinking they had been dreaming, but when they saw the gold bricks all over the floor, they were stunned.


    "Damn, this is real, not a dream!"


    "Of course it''s real, do you think I''d lie to you?"


    "Wang Bin, how did you get so much gold? You didn''t rob a bank, did you?"


    "Get lost, rob a bank? Do I have that kind of guts?"


    "True, so where did you get these gold bricks?"


    "You don''t need to worry about that. For now, you two go get the business license and pick a location for the store. Let''s get the jewelry store up and running first!"


    "Alright, we''ll go take care of it now!"


    "What''s the rush? Eat breakfast first!"


    "No way, I can''t eat right now. I just want to get our jewelry store open as soon as possible!"


    "Wait, I haven''t told you about the shares yet."


    "What, we have shares too?"


    "Of course, you do. You''ll be technical partners, and I''ll give each of you ten percent of the shares!"


    "What, ten percent? That''s nearly thirty million!"


    "That''s too much, too much!"


    "Yeah, Wang Bin, five percent each would be enough!"


    "Is thirty million a lot?"


    "Isn''t it?"


    "Uh! For ordinary people, it seems like a lot, but I said ten percent each, so it''s ten percent. Hongfei, you''re outgoing, so you''ll handle store sales. Xingping, you''ll be in charge of jewelry crafting. Once we make money, we''ll open an investment company. Xingping, didn''t you want to trade stocks? You can run the investment company then!"


    "Really? Wang Bin, you''re amazing!"


    "Get lost, let go of me, go have breakfast, and then get to work!"


    "Right, right, let''s get to work!"


    The three of them joked around, went to a restaurant outside, and had a quick breakfast. Then You Hongfei and Li Xingping rushed off to handle the business license, while Wang Bin went on a big shopping spree at the supermarket. He bought so much that he had to hire a car to bring it all home.


    He bought so many items this time that they filled an entire room. Fortunately, he had the system space, otherwise, he wouldn''t know how to take it all with him.


    This time, he bought not only various instant foods and medicines but also fresh meat, vegetables, and seasonings, spending over fifty thousand in total.


    In the past, he could never afford this, but now that he had money, this amount was nothing to him.


    After finishing these tasks, it was already afternoon.


    Wang Bin called You Hongfei and Li Xingping, planning to eat at a restaurant near the school they often went to.


    Technically, Wang Bin could cook at home, but he was tired from the day''s work and didn''t feel like cooking.


    You Hongfei and Li Xingping were still busy outside and said it would take another hour or two to finish, so Wang Bin didn''t rush to the restaurant but instead went to the campus.


    He hadn''t been back to school for a while and wanted to walk around the campus before heading back to the apocalypse.


    Spending all day in the apocalyptic environment could easily make a person feel depressed.


    Seeing his former classmates, Wang Bin felt a strange sensation. They seemed so young and innocent.


    "Did going to the apocalypse change my heart?"


    Thinking of this, Wang Bin couldn''t help but laugh.


    Indeed, the apocalypse was a great test of character, allowing people to mature quickly in such an environment.


    Having experienced several battles, his mind, character, and courage had matured significantly.

 Chapter 24 - Please come to the door

    Chapter 24: Trouble Comes Knocking


    Yuan Shengrui was just about to grab a bite to eat when he saw Wang Bin leisurely strolling along the campus path.


    Upon seeing Wang Bin, a look of hatred flashed in Yuan Shengrui''s eyes. He immediately dialed Young Master Li''s number to inform him of Wang Bin''s whereabouts.


    Yuan Shengrui was Wang Bin''s roommate, but ever since Wang Bin started dating Zhao Ya, the two hadn''t spoken a word, and Yuan Shengrui had come to see Wang Bin as an enemy.


    Here''s what happened: in their freshman year, Yuan Shengrui had a crush on Zhao Ya and organized a mixer with Zhao Ya''s dorm.


    He invited Wang Bin, You Hongfei, and Li Xingping to help him pursue Zhao Ya and maybe see if they were interested in anyone from Zhao Ya''s dorm.


    But during the gathering, Zhao Ya and Wang Bin hit it off, and the two ended up together.


    Yuan Shengrui felt that Wang Bin had stolen his love, and since then, he harbored a grudge against Wang Bin.


    After Young Master Li was kicked by Wang Bin that night, he had someone investigate Wang Bin''s family background and found out that Wang Bin came from a rural family with no significant background.


    Upon learning this, Young Master Li was furious and immediately sought out people to deal with Wang Bin.


    When Young Master Li''s men arrived at the dorm, Wang Bin, You Hongfei, and Li Xingping were not there, only Yuan Shengrui was.


    Yuan Shengrui was startled at first, but upon learning they were looking for Wang Bin, he eagerly offered his services to Young Master Li, promising to notify him immediately if he found out Wang Bin''s whereabouts. Thus, Yuan Shengrui got in touch with Young Master Li.


    Now, having spotted Wang Bin at school, he felt the time for revenge had come.


    "Young Master Li, I''ve found Wang Bin!"


    "Oh, where is he?"


    "He''s right here at school!"


    "Very well, keep an eye on him, I''ll send someone over right away!"


    "Understood!"


    Yuan Shengrui hung up the phone and hid in the shadows, trailing Wang Bin.


    Perhaps due to his time spent in the apocalypse, Wang Bin''s senses were sharp, and he quickly realized someone was following him.This text was taken from Royal Road. Help the author by reading the original version there.


    Without a change in expression, Wang Bin took out his phone, pretending to take pictures, and casually snapped a few shots of the campus scenery.


    Yuan Shengrui saw Wang Bin, seemingly oblivious to his impending doom, still in the mood to take photos, and cursed him silently.


    What he didn''t expect was that while taking photos, Wang Bin had casually switched to selfie mode, capturing Yuan Shengrui lurking not far behind.


    Seeing that the stalker was Yuan Shengrui, Wang Bin sneered inwardly.


    It was true that Yuan Shengrui had first taken a liking to Zhao Ya, but they never got together. Who would have thought he''d hold such a grudge, opposing him at every turn for three years?


    Wang Bin didn''t take Yuan Shengrui seriously at all.


    In the past, Yuan Shengrui could use his family''s wealth to belittle him, but Yuan Shengrui''s family was worth at most ten million, while Wang Bin''s assets were over a billion. His advantage was no longer an advantage.


    "If you want to follow me, go ahead. I want to see what tricks you can play!"


    Wang Bin calmed his mind and continued to stroll leisurely around the campus.


    Half an hour later, a group of people found Yuan Shengrui, who pointed out Wang Bin''s location, and they immediately marched over to surround him.


    "Are you Wang Bin?"


    "Yes, I am. What do you want with me?"


    "Oh, you''ve got guts, not scared at all!"


    These people looked fierce, but Wang Bin really didn''t take them seriously. In the apocalypse, whether it was the Axe Gang or the Mad Sand Gang, they were a hundred times more ruthless than these people, and many from those gangs had been killed. Why would he fear these men?


    "What''s your name?"


    "I''m Brother Dong from the Black Tiger Gang in H City. Heard of us?"


    "Nope!"


    "Kid, are you messing with me?"


    "Cut the crap. If you have something to say, say it!"


    "Alright, alright. You''ve offended Young Master Li, and he''s ordered us to cripple one of your legs. Kid, you''d better come with us quietly, and you might suffer less."


    "If you have the ability, go ahead, not just one leg, even both hands and legs. But this isn''t the place to do it. How about we find another spot?"


    "Alright, if you''re looking for death, don''t blame me for being ruthless!"


    "Enough talk. How about the foot of Changchong Mountain in the northern suburbs?"


    "Fine, you won''t run away, will you?"


    "You can just follow me!"


    "Hmph!"


    With that, Wang Bin strode out of the campus, and Brother Dong and his men followed closely behind.


    Many people on campus witnessed the scene and recognized Wang Bin. Many knew he had angered Young Master Li and speculated that these people were sent by Young Master Li to cause trouble for Wang Bin.


    Many people worried for Wang Bin, but he showed no fear.


    Outside the campus, Wang Bin hailed a cab and headed straight for the destination.


    Brother Dong and his men followed closely in a van.


    "Brother Dong, this kid is leading us to Changchong Mountain. Could he have called for reinforcements there?"


    "That''s possible. Call some more brothers over immediately!"


    "Got it!"


    Half an hour later, Wang Bin arrived at the foot of Changchong Mountain in the cab.


    As soon as he got out, Brother Dong and his men parked and jumped out as well.


    Brother Dong and his men looked around cautiously, finding no one else, and were puzzled.


    "Stop looking, there''s no ambush, just me!" Wang Bin saw through their thoughts at a glance.


    "Kid, you''re arrogant!"


    "There''s no one here, let''s get started!"


    "Kid, if you hadn''t offended Young Master Li, I''d actually want to be friends with you!"


    "Enough talk!"


    "Get him!"


    With a wave of Brother Dong''s hand, four or five underlings rushed toward Wang Bin.


    In the past, Wang Bin might have been a bit afraid, but now he had not only trained in the apocalypse but also advanced his Diamond Palm to the second level.


    While dodging, Wang Bin struck out with his palm. With a smack, the person he hit flew backward.


    "Be careful, this kid knows martial arts!"


    "Get the weapons!"


    Seeing Wang Bin knock someone away with one strike, Brother Dong and his men were a bit scared and rushed to the van to grab various sticks and machetes.


    Brother Dong often fought, so he always had weapons ready in the van, and this time they came to cripple Wang Bin''s leg, so they were prepared.


    Wang Bin wasn''t afraid of sticks, but machetes were a bit of a headache. Although he had advanced his Diamond Palm to the second level, he wasn''t invulnerable. A slash could still be deadly.


    Seeing the machete in Brother Dong''s hand, Wang Bin felt as if he was back in the apocalypse, focusing intently on Brother Dong.


    The men thought they could easily deal with Wang Bin with weapons, but they didn''t expect Wang Bin to knock them all down in no time, leaving only Brother Dong.


    Without anyone else interfering, Wang Bin approached Brother Dong.


    Brother Dong, now desperate, swung his machete at Wang Bin.


    Wang Bin picked up a steel pipe from the ground and met Brother Dong''s machete.


    With a clang, Brother Dong''s hand went numb, and the machete nearly flew out of his grip.


    Seizing the opportunity, Wang Bin closed in on Brother Dong and struck with his palm. With a crack, Brother Dong''s rib was broken, and he was sent flying far away.

 Chapter 25 - I shot

    Wang Bin had just taken down Brother Dong and his men when seven or eight vans suddenly arrived from afar. As soon as these vehicles stopped, more than forty men wielding clubs poured out.


    Seeing Brother Dong knocked to the ground, they thought they were too late and started shouting.


    "Brother Dong, we''re late!"


    "Brother Dong, where did the guy who hit you go?"


    "Brother Dong, who exactly hit you?"


    "Him!"


    Brother Dong, supported by others, pointed painfully at Wang Bin.


    "Him?"


    "This kid looks like a college student. How could he knock you down?"


    "Be careful, don''t underestimate him. This kid knows martial arts!"


    "Who cares if he knows martial arts, let''s all go and take him down!"


    Seeing so many people coming at once, Wang Bin felt a bit scared. Although he had trained his Diamond Palm to the second level, he couldn''t yet be considered a martial arts master.


    Even a martial arts master would struggle against so many fierce men.


    But he couldn''t run even if he wanted to; he was already surrounded.


    Wang Bin steeled himself and, taking advantage of the fact that they hadn''t fully reacted, charged in one direction to break through.


    Most of the weapons in their hands were clubs, so the threat was significantly reduced without knives.


    Wang Bin continuously used his Diamond Palm, knocking down anyone in his path, but there were too many of them. As soon as he took one down, two more would rush in.


    During the fight, his back was hit several times by clubs. Wang Bin knew that if he didn''t escape now, he''d be finished today. He opened a gap and broke through in one direction, with over thirty people closely pursuing him.


    As Wang Bin ran, he suddenly remembered that he had a pistol and a grenade in his system space. At this point, he couldn''t care less and pulled out the pistol, firing a shot into the air.


    "Bang!"


    The gunshot startled the men chasing him, and they stopped in fear.Did you know this story is from Royal Road? Read the official version for free and support the author.


    "Don''t be afraid, he only has one gun, and there are so many of us!"


    "Bang!"


    Before the man could finish his sentence, Wang Bin unceremoniously shot him in the leg, causing him to fall to the ground, clutching his leg and howling in pain.


    "Anyone else?"


    Wang Bin blew on the gun barrel with a smug look, calmly facing his opponents.


    "Kid, just you wait, the Black Tiger Gang won''t let you off!"


    "Bang!"


    "Ah!"


    "Too much talk!"


    Another man tried to threaten him, but Wang Bin shot him without hesitation.


    Seeing Wang Bin''s ruthless actions, the others were scared and carried away the two men who had been shot in the leg.


    In no time, the vans disappeared without a trace.


    If he hadn''t been forced into a corner, he wouldn''t have fired the gun. Because once he fired, if they reported him to the police, he''d end up in jail.


    "At worst, I''ll just stay in the apocalypse from now on, but that would worry my parents!"


    Just then, Wang Bin''s phone rang. He took it out of his pocket and saw that the screen had been damaged during the fight, but fortunately, he could still answer calls.


    "Hello, Wang Bin, where are you? We called you over ten times, and you didn''t pick up?"


    "Sorry, I was a bit busy and didn''t hear the ringtone!"


    "We heard from classmates that you were taken away by a group of people. How are you now?"


    "Ah, you know! Don''t worry, I''m fine. I''ve already chased them off!"


    "What? There were five or six of them, and our classmates said they were big shots from the underworld. You managed to beat them?"


    "Actually, I learned a bit of martial arts from a Shaolin monk when I was young. I don''t really take ordinary people seriously!"


    "Ah, so you know martial arts! You''ve kept us in the dark!"


    "I''m just a low-key person!"


    "Alright, that does sound like you. If you''re okay, come back soon!"


    "Yeah, I''ll be there in half an hour!"


    "Okay, we''ll wait for you!"


    Half an hour later, Wang Bin took a taxi to the restaurant, where You Hongfei and Li Xingping were already waiting for him in a private room.


    As soon as he entered the room, You Hongfei and Li Xingping carefully checked Wang Bin over. Only after confirming he was indeed fine did they relax.


    Then they asked him to tell them how he managed to drive off those people.


    Wang Bin briefly recounted the events, but he didn''t mention the forty-plus people who came later or that he fired a gun.


    "I might lay low for a while. Can you guys keep an ear out for any news?"


    "No problem, we''ll keep you informed of any developments as soon as we hear anything!"


    "Thanks! By the way, how did your business go today?"


    "We''ve registered, but it''ll take half a month to get the business license. Also, we went to many places but couldn''t find a suitable shop."


    "Well, the business license will just take time. As for the shop, I don''t think you need to look for it yourselves. I suggest you find an agent; it''s more efficient that way. We''ll make back that small fee quickly once the shop is up and running!"


    "Why didn''t we think of that? We''ll go find an agent tomorrow!"


    "Yeah! Oh, by the way, Yuan Shengrui and Young Master Li are in cahoots. Yuan told Young Master Li about my whereabouts, so be careful not to mention my affairs in front of him."


    "What, Yuan Shengrui dared to betray you! Wang Bin, let''s go teach that guy a lesson right now!"


    "Don''t be impulsive. I''ll deal with Yuan Shengrui! Come on, let''s drink and not let this ruin our mood!"


    "Yeah, yeah, let''s drink. Wang Bin, don''t worry. When we see Yuan Shengrui, we''ll definitely teach him a lesson!"


    Tonight, Wang Bin still had to go to the apocalypse, so he didn''t drink much. He ate a little and left in a hurry.


    You Hongfei and Li Xingping thought Wang Bin was afraid of being found by Young Master''s men and wanted to find a place to hide early, so they didn''t say much and left as well.


    As soon as they walked out of the restaurant, they angrily headed towards the dormitory, intending to teach Yuan Shengrui a lesson on Wang Bin''s behalf.


    Wang Bin quickly returned home, storing all the things he bought today into his system space, waiting for the time to come.


    He was very worried about Guan Xiaoyue and the others'' safety. It had been seven days since the apocalypse began, and he had no idea how things were going on that side.


    As time ticked by, Wang Bin anxiously waited for over an hour until it was time to enter the apocalypse.


    The moment the time arrived, Wang Bin immediately chose to teleport.


    During these seven days, Officer Miao and the others were also very anxious.


    The night Wang Bin suddenly disappeared, after waiting a few days, they all thought Wang Bin wouldn''t return, except for Guan Xiaoyue, who insisted he would come back.


    If it weren''t for the sufficient food supply, Officer Miao might have really led the group to leave.


    Guan Xiaoyue understood what Officer Miao and the others were thinking, as she had experienced it before.


    At that time, she also doubted Wang Bin would return, but she still held onto a sliver of hope, checking the place where Wang Bin left every night.


    Finally, on the seventh day, the day Wang Bin promised to return, he appeared.


    Seeing Wang Bin, Guan Xiaoyue was so moved she almost cried.


    As the promised seventh day approached, Guan Xiaoyue''s heart grew more anxious.


    With a creak, the door opened, and Wang Bin appeared once again, carrying a large bag.


    The moment everyone saw Wang Bin, the room erupted in joy, and they all rushed towards him.

 Chapter 26 - Apocalypse Hot Pot

    "Brother Wang, you''re finally here!"


    Guan Xiaoyue saw Wang Bin coming out of the room and ran up to him, hugging him tightly.


    After spending so much time together, she had come to see Wang Bin as the closest person to her in this world.


    Officer Miao saw Wang Bin appear, her eyes glistening with tears. Watching Guan Xiaoyue throw herself into Wang Bin''s arms, she felt a pang of envy and quickly turned around to discreetly wipe her eyes.


    "Wang Bin, you must be tired. Let me get you some water!"


    "Thank you!"


    Li Chengping smiled and poured a glass of water for Wang Bin. Wang Bin accepted it without hesitation, took a sip, and then began to unpack the backpack slung over his shoulder.


    "Uncle Li, I bought you a pack of cigarettes. See if they suit your taste?" Wang Bin first took out a pack of Da Zhong Jiu cigarettes and a lighter from his backpack and handed them over.


    "Ah! Cigarettes? Thank you, thank you!" Li Chengping''s eyes lit up when he heard it was cigarettes. He quickly took them and caressed them like a treasure.


    Cigarettes were a luxury in the apocalypse, only obtainable at gathering points for a high price, which most people couldn''t afford. He hadn''t expected Wang Bin to get him a pack.


    He estimated that this pack of cigarettes could be traded for several months'' worth of food.


    Next, Wang Bin took out various fruits from his backpack and handed them to Bao and Little Nan, who were already drooling.


    "Thank you, Uncle Wang!"


    The children happily accepted the fruits, thanked him, and started eating.


    Then Wang Bin distributed some to Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao. Everyone held a piece of fruit, feeling delighted.


    In the wild, you could find fruit, but they were usually picked before they ripened. Finding such large and sweet fruit was very difficult.


    "Uncle Li, go ahead and smoke. I''ll bring more when you finish!" Wang Bin laughed, seeing Li Chengping staring at the cigarettes, reluctant to smoke them.


    He only carried one pack in his backpack due to limited space, but he had a few more in his system space.Did you know this text is from a different site? Read the official version to support the creator.


    "Thank you, thank you!" Li Chengping nodded excitedly, carefully opened a pack, took out a cigarette, and sniffed it like an addict.


    After a while, he lit the cigarette with trembling hands.


    Li Chengping took a deep drag, reluctant to exhale, and eventually coughed, finally releasing the smoke.


    "Uncle Li, take it slow!"


    "Ah, it''s so satisfying. It''s been so long since I felt this good!" Li Chengping''s eyes were filled with tears, whether from emotion or the smoke.


    "Uncle Li, I want to smoke too!" Bao, seeing this, got interested and approached Li Chengping for a cigarette.


    "No, you''re too young. Smoking will affect your growth!"


    "But we''re not that young. I killed five zombies yesterday!"


    "Yeah, and I killed three!"


    "No way, you can smoke when you become real men!" Li Chengping laughed, patting Bao and Little Nan on the head.


    "Alright!" The two, hearing this, dejectedly went back to eating their fruit.


    Seeing the two kids a bit down, Wang Bin clapped his hands and smiled, "Do you want to have hot pot?"


    "Hot pot!"


    Hearing "hot pot," everyone perked up, their mouths watering uncontrollably.


    "Wang Bin, did you say hot pot?"


    "Yes, I brought hot pot ingredients and lots of fresh vegetables this time!"


    With that, Wang Bin took out the hot pot base and fresh vegetables he had prepared. Everyone''s eyes widened at the sight of fresh vegetables, not remembering the last time they had any.


    At Wang Bin''s call, someone went to the kitchen to bring a pot and lots of firewood.


    "Use less oil, save some!" Seeing Wang Bin pour a lot of oil into the pot, everyone felt a pang of heartache.


    "No worries!" Wang Bin smiled nonchalantly and poured a bit more before stopping.


    Bao and Little Nan were in charge of lighting the fire, and soon the oil in the pot was boiling.


    Seeing the right moment, Wang Bin added the hot pot base, using a whole big packet, which made everyone feel it was too extravagant, urging him to save some.


    "So fragrant!"


    The aroma of the hot pot base soon filled the air, drawing admiration from everyone.


    Once the base was ready, Wang Bin added clean water, and soon the pot was full.


    Wang Bin put in prepared spinach, potatoes, and fresh beef and lamb, filling the pot to the brim.


    Everyone''s eyes were glued to the food in the pot, and Bao and Little Nan were drooling uncontrollably.


    Finally, the hot pot was ready, and Wang Bin quickly invited everyone to eat.


    "Aren''t we being too extravagant?" Officer Miao couldn''t help but sigh.


    "It''s not extravagant. I''ll bring more next time! By the way, what''s hot pot without some drinks?"


    With that, Wang Bin took out a few bottles of beer, while Bao and Little Nan had soft drinks.


    "Cheers!" Once everyone had their drinks, Wang Bin raised his beer.


    "Cheers!"


    Everyone excitedly clinked their glasses together.


    Officer Miao picked up a piece of spinach, and as soon as she tasted it, tears welled up in her eyes.


    Since the apocalypse began, she hadn''t had hot pot. Eating it now brought back memories of having hot pot with her parents.


    The others were no better, tears streaming down their faces.


    "What''s wrong, is it too spicy? I''ll use less seasoning next time!" Wang Bin thought the tears were from the spiciness.


    "Yes, it''s a bit spicy!" They nodded to cover their embarrassment, agreeing it was a bit spicy.


    "Then let''s add some water!"


    "No, no, it''s just right!"


    "???"


    Everyone enjoyed the meal, and by the end, there wasn''t a scrap left in the pot. They even saved the broth for reheating the next day.


    Wang Bin was speechless but said nothing, knowing that people used to the apocalypse lived this way.


    Unlike him, they couldn''t return to the real world and buy whatever they wanted.


    "By the way, did anything happen while I was away?"


    "Nothing much in the city!"


    "Recently, we''ve seen many people leaving the city to find gathering points!"


    "Which direction did they go?"


    "All directions!"


    "Ah!"


    "Since communication broke down, we don''t know the exact location of the gathering points, so everyone is searching blindly!"


    "I see!"


    "Brother Wang, you must know where the gathering points are, right?"


    "I''m not too sure either. We''ll set out tomorrow and head in one direction. We''ll find a gathering point eventually!"


    "Okay!"


    Everyone wondered how Wang Bin could get so much food but not know the location of the gathering points. But seeing he didn''t want to say more, they didn''t press him.


    Wang Bin had given them so much, enough to earn their trust. They believed he had his reasons for not telling them.


    That night, everyone slept soundly, especially Bao, who dreamed and kept muttering about how delicious the food was.

 Chapter 27 - Missing you at night

    The next morning, Officer Miao and Guan Xiaoyue prepared a few dishes for everyone. After eating, they set off on their journey.


    They had already discussed it last night and decided to head east. The east led to the sea, and even if they couldn''t find a settlement, finding an island would ensure their safety, freeing them from the constant worry of zombies.


    However, reaching the sea was extremely challenging. They had long run out of gasoline, and most of the cars were broken from years of disuse. According to Officer Miao, they were currently in the center of the continent, and it would take at least three months to reach the coast on foot.


    If they encountered battles or zombie attacks along the way, it would take even longer.


    But the will to survive made everyone disregard these difficulties. The main reason for their determination to reach the coast was that Wang Bin could provide them with food.


    Wang Bin also mentioned that once they reached the coast and found a safe place, he would procure seeds so they could grow their own food and vegetables, ensuring their survival.


    There were many zombies along the way. Wang Bin, aiming to upgrade his Shooting Specialization and Diamond Palm, killed any zombies he encountered. Of course, when faced with large groups of zombies, they had no choice but to take a detour.


    Currently, their group was no match for large hordes of zombies. The only fatal spot on a zombie was the brain; hitting the torso would only make them stagger. Among them, only Officer Miao could consistently land headshots. If they were attacked by a large group of zombies, it would be fatal.


    To reach the fourth level of Shooting Specialization, Wang Bin needed to kill 5,000 zombies, and the third level of Diamond Palm required 10,000.


    With only a rifle in hand, upgrading these skills was extremely difficult for Wang Bin.


    Their pace was slow due to having children with them and Li Chengping''s foot not being fully healed. They could only cover about thirty kilometers a day.


    As a result, their original plan to reach the coast in three months was delayed.


    They traveled through the mountains, unable to find any houses, and had to camp in the wild.


    Fortunately, the weather was good tonight, and it didn''t seem like it would rain.This novel is published on a different platform. Support the original author by finding the official source.


    At this point, Wang Bin realized he had forgotten to bring many things, like tents and gasoline. As for cars, his system space was limited, so he couldn''t bring any for now.


    There were plenty of cars on the road, and as long as they had gasoline, they could find a relatively new one when needed.


    At night, they sat around the campfire, staring blankly at the flames.


    Wang Bin had a sudden idea and took out his phone, turning on the music player.


    The sound of a guitar slowly began to play. Everyone listened to the slow and pleasant guitar music, looking up at Wang Bin.


    Wang Bin smiled faintly and gestured for silence, encouraging everyone to keep listening.


    After the intro, a deep male and female duet began.


    "Right I die. My life before my eyes. As I was hang there, I see wonderland. I don¡¯t really see much of anything......"


    The melody of the guitar was beautiful, perfectly complementing the deep vocals, and everyone was entranced.


    Among them, only Wang Bin and Officer Miao understood English; the others just knew the song sounded good but didn''t grasp the lyrics'' meaning.


    As they listened, Officer Miao''s eyes reddened. The song''s lyrics were too fitting for their current situation.


    "Wang Bin, what''s the name of this song?" Officer Miao asked, eyes red, after the song ended.


    "Landing Guy."


    "Oh, it''s a beautiful song!"


    "Next time, I''ll bring you all a phone. I''ll download some songs and movies for you, so you can listen to music and watch movies at night!"


    "Really? Can you?"


    "Yes, for now, my phone only has songs. We can''t access the internet here, so we''ll have to make do with music to pass the time!"


    "Thank you!"


    "You''re welcome! Bao, Little Nan, what kind of cartoons do you like? I''ll download some for you next time."


    "I like the underwater world!"


    "I want to see Superman vs. Monsters!"


    "Uh, I''ll see what I can find. If I can find them, I''ll download them for you. If not, I''ll get you some other cartoons!"


    "Okay, thank you, Uncle Wang!"


    The music continued, and everyone listened intently again.


    The first few songs were quite sad, almost bringing everyone to tears. Wang Bin had to switch to some cheerful songs to bring smiles back to their faces.


    Originally, Wang Bin wanted to do some barbecuing, but Officer Miao and the others, trying to conserve food, couldn''t bear to do it, so Wang Bin had to give up.


    Looking at the pile of meat in his system space, he realized it could preserve freshness, which reassured him. Otherwise, the food would spoil and go to waste.


    At night, they assigned two people for guard duty. Officer Miao took the first half of the night, and Wang Bin took the second half.


    Li Chengping and Guan Xiaoyue wanted to take a shift, but Wang Bin refused.


    Wang Bin had become the leader of the group, and everyone followed his instructions.


    The next day, they woke up, had a quick breakfast, and continued on their way.


    In the mountains, Officer Miao led them to gather many wild vegetables.


    Wang Bin wanted to say he had enough food for everyone, but he held back. His backpack space was limited, and he couldn''t keep pulling food out of his system space without revealing his secret.


    Moreover, he didn''t want them to become overly reliant on him, as that would lead to laziness.


    In the apocalypse, laziness could be very dangerous.


    For the next two days, they continued through the mountains.


    The mountains were much safer than the city, with almost no zombies encountered.


    On the fourth day, they finally reached the plains. Looking down from the mountain top, they saw many villages and towns below.


    "Should we go down?" After spending so many days in the zombie-free mountains, Officer Miao was instinctively reluctant to enter the city.


    "Judging by the sky, it might rain soon. Let''s find a place to stay and check the city for tents and other supplies," Wang Bin said, glancing at the sky. It was overcast, and although it wasn''t raining yet, he suspected it might soon.


    They had no rain gear, and if it rained, there would be nowhere to take shelter in the mountains, and getting soaked could lead to illness.


    "Alright, everyone be careful going down, especially when entering the city. Be on guard against others!"


    "Understood!"


    Officer Miao reminded them, and everyone responded in unison, gripping their guns tightly as they headed down the mountain.

 Chapter 28 - An unsettled night

    Chapter 28: A Restless Night


    At the foot of the mountain lay a small village with about a hundred households. Now that the apocalypse had arrived, most of the houses were empty.


    There were zombies in the village, but they were scattered, one here and one there.


    This time, Wang Bin didn''t fire his gun because they planned to spend the night in the village. Shooting would not only attract zombies but also risk exposing their location to those with ill intentions.


    Everyone had survived the apocalypse and knew when to do what. They followed Wang Bin and Officer Miao closely without making a sound. Guan Xiaoyue covered the rear, while Li Chengping stayed in the middle to protect the women and children.


    Of course, others also had guns. Although their marksmanship was average, holding a gun was enough to deter many with bad intentions.


    Occasionally, zombies would chase them on the road, but Wang Bin would swiftly cut them down with his machete.


    For safety, Wang Bin and Officer Miao chose a house on the outskirts of the village. It was a three-story building, spacious enough for them, and far enough from other houses to avoid unwanted attention.


    The front door had been damaged by others, so to prevent zombies from entering at night, they moved a wardrobe from another house to block the door, then added two sofas to reinforce it.


    Even so, they still needed to arrange for someone to stand guard at night.


    After tidying up the house, they began preparing dinner. Wang Bin took out a bag of rice, a piece of ham, and some fresh vegetables to start cooking.


    Cooking was not something Wang Bin and the others needed to worry about; two other women took care of it.


    In no time, dinner was ready. They sat around the fire, chatting and laughing as they ate, enjoying a pleasant atmosphere.


    However, outside the house, more than twenty people had gathered, armed with various weapons, hiding in the nearby fields.


    The fields had long been abandoned, with weeds growing as tall as a person, making it hard to spot anyone hiding within.This narrative has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road. If you see it on Amazon, please report it.


    "Do you smell that? They''re cooking!"


    "Yes, I smell it. It seems like ham!"


    "My God, where did these people come from? Look at their bulging backpacks; they must have a lot of food!"


    "So what if they do? They have guns!"


    "Aren''t we armed too?"


    "With our shotguns, how can we compete with their rifles?"


    "I observed earlier; they only have two men, and one of them is a cripple. It should be easy to take them down!"


    "Exactly, let''s wait until they''re asleep and sneak in to finish them off!"


    "Alright, do you all agree?"


    "Agreed!"


    "Since everyone agrees, let''s head back and come over at three in the morning!"


    "Okay, let''s go!"


    With that, they quietly dispersed, each returning to their own houses.


    These people were the survivors of the village. With enough stored grain to last a year or two, and many of the men being hunters who could hunt in the mountains, they initially survived well.


    When the apocalypse broke out, they cleared zombies while organizing people to plant crops.


    But just as the crops were about to mature, people from other places learned about their food supply and came to steal it. Several fights broke out over the food, leaving many villagers dead or injured. Eventually, out of a village of five or six hundred, only fifty or sixty survived. Some later died from disease, while others left in search of the rumored safe havens, leaving only about thirty survivors.


    The remaining survivors were very united, often robbing passersby. They managed to survive by finding wild vegetables and hunting in the mountains.


    They had spotted Wang Bin and his group before they entered the village but hid upon seeing their guns, observing from the shadows.


    Now, seeing that Wang Bin and his group hadn''t left and were staying in their village, these villagers planned to rob them again.


    After dinner, Wang Bin and the others gathered around the fire, listening to music on a phone and chatting.


    Since Wang Bin joined the group, they had solved their food problem and now had guns, making them feel much safer and improving their mood significantly.


    With better spirits, everyone became more talkative.


    Li Chengping, however, didn''t talk much. He mostly smoked and listened to the others with a smile.


    Even though Wang Bin had given him a pack of Da Zhong Jiu cigarettes, Li Chengping was reluctant to smoke them, only indulging in one after dinner.


    Wang Bin didn''t smoke; he preferred drinking. During chats, he liked to have a beer, but he didn''t drink much, at most one can.


    It wasn''t that he couldn''t handle his alcohol; he just feared drinking too much might cause problems.


    In this apocalypse, having meals with vegetables, and being able to drink and smoke was a luxury few could afford. Wang Bin had helped them achieve this, and everyone was grateful to him.


    Especially the two young boys, Bao and Little Nan, who used to idolize Officer Miao, now stuck to Wang Bin all day.


    With no electricity at night and few entertainment options, everyone went to bed around nine.


    Li Chengping took the first watch, while Guan Xiaoyue would take over in the second half of the night.


    For safety, everyone slept on the third floor.


    During the first half of the night, Li Chengping noticed nothing unusual. At two in the morning, he woke Guan Xiaoyue and went to sleep.


    Guan Xiaoyue got up, holding Wang Bin''s rifle equipped with a night vision scope.


    To save power, they usually didn''t turn it on.


    Wang Bin had brought a battery this time and fully charged the night vision scope, but they were reluctant to use it unless necessary.


    To observe the outside, Li Chengping had moved a sofa to the window during his watch. Guan Xiaoyue sat on it, wrapped in a coat, chewing gum as she watched outside.


    For the first hour, nothing happened. But at three in the morning, it started to rain lightly.


    "Is it raining?"


    Seeing the rain, Guan Xiaoyue stood up, staring blankly at the drizzle outside. Just then, she noticed many shadows moving quickly through the weeds below.


    Seeing these shadows, Guan Xiaoyue''s mind cleared instantly. She turned on the night vision scope and saw over twenty bright spots in the weeds outside.


    So late at night, with so many people gathered outside, they were surely targeting them. Guan Xiaoyue hurried to wake Wang Bin and the others.


    "Brother Wang, there are more than twenty people outside, and they seem to be coming for us!"


    "Got it, go wake Officer Miao. Uncle Li and I will be right there!"


    "Okay!"

 Chapter 29 - The villagers strategy

    Chapter 29: The Villagers'' Strategy


    Wang Bin glanced at Bao and Little Nan, who were still asleep, and quickly woke them up before grabbing his gun and heading out of the room.


    Li Chengping, limping, also took a gun and went outside. Bao and Little Nan wanted to join the fight, but he stopped them.


    "You two go protect Xiaoyan and the others, and pack up our things. Be ready to break through at any moment!"


    "Alright!"


    Though eager to fight, they understood the importance of protecting their sister and the food, so they went to the next room.


    Soon, Officer Miao came out, holding a rifle, and stood beside Wang Bin.


    "What''s the situation outside?"


    "I counted earlier; there are twenty-seven of them. We don''t know if they have guns."


    "Should we shoot?"


    "Let''s wait. If they dare to approach our house, then we can open fire."


    "Okay!"


    "Officer Miao, Xiaoyue, the three of us will each guard a window. Uncle Li, when the fight starts, keep an eye on the stairs. Don''t let them sneak up!"


    "Don''t worry, I''ll handle the stairs!"


    With everyone''s positions arranged, they quietly observed the situation outside.


    After a while, three more people arrived, and they began to move stealthily towards the building where they were staying.


    Through the night vision scope on his rifle, Wang Bin saw them approaching and didn''t hesitate to aim at the head of the person in front and fired.


    "Bang!"


    The shot hit, and the person collapsed.


    Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao had already aimed at their targets. Seeing Wang Bin fire, they also shot in unison.Stolen from its rightful author, this tale is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings.


    "Bang! Bang!"


    Several shots rang out, and several people fell instantly.


    The approaching villagers, seeing their comrades shot down, turned and ran.


    Without night vision scopes, Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao couldn''t see clearly and missed their shots.


    Wang Bin fired two more shots and then stopped, realizing the threat wasn''t significant.


    "Cease fire!"


    At Wang Bin''s command, Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao stopped shooting.


    "Brother Wang, why did you stop shooting?"


    "They''re not much of a threat. As long as they don''t bother us, let''s let them go."


    "Wang Bin, I didn''t expect you to be so kind-hearted!"


    "It''s not easy for anyone to survive. If we can avoid killing, we should."


    "We might let them go, but they might not let us go!"


    Wang Bin smiled faintly and didn''t reply.


    Bao and Little Nan, learning that the threat had retreated, breathed a sigh of relief and came out to ask about the situation.


    "Don''t worry, they''re gone. Go back to sleep."


    "No, we want to stay with you!"


    "Listen, go back to sleep. We have to travel tomorrow! Uncle Li, Officer Miao, you should go back to sleep too. Xiaoyue and I will keep watch tonight."


    "Ah, how can that be? Why don''t I stay, and you go to sleep?"


    "Listen, you and Uncle Li go to sleep. We can''t all be exhausted. We''ll need you both tomorrow!"


    "Alright, but let us know immediately if anything happens!"


    "Okay!"


    Officer Miao and Li Chengping wanted to stay, but they knew, as Wang Bin said, they couldn''t all be worn out. With Wang Bin having a night vision scope, he could see everything clearly outside, so they went back to rest.


    After the villagers were repelled, they gathered again, sighing in frustration.


    "How many did we lose this time?"


    "Six dead, three injured."


    "So many!"


    "There''s no moon, how did they spot us?"


    "Not sure, but their shooting was spot on!"


    "I think, like on TV, they have something that lets them see us at night!"


    "Night vision gear?"


    "Exactly, night vision gear!"


    "So, what do we do?"


    "We can''t fight them head-on. Let''s lure the nearby zombies to them, make the zombies deplete their ammo."


    "Good idea. We have over three hundred zombies locked up at the west end of the village. Let''s release them!"


    "Yes, let''s do it!"


    "Alright, let''s split up and lure the zombies to them. I want to see how much ammo they have."


    "Let''s go!"


    The villagers, still unwilling to give up, went out that night to lure zombies to besiege Wang Bin and his group.


    The villagers worked together, and with their stamina, they managed to attract quite a few zombies.


    Initially, due to the rain, Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue didn''t notice, but when they heard the howls of many zombies, they realized something was wrong.


    Wang Bin used the night vision scope and quickly saw several fast-moving figures, whose behavior didn''t resemble zombies. He soon understood the villagers'' plan: to trap them with zombies.


    In the past, Wang Bin might have been afraid, but now he had over seven thousand bullets in his system space, enough to eliminate the zombies.


    "Brother Wang, what''s wrong?"


    "Nothing, just some clowns!"


    Wang Bin handed the rifle to Guan Xiaoyue, who saw the dense bright spots below, especially concentrated where the villagers had died, with many zombies feasting on the bodies.


    "Ah, why are there so many zombies?"


    "No worries, I was just worried about not having zombies to kill, and now they''ve brought them for free!"


    "Should we start now?"


    "No, let''s wait until daylight. Let Bao and the others have a good night''s sleep first."


    "Okay!"


    The villagers thought their plan had succeeded and worked harder to attract zombies. By morning, they had gathered all the nearby zombies.


    At dawn, Officer Miao, worried about Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue, woke up early to relieve them and let them rest.


    But when she reached the window, she saw the dense crowd of zombies outside and felt a chill down her spine.


    "Ah, why are there so many zombies outside?"


    "The villagers lured them over last night."


    "Why didn''t you wake me?"


    "It''s fine, I wanted you to sleep a bit longer."


    "You!"


    "Don''t worry, with the zombies surrounding us, we''re safe for now. I''ll leave it to you. Oh, don''t kill my prey, let me handle them when I wake up!"


    "I don''t care to kill zombies. You can have them!"


    "Thanks!"


    Wang Bin thanked her and went back to rest with Guan Xiaoyue.


    After a tiring night, they were indeed exhausted and quickly fell asleep.


    Officer Miao held her rifle, frowning. She wanted to hunt zombies but was worried the gunfire would disturb Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue, so she refrained.

 Chapter 30 - The villagers were fooled

    Chapter 30: The Villagers Were Fooled


    When the others woke up and found themselves surrounded by zombies, they were all shocked.


    Officer Miao, worried they might wake Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue, told them to keep quiet.


    Unlike Wang Bin, who remained calm even when surrounded by over a thousand zombies, the others showed signs of worry on their faces.


    For breakfast, each person had a bowl of millet porridge, which was enough to get by.


    Even though the porridge was mostly water, everyone still savored it.


    In the apocalypse, having one full meal a day was considered fortunate. But for them, besides regular meals, they also had breakfast, and sometimes even a bit of barbecue at night. Their life could be described as heavenly.


    No one disturbed Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue, and they sat quietly inside the house.


    By noon, the aroma of food woke Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue.


    "Wang Bin, Xiaoyue, you''re awake. Come sit down, the food is almost ready!"


    "Okay, I''ll wash up first!"


    With that, Wang Bin took out his toothpaste and toothbrush and went to freshen up.


    Guan Xiaoyue, being a woman who cared about her appearance, also went to wash up.


    In the past, without toothpaste, people were too lazy to rinse their mouths. Even if they wanted to, they couldn''t find toothpaste and had to make do with water and their fingers.


    But now, with plenty of toothpaste and water, everyone started paying attention to hygiene.


    Looking at the dishes being served, Wang Bin suddenly wanted to play a prank on the villagers from last night.


    He knew these people had lured the zombies over and were probably watching them from a nearby house.


    "I haven''t cooked in a while. Today, I''ll make you some stir-fried beef!"


    "Yay, beef!"


    "Wang Bin, there''s enough food. Don''t waste it!"If you come across this story on Amazon, it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it.


    "No worries, I''m in a good mood today, so I''ll show off a bit!"


    Bao and Little Nan were thrilled at the mention of beef, but Officer Miao and the others felt it was a bit wasteful.


    Moreover, they wondered how Wang Bin could be in a good mood when surrounded by so many zombies!


    But since the food was brought by Wang Bin, they could only let him do as he pleased.


    Wang Bin went to the kitchen, took out about a pound of beef, and gathered various seasonings like green onions, ginger, garlic, and dried chili peppers.


    He poured oil into the pan, and when it started to smoke, he added the seasonings, filling the air with their aroma.


    Everyone in the living room couldn''t help but swallow as they smelled it.


    The rain had stopped, and the scent of the meat wafted far, soon reaching the villagers hiding in the nearest house, making their stomachs rumble.


    "Damn it, aren''t these guys afraid at all? They even have the mood to cook!"


    "Did you smell that? It''s beef!"


    "Yes, I smelled it. It seems there''s dried chili and ginger too!"


    "Right, and there''s the smell of green onions!"


    The villagers moved to the windows, lifting their noses to enjoy the aroma as if the dishes were right in front of them.


    "These guys really have food, and it seems quite abundant!"


    "Yeah, once we take them down, I''ll make sure to stir-fry their hearts!"


    "Exactly, we''ll skin them alive!"


    "Yeah, their meat will last us a while!"


    "Haha!"


    The villagers discussed excitedly how they would deal with Wang Bin and the others after taking them down, their stomachs growling even more as they spoke.


    "Stir-fried beef is ready!"


    Wang Bin, imitating an ancient waiter, shouted and brought out a plate of freshly cooked stir-fried beef from the kitchen.


    Bao and Little Nan clapped happily at the sight.


    "Wang Bin, are you trying to provoke those people from last night?" Officer Miao, being sharp, quickly figured it out.


    "Oh, Officer Miao, you understand me best! They lured the zombies to surround us and are probably sneaking a laugh nearby, haha!"


    "You rascal!"


    "Bad boys are more lovable!"


    "You!"


    Officer Miao blushed and quickly lowered her head, not saying another word.


    Guan Xiaoyue''s face turned a bit sour seeing Wang Bin and Officer Miao flirting.


    "Alright, let''s eat. Everyone, try my cooking!" Wang Bin, noticing the awkward atmosphere, quickly invited everyone to dig in.


    Wang Bin took a bite. Although his skills weren''t as good as a professional chef''s, they weren''t bad either. Everyone praised his cooking, satisfying his vanity.


    After the meal, Wang Bin grabbed a can of beer and sat on the sofa to drink.


    "Shall we kill some zombies?"


    "No rush, let''s rest a bit after eating!"


    Bao and Little Nan, eager to kill zombies, grabbed their guns and sat beside Wang Bin, waiting for his command.


    They had wanted to practice shooting in the morning, but Officer Miao didn''t allow it, so they had to hold back.


    After finishing his beer, Wang Bin picked up his rifle and stood up. Bao and Little Nan, excited, grabbed their rifles too, while the others showed no interest in killing zombies.


    "Bao, Little Nan, whoever kills 10 zombies first today will get a braised chicken leg as a reward!"


    "Really, Uncle Wang?"


    "Of course, I''ll be the judge!"


    "Great, great!"


    The two laughed and picked up their rifles, aiming at the zombies below the house.


    "Start!"


    "Bang!"


    "Bang!"


    At Wang Bin''s command, Bao and Little Nan began shooting.


    Their marksmanship had improved significantly with practice.


    While they couldn''t kill a zombie with every shot, most bullets hit their targets, though some missed the zombies'' heads, failing to kill them instantly.


    The others, with nothing to do, gathered around to watch the competition.


    "Bao has three, Little Nan has two. Little Nan, you need to catch up!"


    Wang Bin, mischievously trying to train their mental resilience, kept announcing their scores, making them a bit nervous.


    Especially Little Nan, who, upon hearing he was behind Bao, got flustered and missed two shots.


    "Little Nan, don''t let Uncle Wang distract you. Calm down and aim slowly!" Officer Miao couldn''t stand it, gave Wang Bin a look, and softly encouraged Little Nan.


    Wang Bin smiled nonchalantly and continued reporting the scores.


    Soon, Little Nan found his rhythm, and his shooting became more accurate. Unfortunately, he still lagged behind Bao by three, and Bao won the competition.


    "This time, Bao wins and gets a braised chicken leg!"


    Wang Bin announced the result loudly, then took a braised chicken leg wrapped in a plastic bag from his backpack and handed it to Little Nan.


    Little Nan, feeling down about losing, was comforted by Bao, who quickly offered half of his chicken leg.


    "Let''s share it!"


    "No, no, it''s yours!"


    "What''s mine and yours? We''re brothers, and brothers share everything!"


    "Yeah!"


    Everyone, hearing Bao''s words, couldn''t help but secretly admire him.

 Chapter 31 - Skill Upgrade

    ### Chapter 31: Skill Upgrade


    Wang Bin didn''t expect Bao to be so considerate. He clapped his hands with a smile and said, "Wait, I never said there was no reward for second place. Here, Little Nan, congratulations on winning a braised pig''s trotter!"


    As he spoke, Wang Bin took a package of braised pig''s trotters from his backpack and handed it to Little Nan.


    "Ah, I get one too!"


    "Of course, take it quickly!"


    "Thank you, Uncle Wang, Brother Bao, I''ll share half of mine with you!"


    "Yes, I think we should share the food with everyone!"


    "Right, let''s eat together!"


    Wang Bin laughed heartily, clapped his hands, and said, "Alright, alright, everyone gets a share!"


    With that, Wang Bin took out a lot of snacks from his backpack and distributed them to everyone. Each person had a bag of snacks, including rice crusts, spicy strips, and biscuits.


    Li Chengping picked up a bag of peanuts and happily sat aside to eat.


    "Wang Bin, are we really going to have enough food if we eat like this?" Officer Miao was a bit worried seeing Wang Bin being so generous.


    "Don''t worry, there''s plenty!" Wang Bin patted his backpack and replied with a smile.


    In fact, Officer Miao had already noticed something strange about Wang Bin over the past few days. Judging by the food consumption, at least half of the food in Wang Bin''s backpack should have been used up, yet his backpack still seemed full.


    She knew this was Wang Bin''s secret and didn''t want to pry, so she pretended not to notice.


    Seeing everyone eating snacks, Wang Bin picked up his rifle and started shooting zombies.


    Wang Bin was very steady, aiming carefully before shooting, and in no time, he had killed forty or fifty zombies.


    After getting their snacks, Bao and Little Nan fed each other, which impressed everyone.


    The villagers hiding nearby were delighted to see Wang Bin killing zombies. They thought that once Wang Bin and his group ran out of bullets, they could trap them inside the house.


    However, they noticed that two hours later, the gunfire hadn''t stopped, and the number of zombies around was decreasing.


    "Damn, he''s killed over four hundred zombies already. How many bullets does this guy have?"


    "At this rate, he might finish off all the zombies today!"


    "What should we do then?"


    "Why don''t we lure some more zombies over?"


    "We''ve already lured all the nearby zombies. Where else can we find more?"


    "Our village is out, but can''t we lure them from the surrounding villages?"


    "Right, right, let''s go to the surrounding villages and lure them. I refuse to believe they can use up all their bullets!"


    "Let''s go!"


    After discussing, the villagers came out of their houses and went to the surrounding villages to lure more zombies.This story has been stolen from Royal Road. If you read it on Amazon, please report it


    "Brother Wang, you''ve been shooting for two hours. Why don''t you take a break?" Guan Xiaoyue felt a bit sorry for Wang Bin when she saw him continuing to shoot.


    She had wanted to help Wang Bin shoot the zombies, but he had stopped her.


    Wang Bin wasn''t just doing it for fun; he needed to kill the zombies himself to upgrade his skills. Kills by others wouldn''t count for him.


    "Alright!"


    Indeed, after two hours of shooting, Wang Bin''s shoulder and arm were a bit numb, so he sat down to rest for a while.


    "Uncle Wang, you must be tired. Let me massage your shoulders!"


    "Uncle Wang, I''ll massage your arms!"


    "Alright, thank you!"


    "You''re welcome!"


    Seeing Wang Bin sit down, Bao and Little Nan immediately ran over to massage his shoulders and arms.


    Being massaged by Bao and Little Nan was indeed quite comfortable.


    "Did you see that? He''s not shooting anymore!"


    "Yeah, I guess he''s running out of bullets!"


    "Haha, the village chief is so smart to come up with such a good plan!"


    "Exactly, without the village chief, we wouldn''t have survived until today!"


    The villagers who stayed behind to watch Wang Bin thought he had run out of bullets and were excitedly praising the village chief.


    Unfortunately, half an hour later, Wang Bin picked up his rifle and started shooting again. However, due to his sore shoulder, his shooting speed was noticeably slower than before.


    "Damn, will this ever end?"


    "How many bullets does that guy have?"


    "No worries, once Dazhu and the others lure the zombies from the neighboring villages, we''ll see how many bullets they have left!"


    "Exactly, exactly!"


    Hearing the village chief''s words, the villagers were all fired up, as if victory was within reach.


    There were also zombies in other villages, and quite a few at that. When people from other villages saw Dazhu and his group luring zombies, they found it strange, but since it was a free way to eliminate a threat, they were happy to let them do it. So, Dazhu and his group continued luring zombies into the village.


    While shooting zombies, Wang Bin noticed a group of zombies approaching from afar. Upon closer inspection, he saw a few people running ahead, and he immediately understood their intention.


    "They''re really putting in a lot of effort!"


    "Brother Wang, what did you say?"


    "Come over and take a look, and you''ll understand."


    Curious, Guan Xiaoyue and the others walked to the window and saw hundreds of zombies being lured over.


    "Those bastards!" Guan Xiaoyue was furious and raised her rifle to shoot at the people running in front.


    "Don''t rush, these zombies are useful to me!" Seeing Guan Xiaoyue about to shoot, Wang Bin quickly stopped her.


    "Ah, zombies are useful to you?" Officer Miao asked, puzzled.


    "Yes, I feel that hunting zombies makes me stronger! Besides, judging by the weather, it looks like it will rain for the next few days. We''re not in a hurry to leave, so we might as well rest here for a few days and wait for the weather to clear up before we move on," Wang Bin said calmly.


    He didn''t want to reveal his secret, so he could only give a vague explanation.


    Everyone was puzzled, but since Wang Bin said so, they just listened.


    Wang Bin''s hand was hurting again, so he pretended to be scared by the zombies and sat on the sofa to rest.


    As soon as he sat down, Bao and Little Nan ran over to massage his arms and shoulders again.


    "Did you see that? That kid doesn''t have many bullets left. As soon as he saw us luring zombies, he didn''t dare to shoot anymore!"


    "Haha, the village chief is amazing!"


    The villagers thought Wang Bin was scared, and they worked even harder that day, luring three more waves of zombies until nightfall, totaling nearly two thousand zombies.


    In the evening, to annoy the villagers, Wang Bin organized a bonfire party. Everyone sat around the fire, eating barbecue and singing and dancing loudly. He even turned his phone''s volume to the maximum, which infuriated the villagers hiding nearby.


    Of course, the consequence of this was that it attracted all the surrounding zombies, surrounding the small building completely. They had to reinforce the first-floor door again.


    The next morning, after breakfast, Wang Bin started shooting zombies again. This time, since the zombies were so close, he didn''t have to exert much effort to kill them.


    "Does this guy really have that many bullets?"


    "Impossible, he''s just bluffing!"


    "Yeah, he''s just bluffing!"


    "Why don''t we lure some more zombies over?"


    "There aren''t many zombies left in the surrounding villages. The only place with a lot of zombies now is the county!"


    "Forget about the county, that''s not a place we can go!"


    Seeing so many zombies, Guan Xiaoyue and the others wanted to help, but Wang Bin stopped them. At most, he let Bao and Little Nan practice their shooting, but they could only shoot about fifty rounds before their shoulders hurt too much.


    Wang Bin had to apply a lot of ointment and medicinal wine every day, and even so, his shoulder was already bruised. The recoil of the rifle was quite strong, but he endured it for the sake of upgrading his skills.


    Finally, after two days, he cleared out all the zombies around, leaving countless zombie corpses near the building, which left the villagers hiding inside the small building dumbfounded.


    "Ding dong, congratulations to the player. Shooting Specialization has been upgraded to level four, increasing shooting accuracy by 150 points, critical hit rate by 150 points, and shooting range to 350 meters. To upgrade to the next level, you need to kill 10,000 zombies. Current progress: 0/10,000."


    Hearing the system''s notification, Wang Bin smiled. He had finally upgraded his Shooting Specialization to level four before returning to the real world.


    With the shooting practice over the past few days and the bonus from the Shooting Specialization skill, his shooting skills had far surpassed Officer Miao''s and could now rival those of professional snipers.


    Although he hadn''t obtained anything valuable during this trip to the apocalypse, upgrading his Shooting Specialization to level four was quite an achievement.


    However, the experience needed to upgrade the Diamond Palm was much more, and he had only completed half of it.


    After dinner, Wang Bin hid in his room and took out a lot of food from the system space, which surprised everyone because there was no way his backpack could hold so much food.


    "After spending so much time together, I don''t want to hide it from you anymore. Even if I don''t say it, you probably guessed it. I do have the ability to produce food, but it requires exchanging gold and valuable jewelry. I just hope you can keep this secret for me, and in return, I''ll provide you with food."


    "Brother Wang, don''t worry. I''ll definitely keep your secret. If anyone dares to betray you, I''ll kill them!" Guan Xiaoyue was the first to speak up, her eyes fierce as she spoke, which made everyone a little scared.


    "Wang Bin, don''t worry. I''ll keep your secret too, even if it means dying!" Officer Miao also expressed her support.


    "And me!"


    "Uncle Wang, I''ll keep your secret too!"


    ...


    Soon, everyone expressed their support, and Wang Bin was very pleased.


    "Now I need to exchange food. I won''t be here for the next seven days, so I hope you can guard the small building!"


    "Brother Wang, don''t worry. We''ll definitely guard the small building!"


    "Yes, yes, I''ll help Sister Xiaoyue guard the small building too!"


    "Very good. It''s been raining these past few days, and when I return, the rain should have stopped. By then, it will be time for us to set off!"


    "Yes, yes, Brother Wang, you can go without worry. We''ll be here waiting for you!"


    Wang Bin nodded in satisfaction, entered the room, and waited for the time to return to the real world.

 Chapter 32 - Character explosion

    ### Chapter 32: A Stroke of Luck


    As soon as Wang Bin returned to the real world, his phone started buzzing incessantly. He took it out to find over a dozen missed calls and messages.


    Most of the calls and messages were from You Hongfei and Li Xingping, but there was even one from Zhao Qian.


    He ignored Zhao Qian and directly called You Hongfei. The call was answered immediately.


    "Hey, Wang Bin, where have you been? I couldn''t reach you!"


    "Hongfei, I was out handling some business, and the signal was bad. By the way, have the police contacted you?"


    "Why would the police contact me?"


    "Didn''t I beat up Brother Dong from the Black Tiger Gang? I was worried they might report it!"


    "Don''t worry, the police haven''t come looking for you! Those guys live by the code of the streets; they wouldn''t dare report it and lose face. Plus, your conflict with him is a street matter, and they''ll handle it by street rules!"


    "That''s good to hear! So, why were you looking for me?"


    "Well, Xingping and I followed your advice and found two places through an agent. One is in the North District, and the other in the South District. The South District location is better, but the rent is higher¡ª100,000 a month, paid annually. We''ve taken photos and videos for you to decide."


    "The North District is still developing, and the economy there isn''t mature yet. If we can get a place in the South District, that would be ideal. A good location is worth the higher rent; you''ll make it back!"


    "True, I''ll contact the agent now and sign the contract tomorrow!"


    "Also, find a jewelry processing factory nearby. I heard there are many skilled craftsmen in Tonghai. Once you find a factory, bring a few master craftsmen over. Pay them well if they agree to come. Also, hire some apprentices, but make sure they sign long-term contracts!"


    "Alright, I''ll ask the agent about it later. It''s best to settle everything tomorrow. Once we secure a place, I''ll handle the business license and renovations, and Xingping can take care of hiring the craftsmen."


    "Great, thank you for your hard work during this startup phase!"


    "No problem, that''s how it is when starting a business! Oh, and I have some news for you. Last night, Yuan Shengrui got slapped hard by both Xingping and me, and he didn''t dare say a word!"This book''s true home is on another platform. Check it out there for the real experience.


    "Thanks! That guy is a real snake; be careful around him in the future!"


    "Got it. It''s getting late, I''ll call the agent now!"


    "Alright, take care!"


    Wang Bin''s gold was brought from the apocalypse, so it cost him nothing. His goal now was to turn the gold into money, so he wasn''t concerned about rent or wages. As long as he could convert the gold, he was making a profit.


    Wang Bin''s biggest worry in the apocalypse was that Brother Dong from the Black Tiger Gang would report him, leading to a police manhunt. Now that he knew they hadn''t reported him, he felt relieved.


    Thinking it over, he realized You Hongfei was right; this was a street matter. Reporting it would make them lose face in the underworld, and they wouldn''t be able to hold their heads high in front of other gangs.


    Moreover, they were the ones who started the trouble, so if anyone pursued it, they''d be implicated too.


    Next, Wang Bin called Li Xingping, reiterated his thoughts, chatted a bit, and then hung up.


    He glanced at his phone and, after some thought, finally called Zhao Qian.


    "Hello, Wang Bin, I heard you shot someone from the Black Tiger Gang. Is it true?"


    "My affairs are none of your business."


    "You! I know I wronged you, and I''m not asking for forgiveness, but do you realize that''s illegal? If the police find out, you''ll be arrested!"


    "How did you find out?"


    "I was next to Young Master Li when Brother Dong called him, so I overheard! Young Master Li was very shocked, but it seems like he doesn''t want to let you go. He might be hiring a hitman to deal with you, so be careful! Oh, he''s coming back, I have to go. Be very careful!"


    Before Wang Bin could respond, Zhao Qian had already hung up.


    Since experiencing the apocalypse, Wang Bin no longer cared about Zhao Qian''s betrayal.


    If he put himself in her shoes, without the system, it would be hard to achieve anything in this era of connections and nepotism. Zhao Qian choosing an easier path was understandable, but it still hurt and was hard to accept at first.


    However, he had come to terms with it. If their values didn''t align, there was no point in forcing it. Even if he had her body, he couldn''t have her heart.


    The future was long, and he wanted to find someone who truly loved him and was willing to endure hardships together.


    He had almost forgotten about Zhao Qian, but he didn''t expect her to warn him about something so important.


    If Young Master Li really hired a hitman, he needed to be cautious and prepare some gear.


    Currently, his Diamond Palm was at level two, which was enough against small-time thugs, but not against skilled fighters.


    Fortunately, his Shooting Specialization was at level four, and he kept a handgun in his system space for self-defense, but it still felt insufficient.


    To become stronger, he needed to rely on the lottery, but he didn''t have much gold left.


    He had set aside 4,000 kilograms of gold for the jewelry store, leaving only 150 kilograms in the system space, enough for one draw.


    "Forget it, I''ll draw once. If it doesn''t work out, I''ll take 1,000 taels from the basement for a ten-draw, and replenish it with gold from the apocalypse later!"


    After some thought, Wang Bin decided to draw once. If he didn''t get anything to enhance his strength, he''d take 1,000 kilograms from the 4,000 kilograms meant for the jewelry store. The store wasn''t open yet, so he had some time before needing the gold.


    Even when the store opened, it wouldn''t need that much gold at once.


    "System, draw!"


    "Starting the draw!"


    "Congratulations, you''ve acquired the Lightness Skill: Crossing the River on a Reed!"


    Hearing that he had drawn Crossing the River on a Reed, Wang Bin jumped up in excitement and punched the air.


    He couldn''t believe his luck on the first draw, getting such an amazing lightness skill.


    "Both Diamond Palm and Crossing the River on a Reed are top-tier martial arts from Buddhism. It seems I have a connection with Buddhism!"


    Wang Bin sighed and opened the skill panel to check.


    Crossing the River on a Reed, Level 1, increases agility by five points. When mastered, it allows one to move as lightly as a swallow and cross great rivers. Currently, it allows a three-meter step and a two-meter jump, consuming ten inner strength points per second. Current inner strength: 420 points (spirit attribute, one spirit point equals ten inner strength points). To upgrade to the next level, use the skill 100 times. Note: Each use must start with full inner strength and deplete it completely to count as one use.


    To test the power of Crossing the River on a Reed, Wang Bin went to a secluded spot in the neighborhood and activated the skill.


    Once activated, he felt as light as a swallow. After running for 42 seconds, he covered 453 meters, a speed that could win an Olympic gold in the 400 meters.


    Initially, Wang Bin considered another ten-draw, but after gaining such an incredible skill, he decided against it. One must learn to be content!

 Chapter 33 - Encountering the Black Tiger Gang Again

    Wang Bin continued to check his stats. It would take an hour for his Inner Strength to fully recover, meaning he could only use "Crossing the River on a Reed" 24 times a day without sleep. To upgrade it to level two would take at least a week.


    Of course, not sleeping was impossible, which meant it would take even longer.


    "Right, I can use it in the Apocalypse. One day in the real world equals seven days in the Apocalypse. A trip there could level up ''Crossing the River on a Reed'' to the second level."


    With this realization, Wang Bin no longer worried about leveling up. Seeing it was still early, he decided to go out for a walk.


    Since returning from the Apocalypse, the once boring life now seemed so peaceful and serene. He cherished every moment in the real world.


    "Am I really getting old?"


    Noticing the change in his mindset, Wang Bin couldn''t help but mock himself.


    Wang Bin strolled leisurely down the street, taking in the scenery around him, and before he knew it, he found himself by the banks of the Panlong River.


    The Panlong River divides H City in two. The water is clear, and many residents gather at the small square by the river in the evenings to do square dancing. Some elderly people in traditional costumes dance their ethnic dances, and if you''re lucky, you might even see blond-haired, blue-eyed beauties joining in.


    The Apocalypse is a lifeless world where people avoid each other, and over time, it becomes oppressive. So after returning to the real world, Wang Bin loved being in crowded places.


    He found a spot far from the crowd and sat down, watching the people singing and dancing in the square, a smile appearing on his face.


    Because of the crowd, some vendors gathered around the square to do business.


    Just as he was enjoying this wonderful world, something unpleasant happened.


    A bald man with a thick gold chain around his neck and tattoos on his body, holding a flamboyantly dressed woman, walked towards him.


    Behind them were four men dressed in a thuggish manner, clearly up to no good.


    When the woman reached Wang Bin, she whispered in the man''s ear, "Brother Zhang, I''m tired. Let''s sit down and rest for a while?"


    The man agreed with a smile, then turned to Wang Bin and shouted, "Kid, get lost!"The story has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation.


    Wang Bin was instantly angered. The bench he was sitting on was long enough for four people, yet the man was so domineering.


    He was generally easygoing, and if they had asked nicely, he would have given up his seat. But their rudeness was unacceptable.


    "You should be the ones to get lost; you''re blocking my view!" Wang Bin smiled casually, showing no regard for them.


    The group was shocked by Wang Bin''s defiance and his audacity to insult them, and they were immediately enraged.


    "Kid, are you looking for trouble?"


    The underlings, seeing their boss angry, quickly surrounded Wang Bin.


    "Looking for trouble? If you want to eat shit, I don''t mind giving you some!"


    "Get him! Beat him up!"


    Brother Zhang was furious, releasing the woman in his arms and kicking towards Wang Bin.


    Wang Bin had already trained his Diamond Palm to the second level, capable of easily breaking bones with a punch. Seeing Brother Zhang''s kick, he sidestepped and struck with his right palm.


    With a crack, Brother Zhang''s right leg was broken.


    "Ah!"


    With a scream, Brother Zhang fell to the ground, clutching his right leg and howling in pain.


    Seeing their boss beaten, the underlings had to step in, throwing punches at Wang Bin.


    Wang Bin''s agility was far superior to ordinary people, easily dodging their attacks and counterattacking. Each strike broke a bone, and within seconds, all four were on the ground, wailing in pain.


    Wang Bin had always despised these thugs who bullied others. Before, he didn''t have the power to deal with them, but now that he did, he was eager to vent his anger.


    The commotion quickly attracted a large crowd, and within moments, hundreds of people surrounded them.


    "What''s going on?"


    "That young man beat up the Black Tiger Gang!"


    "This guy''s got guts, daring to take on the Black Tiger Gang!"


    "Yeah, he''s in trouble now!"


    Hearing the crowd''s discussions, Wang Bin realized the Black Tiger Gang''s notorious reputation. Many locals knew about them, and from their comments, it seemed the gang had done many bad things and was not well-liked.


    The woman, seeing Brother Zhang beaten, hurried to help him, pointing at Wang Bin and shouting, "You''ve got some nerve! Do you know who Brother Zhang is?"


    Wang Bin initially didn''t want to bother with the flamboyantly dressed woman, but seeing her siding with the bullies angered him. He walked over, raising his hand to slap her.


    But then he thought better of it, deciding that a man shouldn''t hit a woman, and lowered his hand.


    The woman, seeing Wang Bin lower his hand, thought he was scared and put on a fierce face, shouting, "Brother Zhang is a hall master of the Black Tiger Gang, you''re dead!"


    Seeing the woman still acting tough, Wang Bin laughed. He paused, thinking about how to deal with her.


    Wang Bin smiled faintly, stepping towards the woman, who retreated a step in fear.


    "What are you going to do?"


    "Not much, just want to clear your head!"


    With that, Wang Bin grabbed the woman and tossed her into the Panlong River.


    "Ah!"


    "Splash!"


    The woman screamed as she hit the water with a heavy splash.


    The Panlong River wasn''t deep, only waist-high, so Wang Bin wasn''t worried about drowning her.


    The woman climbed out of the river, shouting, amusing the onlookers who clapped and cheered.


    "Brother Zhang, who did you tell to get lost earlier?"


    "Which gang are you with?"


    "I''m not with any gang. Remember, my name is Wang Bin!"


    "Wang Bin! You''re the one who was at Changchong Mountain yesterday..."


    At this point, Brother Zhang shuddered, fear evident on his face, unable to continue.


    Then he turned, trying to crawl away despite the pain.


    He had been at Changchong Mountain yesterday, but by the time he arrived with his men, everyone was gone.


    After asking around, he learned that Wang Bin had not only injured many of their people but also fired at two of them. He was relieved he hadn''t arrived in time.


    But now he had run into Wang Bin, and there was nothing to say. For the sake of his life, he had to back down!


    "Stop, didn''t you understand? I told you to roll, not walk!"


    Brother Zhang''s face turned pale, glaring at Wang Bin, then he rolled out, clutching his injured leg.


    The four underlings, seeing their boss roll away, had no choice but to follow, leaving the crowd stunned. Some bold young people even whistled.


    Someone started clapping, and soon countless people joined in.


    "Well done, young man!"


    "Young man, you should leave quickly, the Black Tiger Gang will come after you soon!"


    Wang Bin waved to the crowd, then turned and left.


    It wasn''t that he feared the Black Tiger Gang''s retaliation; he just wasn''t used to being the center of attention.


    He also knew that since he fired a gun yesterday, the conflict with the Black Tiger Gang was irreconcilable. Since it couldn''t be resolved, he would make them fear him.

 Chapter 34 - Encountering a master by chance

    Chapter 34: An Encounter with a Master


    After the incident, Wang Bin had no intention of continuing his stroll and returned home early. However, whenever his energy was replenished, he would run downstairs to practice "Crossing the River on a Reed."


    The next morning, Wang Bin got up early, put on his sportswear, and went for a morning jog in the nearby park.


    Since acquiring the system, his physical condition had improved significantly. He ran five laps around the park, a total of ten kilometers, before stopping.


    He noticed an elderly man in a white exercise suit by the lake who seemed special. From this man, Wang Bin sensed the presence of qi, indicating that he was an internal martial arts master.


    Wang Bin sat not far from the old man, carefully observing his movements and feeling the flow of qi around him.


    The old man''s Tai Chi movements were very slow, but Wang Bin could clearly sense that each of the old man''s movements could influence the surrounding qi to move with him.


    Unconsciously, Wang Bin forgot everything around him, observing the old man while mimicking his movements.


    The old man had long noticed Wang Bin, but he showed no reaction. However, when Wang Bin started practicing Tai Chi along with him, the old man''s eyes lit up.


    From Wang Bin''s movements, it was clear that he didn''t know Tai Chi, but the old man could also sense a flow of qi around Wang Bin, though not very strong, it was still noticeable.


    Someone who didn''t know Tai Chi, just by watching him practice for a while, could mimic the movements so well and even mobilize the surrounding qi¡ªthis was truly amazing.


    What did this mean? Wang Bin was a martial arts prodigy!


    After finishing his Tai Chi, the old man smiled faintly and walked over to Wang Bin.


    "Young friend, have you practiced before?"


    "Ah, sorry, I didn''t mean to. I just couldn''t help but follow along when I saw how well you were doing!"


    "No need to be nervous, I''m not blaming you!"


    "Oh, thank you!"


    "I saw you did quite well just now. Have you practiced martial arts before?"


    "I''ve learned the ''Diamond Palm,'' but I''m not very proficient yet."


    Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon.


    "Oh, the ''Diamond Palm,'' that''s an advanced Shaolin martial art. I didn''t expect you to know it. How far have you progressed?"


    "I''ve just reached the second level."


    "How old are you now?"


    "I''m twenty-one this year!"


    "To reach the second level of the Diamond Palm at twenty-one, that''s impressive! Are you still in school?"


    "Yes, I''m a junior in the Financial Management department at H University."


    "Very good, very good! Young friend, how about we have a spar?"


    "Spar? How do we spar?"


    "I''ll use my Tai Chi against your Diamond Palm."


    "Ah, I can''t do that. My Diamond Palm is too aggressive, it could easily hurt someone!"


    "No worries, my Tai Chi is also quite formidable, you won''t be able to hurt me!"


    "Alright then, please teach me!"


    Hearing the old man say this and recalling the qi he sensed from him earlier, Wang Bin was eager to spar with the old man, at worst he wouldn''t use his full strength.


    "Alright, young friend, please make your move."


    "Sir, you should go first!"


    "No, no, if I make the first move, you won''t have a chance. You go ahead! Don''t worry, you definitely won''t hurt me!"


    "Alright, here I come!"


    The old man was very courteous, leaving Wang Bin no choice but to make the first move.


    Wang Bin used thirty percent of his inner strength and punched towards the old man. As he struck, the surrounding qi began to flow rapidly.


    The old man''s eyes brightened, and with a gentle block and a slight pull with his left hand, Wang Bin almost lost his balance and fell.


    "It seems this old man is indeed an internal martial arts master!"


    Wang Bin didn''t expect to be defeated in just one move, and he could tell the old man was holding back. If the old man had wanted to hurt him, Wang Bin would probably already be on the ground.


    "Again!"


    The old man''s eyes shone as he spoke to Wang Bin.


    "Alright!"


    Wang Bin adjusted his emotions, used seventy percent of his inner strength, and attacked the old man again. This time, he was more cautious, combining offense with defense.


    The old man was inwardly impressed, realizing that Wang Bin''s quick understanding showed good insight.


    The old man''s Tai Chi was very powerful. Whether Wang Bin''s attacks were real or feigned, the old man neutralized them all and often used the force against him, pushing Wang Bin far away several times.


    After more than thirty moves, Wang Bin was drenched in sweat, but the old man remained as calm as he was at the beginning.


    "Alright, let''s take a break!"


    "Thank you for your guidance, sir!"


    Wang Bin realized that the old man was guiding him and felt very grateful.


    "You''re young and have already cultivated your inner strength to this level, showing that you''re talented and diligent. However, your moves lack flexibility, indicating you lack combat experience. To fully unleash the power of the Diamond Palm, you need more practical experience!"


    "You''re right, sir. I do lack combat experience. Please continue to guide me in the future!"


    "I wouldn''t dare say guide, let''s learn from each other!"


    "Sir, can I learn Tai Chi from you?"


    "You haven''t mastered the Diamond Palm yet, and you want to learn my Tai Chi?"


    "Don''t worry, sir, I won''t neglect the Diamond Palm. I found that while the Diamond Palm is extremely fierce, it''s ineffective against someone stronger than me. Tai Chi is different; it can attack and defend, and use force against force. I think I can use Tai Chi to complement the Diamond Palm''s shortcomings."


    "Your insight is quite deep. The Diamond Palm is a supreme martial art of extreme strength and yang, but it''s also a Buddhist martial art, embodying great compassion. You haven''t become arrogant because of your skills, but instead, you''re afraid of hurting others, showing you have a good heart. So, I''ll teach you!"


    "Thank you, Master!"


    Hearing the old man agree to teach him Tai Chi, Wang Bin was overjoyed and, imitating scenes from movies, knelt on one knee and bowed to the old man.


    "Haha, no need for such formalities!"


    The old man didn''t expect Wang Bin to be so polite, giving him such a grand gesture, and laughed happily.


    The two then introduced themselves, and Wang Bin learned that the old man''s name was Li Zhengguo, and his Tai Chi was taught by his master.


    They got along well and went to a nearby diner for breakfast.


    Just as they finished eating, Wang Bin''s phone rang. He apologized and answered a call from You Hongfei.


    "Hey, Wang Bin, where are you?"


    "I''m out jogging. What''s up?"


    "The workshop intermediary said they have something. Are you coming? We can also check out our store location."


    "Sure, tell me where, and I''ll head over."


    After hanging up, Wang Bin smiled and said to Li Zhengguo, "Master, I have something to attend to, so I''ll be leaving first."


    Li Zhengguo waved with a smile and said, "No problem, go ahead and take care of your business!"


    "By the way, Master, I have some things to deal with, so I can only learn martial arts from you every other day. Please don''t be upset; I promise I won''t neglect my martial arts training!"


    "No worries, you young people have a lot going on. Just come practice with me when you have time!"


    "Thank you!"


    Wang Bin bid farewell to Li Zhengguo and ran home from the diner. He wanted to take a shower and change clothes before meeting You Hongfei and Li Xingping.

 Chapter 35 - Car Buying Controversy

    When Wang Bin arrived at the shop by taxi, You Hongfei, Li Xingping, and the agent were already waiting for him.


    After exchanging greetings, they followed the agent into the shop. The shop''s area was decent, about two hundred square meters, which was more than enough for their needs. Moreover, there were several nationally renowned jewelry stores nearby, making the location quite advantageous.


    "Alright, this is the place. Let''s go check out the workshop," Wang Bin said, satisfied with the shop and agreeing immediately.


    "Great, Mr. Wang, you''re very straightforward. Follow me!" The agent was very pleased. If these two deals went through, she would earn a considerable commission.


    After walking for over ten minutes, they arrived at a car repair shop, but the owner had already vacated the premises.


    The three of them inspected the workshop carefully. The space was large and spacious, but it would need some renovation to serve as a jewelry processing workshop.


    "I think this place will work, but we need to enhance the security a bit!" Wang Bin thought the place was suitable and could be turned into a workshop with some renovations. The most important thing was that it wasn''t far from the shop, making it convenient to retrieve goods, but security needed to be improved.


    "Don''t worry about that. I''ll find an expert to help us design it, and I''ll also hire a few retired veterans to keep an eye on things. There shouldn''t be any problems," You Hongfei said, relieved that Wang Bin was satisfied. These days, as long as you have money, you can find anyone. If Wang Bin wasn''t happy, he and Li Xingping would have to look for another place, which would be a troublesome and exhausting task.


    After Wang Bin nodded in agreement, he signed the contract at the workshop and transferred the money directly to the agent, who promptly handed over the keys to Wang Bin.


    "Just like I said yesterday, Hongfei, you''ll stay to handle the business license and renovations, and Xingping, you go hire the goldsmith!"


    "Okay, I''ll go this afternoon!" Li Xingping was eager. Seeing that things were settled here, he planned to set off in the afternoon to hire the goldsmith.


    "No rush. Considering we''re a company with assets over a billion, it''s time to get you two some cars!" Wang Bin said with a smile.


    "Cars? That''s not urgent. We can wait until we''ve made some money!" You Hongfei and Li Xingping were delighted to hear this, but they also knew they were just starting out, so they should save where they could.


    "You two will be running around a lot in the future, and it''s inconvenient without a car, especially you, Xingping. You''ll be heading out of town tomorrow, and driving will be much more convenient."This tale has been unlawfully lifted without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon.


    "Ah, this!"


    "Ah, what? I''m not giving you luxury cars, just an Audi each. As for what you want to drive in the future, you''ll have to earn it and buy it yourselves!"


    "An Audi? Isn''t that too expensive?"


    "It''s not expensive. It''s about appearances. If the initial funds weren''t a bit tight, I would have gotten you a Mercedes or BMW!"


    "No need, no need. Audi will do!" The two were stunned when they heard Wang Bin wanted to get them a Mercedes or BMW and quickly said an Audi would be fine.


    "Then let''s go. While we have time, let''s pick out the cars!"


    "Yes, let''s go!"


    "By the way, Wang Bin, what car are you getting?"


    "I''m planning to buy a Jinbei!"


    "What, a Jinbei?"


    On the way to buy the cars, You Hongfei and Li Xingping couldn''t believe Wang Bin wanted to buy a Jinbei, especially for himself.


    In their view, with Wang Bin''s wealth, even if he didn''t buy a Rolls-Royce, he should at least get a Ferrari or Porsche, but he was opting for a Jinbei.


    Originally, Wang Bin considered getting a Wuling, but thinking about Officer Miao and the others, a Wuling might be a bit cramped, so he chose a Jinbei instead.


    The Jinbei had plenty of space and could also leave room for luggage.


    Wang Bin didn''t want to explain, but with You Hongfei and Li Xingping persistently asking, he had to make up a lie, saying it was for a relative. As for what car he would buy, he hadn''t decided yet and would see when they got to the dealership.


    Hearing Wang Bin''s explanation, You Hongfei and Li Xingping stopped asking.


    The three took a taxi to the Audi dealership. Seeing their youthful appearance and the fact they arrived by taxi, none of the salespeople bothered to approach them.


    The three were happy to be left alone and started looking at the cars.


    However, when You Hongfei opened the door of an Audi and was about to sit inside to get a feel for it, a saleswoman stopped him.


    "Hey, get out. This is a new car. Can you afford to pay if you damage it?"


    You Hongfei, still not used to shedding his student identity, was scared by the saleswoman''s words and was about to get out of the car.


    Wang Bin held him down and said with a faint smile, "It''s fine, just sit inside."


    The saleswoman, seeing that You Hongfei wasn''t getting out, became angry and said unhappily, "Are you three here to cause trouble? If you don''t get out, I''ll call security!"


    "Wang Bin, I think I should get out!" You Hongfei was even more frightened when he heard she was going to call security.


    "It''s fine, just keep looking at the car. I''ll handle this!" Wang Bin was experienced with such situations. The last time he went to buy a house, he faced similar difficulties from a real estate agent.


    These people were snobs, looking down on them because they dressed like students. Without teaching them a lesson, they wouldn''t know their place.


    "Go get your manager. I want to file a complaint against you!"


    "Complain about what? You college students, if you don''t have money, don''t make trouble here, or I''ll really call security!"


    "Go ahead!" Wang Bin, seeing her poor attitude, decided to teach her a lesson.


    "Hey, you think I won''t call them?" The saleswoman, also angry, turned and shouted to the two security guards at the entrance, who then rushed over aggressively.


    Seeing the security guards approaching, You Hongfei and Li Xingping feared Wang Bin would suffer and quickly stood in front of him.


    "What, you want to get physical? Think carefully; we''re here to buy cars!"


    "You poor students think you can buy cars? Look closely, we sell Audis here, not bicycles!"


    "Chick, you''re really looking down on us. Be careful not to regret it later!"


    "The ones who''ll regret it are you. Security, these three are here to cause trouble. Hurry and kick them out!"


    "Please leave!" The security guards said coldly, their faces stern as they addressed Wang Bin and the others.


    "What if I don''t leave?" Wang Bin said with a smile.


    "Then don''t blame us for getting physical!"


    "Oh? Then go ahead. I want to see what you can do to us!"


    "Fine, you asked for it!"


    With that, the two security guards reached out to grab Wang Bin, but Wang Bin was faster. As soon as they moved, he swiftly struck with two palms, and with two cracking sounds, the guards'' hands were broken.


    "Ah!"


    The two security guards screamed in pain, clutching their hands and retreating to the side.


    "He''s hitting people! Call the police!" The saleswoman didn''t expect Wang Bin to be so formidable, breaking the guards'' hands in an instant.


    She heard the sound of bones breaking clearly and, realizing they couldn''t overpower him, immediately started making a scene, threatening to call the police!

 Chapter 36 - Dont buy Audi, buy Mercedes

    ### Chapter 36: Choosing a Mercedes Over an Audi


    Many of the saleswomen had noticed their colleague''s behavior but chose to watch with interest rather than intervene. They found it amusing to look down on those they deemed inferior.


    However, when Wang Bin broke the arms of the two security guards, everyone was stunned. They hadn''t expected these seemingly college-aged youths to be so formidable.


    The manager soon heard the commotion outside and strode out.


    "What happened here?"


    "Manager, they caused trouble and even injured our security guards. You should call the police and have them arrested!" The saleswoman who had been involved rushed forward, crying as she complained to the manager.


    The manager frowned but didn''t listen to the saleswoman. Instead, he approached Wang Bin and his friends with a relatively friendly demeanor. "Gentlemen, may I ask why you injured our security guards?"


    Wang Bin smiled lightly and replied, "You should ask them why they attacked us first."


    The manager turned to the two guards lying on the ground and demanded, "Explain, why did you attack our guests?"


    The two guards were in excruciating pain, cold sweat pouring down their faces. They wanted to go to the hospital immediately, but under the manager''s questioning, they confessed, "Xiaomei said they were causing trouble, so we had to ask them to leave!"


    Upon hearing this, the manager turned to the saleswoman and asked coldly, "Xiaomei, how exactly were these gentlemen causing trouble?"


    The saleswoman arrogantly replied, "They weren''t here to buy a car. They wanted to sit inside and touch everything. What if they dirtied or damaged the cars? I asked them to leave, but they refused, so I called security!"


    The manager understood the situation immediately and coldly told the saleswoman, "Xiaomei, anyone who walks in is a guest. Even if they aren''t buying, we should treat them as such. How could you act so unreasonably? Apologize to our guests immediately!"


    Though the manager looked down on Wang Bin and his friends, judging by their student attire that they weren''t wealthy, he had to maintain the store''s image. So, he instructed the saleswoman to apologize.


    Reluctantly, under the manager''s stern gaze, the saleswoman bowed and apologized to Wang Bin.


    "I''m sorry, I was wrong. Please forgive us!"This book was originally published on Royal Road. Check it out there for the real experience.


    "You did nothing wrong. It''s society that''s at fault, creating people like you who judge by appearances. Let''s go; I have no interest in buying a car here. Let''s check out the place across the street."


    Wang Bin smiled faintly and led You Hongfei and Li Xingping out.


    Hearing Wang Bin''s words, the surrounding saleswomen scoffed. If they couldn''t afford an Audi, how could they afford a Mercedes across the street, which was even more expensive?


    "Wait a moment, you injured our guards. You need to pay for their medical expenses before you leave!"


    The manager''s demeanor changed instantly when he heard Wang Bin and his friends were leaving. If they were genuine buyers, the guards'' injuries would be overlooked. But if they weren''t buying, they couldn''t just walk away.


    "Oh, I wonder if this will cover it."


    Wang Bin said, pulling a gold bar from his pocket and tossing it to the manager. Of course, the gold bar was taken from his System space, and the pocket gesture was just for show.


    The manager caught the gold bar, his expression changing instantly. It was heavy, and he knew it was real.


    To confirm, he bit into it. It was soft, not brass.


    "Honored gentlemen, please take your time. We were in the wrong earlier, and I hope you''ll forgive us!" Realizing the gold bar was genuine, the manager was stunned and tried to persuade Wang Bin and his friends to stay.


    Wang Bin and his friends glanced at the manager, who was bowing deeply, and found it amusing. Without stopping, they headed towards the Mercedes dealership.


    The saleswomen were speechless when they saw Wang Bin throw the gold bar. They only snapped out of it when they saw the manager''s reaction, bowing to Wang Bin and his friends. But by the time they straightened up, Wang Bin and his friends were nearly at the other dealership.


    "You three, go to accounting and settle your wages. I don''t want to see you here again!"


    Seeing Wang Bin and his friends walk away, the manager couldn''t hold back any longer and shouted at the saleswoman and guards.


    "Manager, I..."


    The saleswoman and guards wanted to say something, but the manager stormed back into his office in anger.


    "Hongfei, Xingping, remember today''s lesson. When we open our own store, never judge by appearances. Treat everyone who enters as a guest, even if they''re beggars!" As they approached the Mercedes dealership, Wang Bin earnestly advised his companions.


    "Understood! I''ll personally train our staff to ensure this never happens!" You Hongfei and Li Xingping responded loudly.


    "Alright, let''s go in. Since we can''t buy an Audi, let''s get you a Mercedes instead!" Wang Bin was pleased with their response.


    "Really, a Mercedes?"


    "We''re already here, and we''re not short on cash!"


    Wang Bin smiled faintly and led the way into the dealership. To avoid a repeat of the earlier incident, he took another gold bar from his System space and played with it in his hand.


    Their student attire still made them look too much like students. Wang Bin''s demeanor had changed significantly after the Apocalypse, but society still judged by appearances, an unchangeable fact.


    The saleswoman at the Mercedes dealership initially didn''t want to bother with Wang Bin and his friends because of their student attire. But seeing the gold bar in Wang Bin''s hand, she quickly approached them with stars in her eyes.


    "Gentlemen, is there anything I can help you with?"


    You Hongfei and Li Xingping didn''t understand why Wang Bin had taken out the gold bar, but seeing the saleswoman''s respectful attitude, they realized his intention. They shook their heads, acknowledging Wang Bin''s point that society ultimately judges by appearances.


    "We''d like to buy three cars. Can you show us around?"


    "Th-three cars?" The saleswoman was stunned. Buying three cars at once was beyond extravagant.


    "Yes, you heard right, three cars. Show us around quickly, or we''ll go to another dealership!"


    "Ah, yes, of course. Please, this way. Are you interested in sedans, SUVs, or sports cars?"


    "Hongfei, Xingping, what kind of cars do you like? Never mind, you''d probably choose the cheapest. Let''s go with sports cars!"


    "Sp-sports cars!"


    "What, don''t you have sports cars here?"


    "We do, we do. Please, this way!" The saleswoman was so excited at the prospect of selling three sports cars that her heart was about to leap out of her chest.


    "Wang Bin, isn''t this a bit too extravagant?" You Hongfei and Li Xingping were thrilled at the thought of buying sports cars but felt a bit uneasy.


    "It''s not extravagant. Remember, we''re brothers for life! I want to make you both billionaires!" Wang Bin laughed heartily, embracing them both.


    "Yes, yes!" Tears welled up in You Hongfei and Li Xingping''s eyes.


    "Alright, let''s pick out our cars!" Wang Bin laughed, patting their shoulders before striding towards a sleek sports car.


    You Hongfei and Li Xingping exchanged a glance, then nodded firmly. At that moment, they both decided to stick with Wang Bin for life.


    The saleswoman in front was instantly captivated by Wang Bin''s words. The wealthy truly spoke on a different level.

 Chapter 37 - Three cars come

    "What kind of car is this?" Wang Bin propped his chin with his right hand, staring at the sports car in front with great interest.


    "This is a CLS four-door sports car, starting at 630,000!" The saleswoman quickly introduced it upon hearing the question.


    "Too cheap. Do you have anything more expensive?" Wang Bin initially liked the sports car, but lost interest as soon as he heard it was only 630,000. Now that he had money, he wanted the best.


    "Ah, this way please, this one is more expensive!" The saleswoman was surprised by Wang Bin''s words, but quickly composed herself and led him to another car.


    It wasn''t her fault for being surprised. Most people who came to buy cars would complain about the price being too high and ask for a discount, but here was someone who thought it was too cheap. Was the sun rising from the west today?


    "This is a Mercedes-AMG GT four-door sports car, starting at 970,000!" The saleswoman said nervously.


    "970,000, still too cheap. Do you have any sports cars over a million?" Wang Bin was quite satisfied with the Mercedes-AMG GT, but lost interest again upon hearing the price was still under a million.


    "Ah, a million, yes, yes, please follow me!" The saleswoman was thrilled, thinking about the commission she could earn from selling three cars worth a million each.


    You Hongfei and Li Xingping shrugged helplessly, knowing Wang Bin was determined to make a statement, and followed him.


    "This is a Mercedes-AMG GT two-door sports car. Besides this one, there are S, C, and R series, with the R series being the most expensive!"


    Wang Bin instantly fell in love with the two-door sports car. It looked like a real sports car, with a large and long hood that exuded a sense of power.


    "Take us to see the R series." Wang Bin immediately asked the saleswoman to show them the R series upon hearing it was the most expensive.


    "Alright, this way please!" The saleswoman, though trying to control her excitement, spoke with a trembling voice, calculating that the commission from three R series cars would be enough for a down payment on a house.


    Soon, under the saleswoman''s guidance, the three arrived in front of a green Mercedes-AMG GTR sports car. Seeing the car, Wang Bin recalled scenes of car chases from movies, thinking it was incredibly cool and perfect.


    Unable to resist, Wang Bin stepped forward to touch the car. The saleswoman quickly reminded him.


    "Sir, this car costs 2.3 million!" She was genuinely worried Wang Bin might scratch the paint, a damage she couldn''t afford.


    Stolen story; please report.


    Ignoring the saleswoman, Wang Bin tossed a gold bar to her and crouched down to caress the sports car.


    The saleswoman''s first reaction upon catching the gold bar was its weight, the second was its authenticity, and the third was realizing Wang Bin was not just wealthy, but extravagantly so.


    "I''ll take this car, give me three!" Wang Bin liked it more the longer he looked, feeling a bit excited.


    Such sports cars were rare on the streets before; he had only seen them in Hollywood movies and racing games. Now, one was right in front of him and about to be his.


    No, seeing it means it''s already mine!


    "What, three! Alright, but we only have one in stock right now. The other two will take six months, no, three months, no, one month to arrive!" The saleswoman was so excited upon hearing Wang Bin wanted to buy the 2.3 million sports car that she became a bit incoherent.


    "Really? No three cars, but you have stock for other series, right?" Wang Bin felt a bit disappointed.


    "Yes, yes, we have two Mercedes-AMG GT two-door sports cars, one each from the S and C series!"


    "Alright, Hongfei, Xingping, pick one each that you like!"


    Wang Bin felt relieved knowing there were other series in stock. He didn''t want his two friends to just watch him drive while they stood by.


    Ignoring the two, Wang Bin continued to caress the sports car like it was a beauty.


    "Gentlemen, please, these are the S and C series!" The saleswoman knew who to please now and warmly welcomed You Hongfei and Li Xingping.


    "We don''t need to look, just give us the Mercedes-AMG GT two-door version," You Hongfei said, trying to save Wang Bin some money.


    "Ah, alright!" The saleswoman felt a bit disappointed that they only wanted the standard version, but the thought of her commission quickly reignited her excitement.


    Wang Bin knew it was his turn to step in, pulling out a bank card. "Can I pay by card here?"


    "Yes, yes, we also offer bank loans!" the saleswoman replied.


    "No need, we''ll pay in full," Wang Bin said calmly.


    "Ah, alright, if you pay in full, I can offer a 5% discount!"


    "Alright, thank you!"


    "No trouble at all, please come to our VIP room for some tea while I handle the paperwork!"


    "Alright, you can help with the insurance and registration too, right?"


    "Yes, yes!"


    "Good, please take care of those for us too!"


    "Alright, this way please!"


    The surrounding colleagues were stunned, realizing she had sold three sports cars in less than ten minutes, each regretting not stepping up first.


    The manager, upon hearing Wang Bin wanted to buy three sports cars at once, immediately brought a team of employees to the VIP room to enthusiastically assist with the paperwork.


    After more than ten minutes, the paperwork was finally done, and Wang Bin and his friends received their car keys.


    Wang Bin''s sports car was green, You Hongfei''s was red, and Li Xingping''s was black. Each drove their sports car, following Wang Bin to the Audi dealership.


    Wang Bin deliberately rolled down the window, letting the people inside see their faces.


    The Audi dealership manager turned green seeing them in three sports cars worth over a million each, realizing he had let such a big sale slip through his fingers.


    Feeling it wasn''t enough, Wang Bin backed his car to face the Audi dealership entrance and revved the engine hard.


    "Vroom vroom!"


    The engine roared like a beast, scaring everyone inside to step back.


    "Let''s go!"


    Having avenged himself, Wang Bin lost interest and shouted as he drove the sports car to their next destination.


    Originally, Wang Bin planned to buy a Mercedes van, but seeing the limited space, he lost interest, thinking it would be too cramped for Officer Miao and others. In the apocalypse, a Jinbei van was more practical.


    The three drove to a Jinbei dealership. Before they could speak, the owner quickly came out to greet them, and Wang Bin got straight to the point.


    "What''s the price for your largest Jinbei van?"


    "The most expensive luxury Grand Hiace is 250,000 each. Would you like to take a look inside?"


    "No need, just give me a 250,000 Grand Hiace. Help me with the registration, fill it up, and deliver a barrel of oil to Emerald Lake Garden. Can you do that?"


    "Yes, yes!"


    "Good, swipe the card!"


    "Ah, alright, please come inside, I''ll handle the paperwork for you!"


    The owner was overjoyed, seeing they didn''t even need to look at the car before paying.


    "Boss, the car better be flawless, or I''ll come back with people to cause trouble!"


    "Don''t worry, I guarantee it''s a new car with no issues. If I dare deceive you, you can come and smash my store, and I won''t complain!"


    Joking aside, someone driving three sports cars worth over a million each couldn''t be an ordinary person; he wouldn''t dare deceive Wang Bin.


    Quickly finishing the paperwork, Wang Bin instructed to leave the car keys with the security at the community when the car arrived, then drove off in his flashy sports car.


    The three filled up their sports cars at a nearby gas station and, at Wang Bin''s suggestion, decided to test the cars on the highway. You Hongfei and Li Xingping readily agreed, and the three drove their sports cars onto the highway, drawing envious gazes from countless onlookers.

 Chapter 38 - Befriending the Aristocratic Sons

    ### Chapter 38: Befriending the Aristocratic Sons


    Originally, Li Xingping planned to buy a car and then immediately visit the goldsmith. However, being in his early twenties, he got caught up in the thrill and joined Wang Bin in racing on the highway.


    Wang Bin''s sports car could accelerate from 0 to 100 km/h in just 3.6 seconds, an impressive speed. However, since he hadn''t driven much since getting his license, he kept the speed at around 160 km/h, which was still enough to overtake numerous vehicles.


    As the three raced on the highway, two sports cars suddenly appeared behind them¡ªa red Ferrari and a yellow Porsche.


    The two cars sped past them at over 200 km/h. You Hongfei and Li Xingping, full of youthful vigor, felt indignant at being overtaken and called Wang Bin.


    "Wang Bin, let''s speed up and overtake those guys!"


    "How long have you two been driving?"


    "I''ve driven my dad''s car a few times during vacations."


    "Same here, just a few times!"


    "Even though we have luxury cars, our skills aren''t up to par. How can we compete with those rich kids? Let''s just drive safely for now. I don''t want anything to happen to my new car."


    "Yeah, you''re right, Wang Bin. We were a bit impulsive!"


    Wang Bin was also reluctant, but with his current skills, it would be a dead end. His mindset had changed significantly since before.


    The owners of the two sports cars were puzzled. Usually, when they overtook other sports cars, the others would quickly catch up. But this time, even after slowing down, they didn''t see the other cars.


    "Hey, A-Qiang, why aren''t those three cars catching up?"


    "I noticed they don''t have plates yet. I guess they''re just delivery cars!"


    "Impossible. These cars wouldn''t be driven long distances before being sold!"


    "Could they be newly purchased?"


    "That''s possible. Maybe they''re breaking them in, which is why they don''t dare to speed up!"


    Unauthorized use of content: if you find this story on Amazon, report the violation.


    "So what should we do next?"


    "Anyone who can buy three Mercedes-AMG GTs at once is worth meeting."


    "Alright, let''s slow down and wait for them to catch up so we can say hello."


    "Okay!"


    The two sports cars gradually slowed to 100 km/h, and soon Wang Bin''s three cars caught up.


    Seeing Wang Bin''s car approaching, one of them drove over, rolled down the window, and shouted, "Can we talk?"


    Wang Bin smiled faintly and nodded.


    Soon, the five sports cars stopped at a gas station, attracting a crowd of onlookers.


    "Hello, I''m Liu Xinghua, and this is my friend Zhang Wenqiang," the young man in the lead said with a smile.


    "Hello, I''m Wang Bin, and these are my friends You Hongfei and Li Xingping," Wang Bin said with a smile, shaking hands with Liu Xinghua and Zhang Wenqiang.


    "I can''t quite figure you guys out," Liu Xinghua said with a smile.


    "Oh, what do you mean by that?" Wang Bin replied with a faint smile.


    "Most aristocratic sons love Ferraris and Porsches, but you three prefer Mercedes. Why is that?"


    "Well, would you believe me if I said it was just a coincidence?"


    "A coincidence, haha, alright. I''ve never driven a Mercedes GT before. I wonder how it handles?"


    "Why not try it yourself, Liu?"


    "Ah, you''re willing to let me drive your car?"


    "Why not!"


    "Haha, they say you shouldn''t lend your car or your woman, but you''re so generous. I won''t refuse! Don''t worry, my Ferrari is worth over six million. If I damage your car, I''ll compensate you with it!"


    "Haha, please!"


    Wang Bin and Liu Xinghua swapped cars, and the five of them hit the road again.


    They drove fast, but since Wang Bin''s car was new, Liu Xinghua, after reaching top speed on a straight road, controlled it back to 160 km/h. Any slower, and it wouldn''t be a sports car.


    Soon, the five of them drove into a small town, and at Liu Xinghua''s suggestion, they had a meal together.


    Liu Xinghua wanted to befriend Wang Bin, and Wang Bin, considering future business prospects, also wanted to befriend Liu Xinghua.


    They had a great time chatting over drinks, quickly learning about each other''s backgrounds.


    Liu Xinghua and Zhang Wenqiang were both from aristocratic families, but Wang Bin didn''t see the arrogance typical of such sons in movies. Instead, they were approachable.


    Upon learning that Wang Bin and his friends were still in college and planning to open a jewelry store, Liu Xinghua was very impressed and looked forward to future cooperation.


    The five exchanged contact information and parted ways, as Liu Xinghua and Zhang Wenqiang had business in D City and couldn''t stay longer.


    Wang Bin also needed to prepare supplies for the apocalypse, so they all went their separate ways.


    Back in H City, Wang Bin parted ways with You Hongfei and Li Xingping, each going about their own business.


    As Wang Bin drove to his neighborhood entrance, he saw a Jinbei van parked there.


    With a faint smile, Wang Bin went to the security office, where a young man handed him a set of keys.


    "Mr. Wang, someone asked me to give you these car keys!"


    "Thank you, much appreciated!"


    Wang Bin said, taking out two hundred yuan from his pocket and handing it to the guard. Initially, the guard refused, but after Wang Bin insisted, he finally accepted.


    Wang Bin parked his sports car and immediately drove the Jinbei van for a big shopping trip.


    With the Jinbei van as cover, he loaded the items into the van and then transferred them to his system space, leaving room for the van.


    This shopping trip was comprehensive, including food and drinks, as well as tents and raincoats.


    When the time was almost up, Wang Bin found a secluded spot and stored the Jinbei van in his system space, then went home to wait for the time to arrive.


    When the time came, Wang Bin returned to the apocalypse.


    As soon as he appeared, he smelled a strong odor of decay, which was overwhelming.


    "Ah, I hope Xiaoyue and the others are okay!"


    Wang Bin broke out in a cold sweat, pushed open the door, and was relieved to see everyone was there.


    Seeing Wang Bin suddenly appear, everyone turned to look at him.


    "Brother Wang, you''re finally back!"


    Guan Xiaoyue, seeing Wang Bin, stood up in surprise and ran over to throw herself into his arms.


    Officer Miao felt a pang of jealousy seeing Guan Xiaoyue in Wang Bin''s embrace.


    "Wang Bin, you''re back!" Li Chengping said happily, walking over and patting Wang Bin on the shoulder.


    "How have you all been?"


    "Good, nothing happened!"


    "Then why is there such a strong odor of decay?"


    "Haha, didn''t you kill a lot of zombies before you left? After you left, the weather cleared up, and the sun made the zombie corpses smell!"


    "Why didn''t you move to another place?"


    "Well, we were worried you wouldn''t find us when you returned!"


    "Haha, alright, no more talking. Let''s have a good meal tonight and leave here first thing in the morning!"


    "Okay!"

 Chapter 39 - On the road again

    Chapter 39: On the Road Again


    That night, everyone sang and danced, enjoying the feast of wine and meat.


    While they were having a great time, the villagers next door were feeling quite frustrated. They had lured thousands of zombies, but the group next door managed to kill them all in just three days. Moreover, they had wine and meat every day, while the villagers could only endure hunger.


    The next morning, after breakfast, everyone started packing up to leave. Before they departed, Wang Bin took out a bag of rice and left it in the house.


    "Wang Bin, what are you doing?"


    "Thanking them for luring the zombies for us!"


    "They trapped us with zombies, and you¡¯re thanking them?"


    "They didn¡¯t harm us, did they? Besides, I grew stronger because of the zombies they attracted. This bag of rice is nothing to me, so giving it to them doesn¡¯t matter. In the apocalypse, life is hard for everyone. I just hope they can survive a bit longer."


    "Alright, it¡¯s your rice. Do as you wish!"


    Seeing they couldn¡¯t persuade Wang Bin, everyone followed him.


    To keep his secret, Wang Bin didn¡¯t immediately take out the Jinbei Van. Instead, he walked a long distance until there was no one around before bringing it out.


    Everyone was delighted to see the Jinbei Van. With the van, they wouldn¡¯t have to walk anymore. Although the roads were littered with abandoned vehicles, making driving difficult, the van¡¯s high chassis and powerful engine allowed them to take side roads instead of highways.


    The Jinbei Van was spacious, with a seat for everyone and plenty of room for other items. Everyone was in high spirits.


    Wang Bin drove the Jinbei Van along the rugged path. Occasionally, abandoned vehicles blocked the way, but they worked together to push them aside and continued. Though not as fast as on a highway, it was much quicker than walking and much safer.


    After Wang Bin and the others left, the villagers rushed into the house they had stayed in. Upon reaching the third floor, they immediately spotted the bag of rice.


    "Look, there¡¯s a bag of rice here!"


    "How is there rice here?"


    "No idea. Did they forget to take it?"The narrative has been illicitly obtained; should you discover it on Amazon, report the violation.


    "Impossible. Rice is so precious; how could they forget it!"


    "Did they poison the rice to kill us?"


    "Come on, they have so many guns. If they wanted to kill us, it would be easy. Why go to such lengths!"


    "Exactly, even if the rice is poisoned, I¡¯d still eat it. I haven¡¯t had rice in years!"


    "Right, eating white rice is worth it, even if it means dying!"


    "Then what are we waiting for? Let¡¯s start cooking!"


    "Yes, let¡¯s cook. I want a big bowl of white rice!"


    "Why wait? Start the fire!"


    The villagers, overjoyed, gathered firewood and started cooking right in the house Wang Bin and his group had stayed in. As they ate the white rice, many shed tears, crying out that they had wronged them, yet they were still treated kindly.


    With the Jinbei Van, Wang Bin and Officer Miao took turns driving, stopping and starting on the small road for two days, covering seven hundred kilometers.


    In the past, this distance would have taken half a day on the highway. But now, they were on side roads, frequently blocked by abandoned cars and zombies, slowing them down. However, walking this distance would have taken at least two weeks.


    "There¡¯s no road ahead!"


    Hearing Officer Miao, Wang Bin went to the front to take a look and asked her to stop the van. He climbed onto the roof to survey the area.


    The path ended at a small mountain village, with no road beyond it.


    "Get off, and bring your luggage."


    "What about the van? Should we take the gasoline and find another vehicle after descending the mountain?"


    "No, you forget, I can make the van appear and disappear. We can bring it out again once we find a road."


    "Wang Bin, your ability is truly amazing!"


    "It¡¯s alright. Everyone, grab your luggage, and let¡¯s go on foot!"


    "After two days in the van, my legs and backside are sore. It¡¯s good to stretch them!"


    Bao and Little Nan quickly grabbed their luggage and got off the van.


    To avoid suspicion, Wang Bin had bought everyone a backpack, each containing some food and water. This way, even if someone noticed them, they wouldn¡¯t be alarmed by the sudden appearance of so much food.


    Once everyone was off the van, Wang Bin stored the Jinbei Van back into the System space.


    "Wang Bin, shouldn¡¯t we rest in the village?"


    "No, it¡¯s still early, and I brought tents. We can camp in the mountains overnight."


    "Alright, let¡¯s go then!"


    Hearing Wang Bin mention the tents, everyone felt reassured. Previously, without tents, they had been bitten by mosquitoes at night.


    The mosquitoes in the apocalypse were much worse than before, causing large, itchy welts with every bite. Although not deadly, the itching was unbearable, and Wang Bin hadn¡¯t brought any anti-itch ointment, so they had to endure it. Now, with tents, they didn¡¯t have to worry about mosquitoes or rain at night.


    As dusk approached, they reached the peak of a mountain and saw a vast plain with a large city on it.


    "Wang Bin, are we going into the city?"


    "I¡¯m considering it."


    "Oh, what¡¯s your thought process?"


    "If we¡¯re just looking for a settlement, we should bypass it. But there are things I need in the city."


    "Gold?"


    "Yes, gold and high-end jewelry. Our food doesn¡¯t appear out of thin air; it¡¯s obtained through equivalent exchange. If we want a steady supply of food, I need to acquire gold and jewelry to trade for more food for everyone."


    "Since you¡¯ve said that, why hesitate? Let¡¯s go into the city."


    "But I don¡¯t know if there are gangs like the Mad Sand Gang in the city. Entering might be dangerous, and someone could die."


    "It¡¯s okay, we have guns. As long as we¡¯re careful, we should be fine."


    "Maybe. Let¡¯s rest here tonight, and I¡¯ll think it over."


    "Alright, take your time. I¡¯ll help them set up the tents!"


    "Okay!"


    Officer Miao left Wang Bin to help the others with the tents.


    After she left, Wang Bin sat alone on a large rock at the mountain¡¯s peak, gazing at the distant, shadowy city.


    In the past, he would have entered the city without hesitation to collect gold and jewelry. But now, with Guan Xiaoyue, Officer Miao, and others by his side, he felt responsible for their safety.


    Yet, without collecting gold and jewelry, he couldn¡¯t participate in the System¡¯s lottery. He urgently needed to replenish ammunition, but the only way to obtain it was through the System¡¯s lottery.


    Each lottery draw required a hundred kilograms of gold, which was no small amount. Even then, there was only a fifty percent chance of getting an item, and even if he did, it might not be what he needed, like the time he got spicy strips. Spending a hundred kilograms of gold for a pack of spicy strips was infuriating.


    Fortunately, the System brought good news: it could be upgraded after spending five thousand kilograms of gold. Once upgraded, the System would open a marketplace, allowing him to directly exchange gold and jewelry for goods. Therefore, he urgently needed to find five thousand kilograms of gold to upgrade the System.


    Caught between the System and everyone¡¯s safety, Wang Bin found it difficult to decide.

 Chapter 40 - The will of the people

    Chapter 40: Everyone''s Intentions


    Seeing Wang Bin standing alone, deep in thought as he looked at the city below, everyone was puzzled, not understanding why he was like this.


    "Sister Miao, what''s going on with Brother Wang?" Guan Xiaoyue cautiously asked.


    "He''s thinking about whether or not to enter the city," Officer Miao thought for a moment and then explained.


    "Ah, enter the city? If he wants to go, he should just go. Why think so much?"


    "You, you haven''t thought it through. With so many of us, entering the city might be dangerous."


    "Then we just don''t go into the city!"


    "If we don''t go into the city, where will our food come from? You don''t think our food just magically appears, do you? Wang Bin exchanged gold and jewelry for it."


    "Oh, I see!"


    While Officer Miao and Guan Xiaoyue were chatting, everyone else listened quietly. It was indeed a difficult dilemma.


    Entering the city might be dangerous, but without entering, how could they exchange gold and jewelry for food?


    "Sister Miao, just tell Brother Wang that we''ll go with him into the city to find gold."


    "Bao is right. Everything we have now is thanks to Uncle Wang. What''s a little risk if we go with him into the city? Besides, we''re not rookies, and we have guns. What are we afraid of?"


    "Xiao Miao, just talk to Wang Bin. We can protect ourselves, so he doesn''t need to worry."


    "Yes, Master!"


    For Officer Miao, being able to help Wang Bin was a happy thing, after all, he had done so much for them. But this matter concerned everyone''s safety, so she couldn''t make a decision for everyone. Hearing everyone''s words, she finally felt relieved, gave a grateful smile, and walked towards Wang Bin.


    "Wang Bin, still thinking about it?"


    "Yeah, I''ve decided. We''ll take a detour. Everyone''s safety comes first."


    This content has been misappropriated from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere.


    As he said this, it was as if a huge weight was lifted from Wang Bin''s chest, and he felt much lighter.


    Gold was important, but so were lives. Besides, he valued friendship and loyalty. Otherwise, he wouldn''t have given You Hongfei and Li Xingping a million each after they helped him, and later gave them shares to open a store and buy sports cars.


    To him, money was important, but friendship and brotherhood were even more important.


    With his current funds and gold, living a high life in the real world was easy.


    For now, they just needed to find a safe haven where everyone''s lives could be protected, and then they could exchange food for gold.


    Officer Miao didn''t expect Wang Bin to suggest taking a detour, and her impression of him improved even more.


    "It''s okay, we just discussed it. Everyone supports you entering the city, and we''ll help you collect gold." Officer Miao smiled gently, placing her hand on Wang Bin''s arm.


    "Ah!" Wang Bin was very surprised when he heard this. He turned to look at everyone and found them all smiling at him.


    "But going into the city together is very dangerous!"


    "It is a bit dangerous. How about this, we first find a place to settle them and let Uncle Li protect them. Xiaoyue and I will go into the city with you to scout the situation. What do you think of this plan?"


    "Yeah, that''s a good plan. Tomorrow, we''ll first go down the mountain to find a place for Uncle Li and the others, then the three of us will go into the city to scout the situation before making a decision."


    "Okay!"


    After discussing, the two walked towards everyone, and Wang Bin shared their plan with the group.


    Bao and Little Nan initially wanted to go into the city with them, but Wang Bin stopped them. After all, they were still young, and if they left, the only one who could really shoot would be Li Chengping, whose mobility was limited.


    After some training, Bao and Little Nan''s shooting skills had improved significantly. Staying behind, they could help Uncle Li with defense. As long as they didn''t encounter a large group of zombies or many armed people, they should be able to hold their ground.


    After setting up the tents, everyone started preparing dinner. After dinner, Wang Bin took out a guitar from the system space and smiled at everyone, "Do you want to hear some guitar music?"


    "Yes!"


    "Wow, Uncle Wang, I want to hear it, I want to hear it!"


    "Brother Wang, you''re amazing, you can even play the guitar!"


    "Wang Bin, you''re full of surprises!"


    "Let me say this first, I''ve only been learning for two years, so don''t blame me if it''s not good!"


    "Of course not, just play!"


    Wang Bin nodded, gently strummed the guitar to test the sound, and, finding no issues, began to play.


    Wang Bin played the classic "Hotel California," and soon everyone was immersed in the guitar music, feeling everything the song expressed.


    Apart from Wang Bin, only Officer Miao had some understanding of music, but as the saying goes, music knows no boundaries. Even though they couldn''t understand Wang Bin''s English, they could feel the beautiful yet slightly melancholic melody of the song.


    Slowly, everyone was absorbed in Wang Bin''s guitar music, with only the occasional crackling of the campfire breaking the silence.


    The song was long, so long that people lost track of time. When Wang Bin stopped, they realized everyone was staring blankly ahead, lost in thought.


    Wang Bin initially just wanted to show off his playing skills with the classic "Hotel California," but he didn''t expect it to evoke memories for everyone, making him feel a bit regretful.


    In the midst of the apocalypse, they should be given more joy.


    "Shall I play a cheerful tune for everyone?"


    "Ah, okay!" Officer Miao originally wanted to ask what the song was called, but seeing everyone''s expressions, she understood Wang Bin''s intention and nodded without saying more.


    Next, Wang Bin played a few more upbeat songs like "The Moon Represents My Heart" and "Descendants of the Dragon," which everyone listened to with rapt attention.


    Especially Bao and Wang Nan, who came over to sit beside Wang Bin, asking him to teach them to play. Wang Bin smiled and agreed, thinking it was a good way to pass the time on such a night.


    Time passed slowly, the stars in the sky twinkled and gradually faded. If it weren''t for the zombies, this would have been such a beautiful night.


    Even though they were on the mountaintop, they still arranged for two people to stand guard. To let Wang Bin and the others rest well, Li Chengping volunteered to take the second half of the night shift. Wang Bin appreciated his gesture and took out a Da Zhong Jiu from the system space to give to him.


    "Ah, Wang Bin, I still have more than half left from last time!"


    "It''s okay, just smoke it. I have more!"


    "Thanks!"


    Li Chengping accepted with a smile.


    In the real world, Wang Bin would definitely advise Li Chengping to smoke less for his health, but in the apocalypse, he wouldn''t do that. No one knew what the future held, and cigarettes were a kind of solace.

 Chapter 41 - To gather information

    Chapter 41: Gathering Information


    The next morning, after breakfast, everyone packed up the tents and set off again. Before leaving, Wang Bin had already planned the route.


    First, he led the group to a village outside the city, found a standalone building, and helped Li Chengping and the others set up some defenses. Then, he headed towards the city with Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao.


    To deter any potential troublemakers nearby, Wang Bin and his group fired a few shots, instantly clearing out the surrounding zombies.


    Hearing such intense gunfire, any petty criminals would certainly think twice before causing trouble.


    Wang Bin carried a small backpack to avoid drawing attention, while Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao traveled light, carrying only guns and ammunition.


    After some exploration, Wang Bin now knew which roads were passable and which were not. The three of them quickly reached the urban area.


    This city was larger than the one Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao had been in before, but it was also more desolate, with more zombies on the streets. Wang Bin dared not shoot zombies here, as they could easily become surrounded.


    After walking for a while, they found a main street blocked by debris, with seven or eight people standing behind it, all armed. The sight made the three of them uneasy.


    "Why are there so many guards here?" Officer Miao asked, frowning slightly.


    "Could this be a gathering place?" Guan Xiaoyue wondered.


    "Impossible. Although they have guns and have set up simple defenses, they don''t look like soldiers, and there are too few guards. I guess it''s a local faction," Wang Bin analyzed simply.


    "That makes sense. So what do we do now?" Guan Xiaoyue asked.


    "Wait and see what happens," Wang Bin replied after some thought.


    The three of them waited for two hours, but no one went in or out, and Wang Bin was getting restless.


    "Let''s look around and see if there''s a way to sneak in."


    Unauthorized duplication: this tale has been taken without consent. Report sightings.


    "Okay!"


    The three of them followed the perimeter wall for a long distance, but several entrances were blocked, and they couldn''t get in.


    "What now?" Guan Xiaoyue asked anxiously.


    "Follow me!" Wang Bin said, leading them back to a section of the wall over four meters high.


    "Brother Wang, why did you bring us here?" Guan Xiaoyue asked, puzzled.


    "It''s simple, we''re going to climb in," Wang Bin said with a mysterious smile.


    "How do we climb? The wall''s so high. Are we going to make a human ladder?"


    "Sort of. Officer Miao, please squat by the wall, Xiaoyue, keep watch."


    "Okay!"


    Neither Officer Miao nor Guan Xiaoyue objected and followed Wang Bin''s instructions.


    Wang Bin took a few steps back, then suddenly accelerated, using his "Crossing the River on a Reed" skill. When he reached Officer Miao, he lightly stepped on her shoulder and leaped over three meters high, grabbing the top of the wall and pulling himself up.


    Guan Xiaoyue was startled by Wang Bin''s jump but said nothing, keeping her gun ready and watching the surroundings.


    "Xiaoyue, jump up, I''ll pull you!"


    After climbing up, Wang Bin lay flat on the wall and extended his hand to Guan Xiaoyue.


    Without a word, Guan Xiaoyue ran over, lightly stepped on Officer Miao''s shoulder, and jumped high. Wang Bin grabbed her hand firmly and pulled her up.


    Once Guan Xiaoyue was up, they both lay on the wall and extended their hands. When Officer Miao jumped, they grabbed her hand and pulled her up together.


    The three of them stayed on the wall, observing the situation inside.


    They saw a large area enclosed by the wall, with many people inside. They counted over three hundred visible people, and who knew how many were inside the buildings.


    Most people inside didn''t have guns and were working with their heads down. Some were farming, while others were doing various odd jobs.


    "This looks like a small settlement, but it doesn''t seem to be run by the government or military. It must be some faction''s doing."


    "So what do we do?"


    "I think we should go in through the front gate. That way, our story will make sense."


    "But what if they confiscate our guns?"


    "That''s easy. I''ll hold onto your guns for now and give them back when needed. Also, I won''t pack too much food in my backpack, just some bread and water."


    "Alright, let''s do it your way!"


    The three of them jumped down from the wall. Wang Bin collected their guns and adjusted his backpack, leaving only five packs of bread and three bottles of water before heading to the gate.


    "Stop, what do you want?"


    "We just came from another city and want to take shelter here!"


    As soon as they approached the gate, they caught the guards'' attention, who raised their guns at them.


    "You can come in, but you have to hand over food, understand?" the leader, a burly man, said smugly.


    "Understood, understood!" Wang Bin and the others feigned fear and nodded quickly.


    "Come on, but don''t try anything funny, or I''ll blow your brains out!"


    "We wouldn''t dare!"


    "Open your backpack!"


    "This is all our food."


    "We know, we know. You want to come in, right? We have to check if you''re carrying any dangerous items."


    "Alright!"


    Wang Bin pretended to be very scared and slowly opened his backpack.


    The leader impatiently pushed Wang Bin aside and dumped everything out of the backpack. His eyes lit up at the sight of the food.


    "Bread!"


    "And it''s so well-packaged."


    Before Wang Bin could react, the man had already bent down and grabbed four bags of bread, leaving only one for Wang Bin and the others. As for the water, they didn''t take any since they had enough.


    "Hey, that''s our food! You can''t do this!" Wang Bin acted angry and tried to retrieve the food, but as soon as he moved, several men around him grinned and pointed their guns at his head.


    "Kid, don''t be stupid. If you know what''s good for you, get inside quickly, or you''ll never get in once I change my mind!"


    "Haha!"


    Wang Bin and the others feigned fear and ran inside.


    Seeing their embarrassed state, the guards laughed triumphantly, and snippets of their conversation could be heard.


    "Boss, we''re in luck this time, getting so much bread. You have to share some with us."


    "Don''t worry, you''ll get your share. Two bags go to the higher-ups, one for me, and the rest for you guys."


    "Thanks, Boss!"


    Once Wang Bin and the others were out of earshot, their expressions returned to normal, full of disdain. They were sick of the bread anyway and didn''t care about it. They wouldn''t have acted so pitifully if not for gathering information.

 Chapter 42 - Helping Dazhu

    Chapter 42: Helping Dazhu


    As soon as the three of them walked in, they quickly caught the attention of many people.


    "Are you three new here?" a man with a rifle slung over his shoulder asked with a smile.


    "Yes, we just arrived from another city. Could you please tell us about the situation here, brother?"


    "Sure, sure. Our boss here is called Boss Jin. He''s the most powerful figure in this city. If you want to stay here, you''ll have to trade your labor for food. Of course, you can also go out to find food or other valuable items to trade. Got it?"


    "Got it, got it. Thank you for the advice, brother!"


    "Alright, you three go over there to register. As for a place to stay, you can choose any unoccupied room in those buildings over there."


    "Thank you, brother!"


    "Okay, go register now!"


    Wang Bin and the others agreed and headed to the registration desk.


    "Do you have your ID?" The person at the registration desk was a woman in her forties, who had an air of superiority and spoke with a tone of impatience.


    "We lost it a long time ago."


    "Lost it, fine. Just write down your names, gender, age, and the city you previously lived in."


    With that, the middle-aged woman impatiently pushed a notebook toward the three of them.


    Wang Bin gestured for Officer Miao to fill it out first, followed by Guan Xiaoyue, and finally himself.


    After registering, Wang Bin thanked her and walked away, then began to explore the surroundings.


    After a tour, Wang Bin realized this must have been a high-end residential area that had been repurposed.


    The community was quite large, with over a dozen buildings. The areas previously used for greenery had been converted into farmland, but the scale was small and couldn''t possibly feed everyone here.


    Seeing this, Wang Bin had a rough idea about the place.


    Stolen from its original source, this story is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings.


    "Let''s find a place to settle first, and then look for an opportunity to gather more information about this place!"


    The three of them entered one of the buildings and climbed a few floors before heading down a corridor.


    Most of the doors in this building had been broken, and upon entering, they found that anything useful had already been taken.


    Wang Bin chose a room at the end of the corridor. The door could barely close, but at night, they would need to block it with something to prevent anyone from sneaking in and slitting their throats while they slept.


    "This will be our temporary residence for now. Let''s wait here, and when they finish their work and rest, we''ll go down to gather some information."


    "Okay!"


    Each of the three went to a window and secretly observed the situation outside.


    As the sun was setting, the workers finally stopped and lined up to receive food. Wang Bin took out his binoculars and saw that each person''s plate held only a tiny portion of food, not enough to fill them, yet no one complained as they quietly lined up.


    Wang Bin noticed that one burly man, after receiving his food, didn''t eat it immediately like the others. Instead, he carefully carried his plate toward the building they were in.


    After the man entered the building, he quickly emerged carrying a girl about thirteen or fourteen years old, rushing toward the crowd. Soon, an argument broke out over there.


    "Let''s go check it out!" Seeing the commotion, Wang Bin quickly called Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao to head downstairs.


    When they arrived, they learned that the man''s sister had a high fever, and he wanted Boss Jin''s doctor to take a look. However, the doctor refused unless he had food or something valuable to offer.


    In the end, the man even knelt before the doctor to save his sister, but the doctor still heartlessly refused.


    "Dazhu, I think you should try looking for a pharmacy to see if there are any medicines."


    "The nearby pharmacies have been raided countless times. How could there still be any medicine?"


    "True, I guess you''ll have to try the North Side of the City!"


    "There are so many zombies on the North Side; going there is suicide!"


    "I''ll go!"


    Hearing the discussions, the man resolutely stood up with his sister in his arms and headed back to the building.


    His sister was his only family now. If anything happened to her, he didn''t know how he would go on.


    Seeing Dazhu carrying his sister back, everyone couldn''t help but sigh.


    The North Side of the City was crawling with zombies; going there was a death sentence. They could already foresee Dazhu meeting his end at the hands of zombies.


    "Let''s go."


    Once Dazhu was out of sight, Wang Bin led Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao to follow him.


    As soon as Dazhu entered the building with his sister, Wang Bin and the others quickly followed.


    Dazhu was very cautious. Seeing Wang Bin and the others approaching, he immediately retreated to a corner, watching them warily.


    Dazhu''s gaze was sharp, and Wang Bin could sense a fierce aura emanating from him.


    "Don''t misunderstand. I just heard you need medicine. We just arrived from another city and happen to have some with us." Wang Bin said, taking out a medical kit from his backpack and handing some fever-reducing medicine to Dazhu. Of course, he took it from his backpack instead of directly from the System to avoid arousing suspicion.


    "What do you want?" Even though Dazhu desperately needed the medicine, he didn''t take it immediately. He knew there were no free lunches, especially in the apocalypse. If someone offered you something you needed, they surely wanted something in return.


    "I don''t want anything. I just want to help you," Wang Bin said with a faint smile.


    "I don''t believe you could be so kind-hearted," Dazhu replied, still refusing to take the medicine from Wang Bin.


    "Why are you being so stubborn? Your sister is burning up, and you''re still hesitating here. Do you want to save her or not?" Guan Xiaoyue, being impatient, couldn''t stand Dazhu''s reluctance and snapped at him.


    Hearing Guan Xiaoyue''s words, Dazhu remembered his sister in his arms and reluctantly accepted the medicine, his eyes red with emotion.


    Yes, his sister was burning up. He needed to treat her first. Even if they demanded his life afterward, he would accept it.


    Taking Wang Bin''s medicine, Dazhu quickly carried his sister back to the room, and Wang Bin and the others followed.


    "Move aside, you''re too clumsy. Do you even know how to take care of someone? Boil some water and bring a clean towel," Guan Xiaoyue ordered Dazhu as she saw his awkwardness.


    "Oh, okay!" Dazhu replied mechanically and went to boil water.


    "I''ll help you," Officer Miao said with a gentle smile, following Dazhu.


    Soon, the water was boiled. After giving Dazhu''s sister the medicine, Guan Xiaoyue used a warm towel to help reduce her fever.


    Half an hour later, Dazhu''s sister''s fever finally subsided.


    "Thank you!" Dazhu finally breathed a sigh of relief and sincerely thanked the three of them.


    "You''re welcome. Actually, we helped you because we need your help with something," Wang Bin said with a faint smile.


    Hearing this, Dazhu''s heart sank. As expected, there were no free lunches in this world, and now the real issue was at hand.

 Chapter 43 - Li Dazhus past

    Chapter 43: Li Dazhu''s Past


    "So, what do you want me to do?"


    "Nothing much, I just want to know about the situation here, as detailed as possible."


    "Ah, that''s it?" Li Dazhu was stunned by Wang Bin''s words. He hadn''t expected the request to be so simple; he thought it would be excessive and had even prepared himself for sacrifice.


    "What did you think it would be? Oh, I forgot to introduce myself. I''m Wang Bin, and these are my companions, Guan Xiaoyue and Miao Ruyun. She used to be a police officer, so you can call her Officer Miao." Wang Bin smiled at Dazhu''s reaction.


    "That''s simple. I''ll tell you everything I know. By the way, I''m Li Dazhu, and this is my sister, Li Xiaolu."


    "Have a sip of water first." Wang Bin said, handing a bottle of cola from his backpack to Li Dazhu.


    "Wow, you actually have cola!" Li Dazhu exclaimed in surprise upon seeing the cola.


    Wang Bin quickly made a shushing gesture, and Li Dazhu realized he had been a bit too loud, blushing slightly.


    Li Dazhu took the cola but didn''t drink it, instead placing it beside his still-sleeping sister.


    Wang Bin didn''t press him and admired Li Dazhu''s care for his sister even in the apocalypse, a rare quality.


    "What did you do before the apocalypse?"


    "I was in the military. I had just been discharged when..."


    "You weren''t just an ordinary soldier, were you?"


    "Well, I had a chance to become a special forces soldier, but I got injured during the exams and ended up as a reconnaissance soldier."


    "Reconnaissance soldiers are impressive too!"


    This novel''s true home is a different platform. Support the author by finding it there.


    "You seem to have an aura about you. Were you in the special forces?"


    "No, I''m just a college student, but I learned some martial arts."


    "Oh!"


    "Can you tell us more about the situation here?"


    Li Dazhu agreed and began to explain the situation.


    The leader of this city, Boss Jin, used to be in real estate. After the apocalypse, he quickly gathered his company''s security and some idle people to form this place. Boss Jin currently has two hundred men and seventy to eighty guns. Besides Boss Jin''s people, there are over seven hundred others here, who trade labor for food from Boss Jin.


    "You said there are only seven hundred people here?" Wang Bin frowned, questioning the number Li Dazhu mentioned.


    "That''s right, only over seven hundred are still alive."


    "But when registering, I secretly counted the names in the book. Each page had about sixty names, and there were at least seventy to eighty pages. There should be four thousand people. Even with some losses, it shouldn''t be this few."


    "I didn''t expect you to notice this detail so quickly. You''re impressive!" Li Dazhu exclaimed at Wang Bin''s analysis.


    Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao then realized why Wang Bin had them register first. He was counting the people. They admired his attention to detail and reminded themselves to be more observant in the future.


    "Brother Li, can you tell us the secret behind this?"


    "At first, I didn''t notice, but when some people who went out with Boss Jin''s men to find food never returned, I became suspicious. After observing, I found that people mysteriously disappear here from time to time. My investigation revealed that those missing people were killed by Boss Jin''s men and secretly brought back here. Some of the food we eat is actually the meat of those dead people."


    "What! You knew this and stayed?" Wang Bin and the others were shocked.


    "I wanted to leave, but my sister is weak and often sick. I wanted to wait until she was better. Also, Boss Jin tried to recruit me because of my military background, but knowing their deeds, I couldn''t join them. I asked them to help my sister, which was simple, but they made it difficult to force me to join!" Li Dazhu lowered his head in helplessness, tears in his eyes.


    Even knowing the food was human flesh, he had to pretend not to know for his sister''s sake. His heart was heavy.


    "Brother, don''t be sad. I''ll get better soon!"


    At that moment, Li Xiaolu woke up, reaching out her frail hand to hold Li Dazhu''s.


    "Ah, Xiaolu, you''re awake. Are you hungry? I''ll find something for you to eat." Li Dazhu was overjoyed to see his sister awake, wiping his tears and asking her.


    "I''m not hungry," Li Xiaolu smiled faintly.


    "It''s my fault!" Seeing Li Xiaolu''s pale face and frail body, Li Dazhu couldn''t help but blame himself.


    "No, you''re the best brother!" Li Xiaolu smiled.


    Seeing this, Wang Bin couldn''t stand it anymore. He took a small bag of millet from his backpack and handed it to Officer Miao, saying, "Officer Miao, please make some millet porridge for them."


    "Okay." Officer Miao took the millet and left the room to cook.


    "Wow, you even have millet?" Li Dazhu and his sister were surprised to see Wang Bin take out the millet.


    "We found it in another city," Wang Bin explained with a smile.


    "Thank you. My life is yours from now on!" Li Dazhu hadn''t expected anyone to offer them millet porridge without asking for anything in return, especially after saving his sister''s life. Overwhelmed, he knelt before Wang Bin.


    "Ah, Brother Li, what are you doing? Please get up!" Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue were startled by Li Dazhu''s action and quickly helped him up.


    "I''m a person who repays kindness. You saved my sister and gave us millet. From now on, my life is yours. I''ll do whatever you ask!"


    "Really, anything?"


    "Of course, but I''d rather die than do something as despicable as Boss Jin''s deeds!"


    "Haha, good. That''s what I wanted to hear. By saying that, it shows you haven''t lost your humanity. If you had said you''d do anything, I might not have accepted you!"


    "Thank you!"


    Li Dazhu was so moved that he almost cried again. When Wang Bin asked if he''d do anything, he almost said yes.


    He didn''t expect his goodness to save him at the last moment, giving him a chance to join Wang Bin''s team.


    Years later, when Li Dazhu recalled this day, he always said he was lucky and never regretted his choice. But that''s a story for another time.

 Chapter 44 - The opportunity has come

    Chapter 44: The Opportunity Arises


    "By the way, do you know where the gold in this city is?" Wang Bin, seeing that Li Dazhu seemed reliable, revealed the purpose of his visit.


    "Gold? It''s all been moved to the building where Boss Jin lives. What do you want gold for? It''s useless now," Li Dazhu said in surprise.


    "Oh, moved to his building? What''s he doing with it?"


    "Before the apocalypse, Boss Jin was already obsessed with gold. It''s said that many of his office supplies were gold-plated. When the apocalypse hit and most people fled the city, he had people open the bank vaults and move the gold here. Then he had it melted down to make a huge golden dragon bed, a dragon throne, and a dragon table. Oh, and a set of pure gold bowls and chopsticks."


    "Damn, this guy really knows how to enjoy himself. Does he think he''s some kind of local emperor?" Wang Bin couldn''t help but curse upon hearing Li Dazhu''s words. This guy was really living it up.


    "You hit the nail on the head. He does see himself as the local emperor here!" Li Dazhu said with a bitter smile.


    "This Boss Jin is quite the weirdo!" Guan Xiaoyue couldn''t help but exclaim.


    "Dinner''s ready!" Officer Miao soon finished cooking millet porridge and called everyone in to eat.


    "Really, it''s ready?" Li Dazhu asked in disbelief.


    "Yes, it''s ready. Xiaolu has a high fever and couldn''t eat anything else, so I made millet porridge. Once she feels better, we''ll make white rice for her."


    "Wow, there''s even white rice!"


    "Not just white rice, but also various pork, beef, and fresh vegetables. Eat to your heart''s content!"


    "Alright, you go ahead and help yourself. I''ll feed Xiaolu."


    "Thank you!"


    Li Dazhu held back tears and went to get some millet porridge.


    To make it tastier, Wang Bin added a bit of sugar to the millet porridge, leaving Li Dazhu speechless, with tears streaming down his face. In the end, his bowl of porridge even tasted a bit salty!This story has been taken without authorization. Report any sightings.


    Now that Wang Bin knew where the city''s gold was, he had a clear goal. However, stealing Boss Jin''s golden bed would be extremely difficult.


    This community was developed by Boss Jin, and he occupied the best building. His room was on the top floor, guarded by over a hundred people, making it very difficult to sneak in.


    After finishing the millet porridge, Wang Bin revealed his plan.


    "Brother Li, do you have any way for us to sneak in?"


    "Just call me Dazhu; that''s what everyone calls me."


    "Alright, Dazhu, do you have any ideas on how we can get into Boss Jin''s building?"


    "The building is heavily guarded, but there might be a way."


    "Oh, what way?"


    "We could sneak into the basement first, then climb up the elevator shaft using ropes. But Boss Jin''s room is on the 39th floor, so climbing all the way up in one go is very difficult. It would be best to find a way to distract some of the guards before making a move. That way, even if we''re discovered, escaping would be relatively easier."


    "Looks like we need to create some chaos for them!"


    "How do we create chaos?"


    "Dazhu, you said Boss Jin sends people out to look for food from time to time and then secretly kills some of them. How long until the next time?"


    "It should be soon, but I''m not sure. Their timing is irregular, but it should be soon!"


    "That''s good. Next time they go out to look for food, we''ll volunteer to help. Once we''re out, we''ll take them down first. Then we''ll reveal the truth to the others, and they''ll be furious. You can lead them to create some trouble for Boss Jin outside, while I sneak into his lair to steal the gold."


    "But they have guns. How can we fight them? Even if our plan succeeds, how will you carry the gold? It''s heavy, and without machinery, even dozens of people couldn''t move it."


    "Don''t worry about that. I''ll provide you with guns, and I have my own way of moving the gold. Are you willing to follow me?"


    With that, Wang Bin took a handgun from his backpack and opened the magazine, revealing shiny golden bullets inside.


    "Alright, I''ve said before, my life is yours. Just say the word, and I''ll follow without question."


    Seeing the gun in Wang Bin''s hand, Li Dazhu''s confidence soared, and he loudly promised, pounding his chest.


    "Good, then we''ll quietly wait for the right moment."


    "Yes!"


    That night, to avoid letting others know they had food, Wang Bin didn''t cook but took out some instant food, which left Li Dazhu and his sister speechless.


    "Don''t worry. As long as you follow my brother and work hard, you''ll never go hungry!" Guan Xiaoyue, showing her talent as a persuasive speaker, tempted Li Dazhu.


    "Don''t worry, I, Li Dazhu, will keep my word and never let you down!" Li Dazhu quickly pounded his chest again to show his loyalty.


    The next morning, to avoid arousing Boss Jin''s suspicion, Li Dazhu took Wang Bin and the others to do labor. However, after lining up for food, they didn''t eat it but quietly disposed of it.


    Who would dare eat it, knowing it might be human meat?


    For two days, Wang Bin and the others stayed with Li Dazhu without seeing any action from Boss Jin.


    As time passed, Wang Bin began to worry. In three days, he would have to return to the real world, where one day equaled seven days in the apocalypse world. Would Boss Jin take action during those seven days? If he did, Wang Bin would miss a great opportunity and have to wait until next month.


    Another concern was that Li Chengping and the others were waiting for their news. The longer it took, the more worried they would become, and their situation would become more dangerous.


    After all, only Li Chengping could fight there, while Bao and Little Nan were too young.


    Wang Bin decided that if there was no news today, he would take Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao back, telling the guards they were going out to scavenge. They could share half of what they found.


    As Wang Bin pondered his next move, a group of people approached from a distance.


    "See that fat guy in the shiny gold outfit? That''s Boss Jin!" Li Dazhu quickly whispered to Wang Bin and the others.


    Following Li Dazhu''s direction, Wang Bin and the others saw a man in a gold outfit, gleaming in the sunlight, leading the group.


    Seeing Boss Jin''s attire, Wang Bin couldn''t help but chuckle. This Boss Jin was indeed a weirdo.


    Besides his gold outfit, Boss Jin held a gold scepter, looking every bit like a pharaoh.


    When Boss Jin appeared, everyone stopped working to look at him.


    They knew Boss Jin rarely came down, and his appearance meant there would be action.


    Everyone watched Boss Jin with anticipation, but some older folks, like Li Dazhu, were worried.


    Boss Jin''s rewards were not easy to earn; many people died each time, and it was uncertain if they would survive to claim them.

 Chapter 45 - The eve of action

    Chapter 45: The Eve of Action


    After Boss Jin arrived, he immediately gathered everyone together, then made his way to the high platform surrounded by bodyguards.


    Boss Jin looked to be in his forties, with a slightly plump figure. As he walked, his hips swayed left and right like a duck, which was so comical that Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao almost couldn''t hold back their laughter.


    "Yesterday, I received some news. There''s an underground warehouse in the North Side of the City. I need to recruit a group of brave souls. Anyone who participates and returns will get a bowl of white rice, and if there''s a harvest, you can even have some wine!"


    Upon hearing there would be white rice and wine, everyone''s eyes lit up, but the thought of the zombie horde in the North Side made them a bit hesitant.


    The zombie horde in the North Side was no joke, with over a million zombies gathered there, making it a place of no return. Everyone hesitated for a moment.


    Li Dazhu knew this was an opportunity, but he didn''t raise his hand rashly. He turned to look at Wang Bin.


    Wang Bin thought for a moment and nodded to Li Dazhu.


    Li Dazhu, after receiving Wang Bin''s signal, didn''t raise his hand immediately. He was waiting for someone else to do it first.


    If he was the first to raise his hand, it would draw attention. From now on, they needed to keep a low profile and not attract any attention.


    Eventually, someone unafraid of death raised their hand. Once there was a first, there was a second, and soon seven or eight people had raised their hands.


    Wang Bin felt it was about time and gently nudged Li Dazhu, after which the four of them raised their hands.


    Boss Jin was surprised to see Li Dazhu raise his hand because, in his impression, Li Dazhu was very low-key and rarely participated in outings, and even if he did, he acted alone.


    However, recalling the doctor''s report about Li Xiaolu''s high fever a few days ago, he figured Li Dazhu was just worried about his sister and wanted to get some medicine for her, so he didn''t think much of it.


    "If you won''t work for me, then you can just die. Once you''re dead, your sister will be mine, haha!"


    If you spot this tale on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation.


    Thinking of this, Boss Jin couldn''t help but want to laugh, but seeing the hundreds of people below watching him, he managed to hold it in.


    A burly man beside Boss Jin, seeing that not many people had raised their hands, shouted loudly, "The spots are limited to fifty people, so if you delay, you won''t get a chance!"


    With that, many more people raised their hands.


    "Very well, those are the ones. Now go register with the clerk. We depart at eight tomorrow morning sharp. I don''t want anyone being late. Meeting adjourned!"


    After speaking, Boss Jin couldn''t be bothered to stay any longer and left with his bodyguards, swaying his hips as he went.


    Wang Bin let Li Dazhu walk ahead, and soon they reached the middle-aged woman who had registered them last time and completed their registration.


    After Li Dazhu registered, an elderly man with white hair approached them on their way back.


    "Dazhu, you shouldn''t have signed up!"


    "Ah, Uncle Zhao, why not?"


    "Who are they?"


    "Oh, they just arrived a few days ago and are my friends. If you have something to say, just say it."


    "It''s not convenient to talk here. Let''s go back and talk!" The old man glanced around, whispered, and then walked forward as if nothing had happened.


    Soon, they reached the old man''s room. Before entering, he looked around again to ensure no one was nearby, then went inside and closed the door.


    "Uncle Zhao, why did you say that earlier?" On the way there, Wang Bin had signaled to Li Dazhu not to reveal their plan, so he pretended to know nothing.


    "Dazhu, do you know how dangerous it is out there?"


    "I know, it''s just zombies, right? Don''t worry, I''ll be careful!"


    "I''m not talking about the zombies, but Boss Jin and his men. Do you know where Dongzi ended up?"


    "Where?"


    "That night, I went for a walk and accidentally saw them secretly carrying Dongzi''s body to the kitchen. The next day, we had meat to eat! As I looked at the meat on my plate, tears came to my eyes. Since then, every time there''s an action, we have meat the next day. Do you think it''s a coincidence? I don''t want to eat your meat in a few days. You''re still young, and you have a sister to take care of. I don''t want anything to happen to you both!" The old man said, tears streaming down his face.


    To survive, the old man chose to hide this fact. Was he wrong?


    No, in the apocalypse, everyone has their way of surviving. If he didn''t eat, he''d starve, and if he spoke out, his meat might be on someone else''s plate the next day.


    Hearing this, everyone fell silent.


    Li Dazhu almost revealed their plan again, but Wang Bin stopped him with a look.


    Finally, they left the old man''s room with heavy hearts. Back in their room, Li Dazhu asked Wang Bin why they couldn''t tell Uncle Zhao.


    Wang Bin''s answer was that he couldn''t entrust Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao''s lives to him, but he promised that if there was a chance tomorrow, he''d take Uncle Zhao with them. Now was not the time.


    "The priority now is to get Xiaolu out."


    "How? There are guards at the gate, and without a valid reason, they won''t let my sister out."


    "Climb over the wall!"


    "Alright!"


    "But you have to stay behind, just in case something happens. Don''t worry, we''ll be back before dawn."


    "Okay, fine!"


    After making their plans, they waited for nightfall. At eleven, they quietly sneaked out to a section of the wall.


    Wang Bin once again demonstrated his Crossing the River on a Reed skill, leaving Li Dazhu speechless in awe.


    Soon, Li Xiaolu was outside the wall, and with Wang Bin and the others escorting her, they headed towards Li Chengping''s place.


    After a few days of rest, Li Xiaolu was much better and didn''t trouble Wang Bin much.


    There were many zombies around, and it took Wang Bin and the others three hours to return to their hideout.


    Bao and Little Nan, hearing Wang Bin and the others return, got up from their sleep to check on them, surprised to see an older sister with them.


    "Uncle Wang, who is she?"


    "Her name is Li Xiaolu, and from now on, she''s your sister. Li Jie isn''t well, so you must take good care of her!"


    "Don''t worry, Uncle Wang, we''ll take good care of Sister Li."


    "Alright, it''s late. Take Sister Li to sleep. We have things to discuss."


    "Okay, Uncle Wang!"


    "Xiaolu, go on, make yourself at home here. Bao and the others will take good care of you."


    "Thank you!"


    Once Li Xiaolu left, Wang Bin recounted the events of the past few days and their plan for tomorrow.


    Li Chengping wanted to help, but Wang Bin stopped him, telling him to take care of the kids so they could focus on their task.


    They talked for a while longer, and seeing it was late, Wang Bin and the others quietly returned.

 Chapter 46 - Heading to the Destination

    Chapter 46: Heading to the Destination


    By the time Wang Bin and the others returned to their base, the sky was already turning gray with the approaching dawn.


    Li Dazhu, upon learning that his sister had been safely escorted out, breathed a sigh of relief. To him, his sister was everything. As long as she was safe, even if he had to sacrifice himself in this operation, it would be worth it.


    "There are still two hours until the assembly time. Let''s take a quick rest," Wang Bin said, noticing the time and urging everyone to rest.


    "I''m worried we might oversleep. Maybe I should stay up and keep watch," Li Dazhu suggested with a smile.


    "No need, I have a phone. I''ll set an alarm. Besides, you haven''t slept all night, have you? Get some good rest so you''ll have the energy to fight later!"


    Wang Bin patted Li Dazhu on the shoulder with a smile. Li Dazhu''s eyes were bloodshot, showing he hadn''t slept all night, which proved how much he cared for his sister. Wang Bin needed people like him who were loyal and righteous.


    "Alright!"


    Li Dazhu was surprised that Wang Bin had a working phone, but he had seen so many miraculous things from Wang Bin in recent days that he was becoming numb to it.


    At 7:30, the alarm went off, and everyone hurried to freshen up before striding outside.


    As they stepped out, a few people emerged from the surrounding buildings. They all nodded to each other in greeting, knowing they would soon be comrades in arms.


    Heading to the North Side of the City was no joke. With over a million zombies there, getting surrounded meant certain death. Building good relations with comrades now would ensure mutual support when needed.


    When Wang Bin and his group of four arrived at the assembly point, more than twenty people were already waiting.


    Wang Bin could tell that everyone was a bit tense.


    They knew many would die in this operation, and perhaps they themselves might not return, or the entire group could be wiped out.Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon.


    Wang Bin also noticed Li Dazhu''s nervousness. He wanted to offer him a cigarette to calm his nerves, but with others around, he held back.


    "I must build a team of my own!"


    At that moment, Wang Bin understood the power of numbers. To avoid being controlled by others, he needed to become strong and have a strong team. However, he knew this couldn''t be rushed. He needed people with good character. Recruiting the wrong people could disrupt team unity and lead to betrayal at critical moments.


    By nearly eight o''clock, all fifty volunteers had arrived, and a team approached from afar. Leading them was the burly man who had stood beside Boss Jin the previous day, named Li Guanghui. Before the Apocalypse, he was Boss Jin''s head of security, and now he was one of Boss Jin''s most trusted men.


    Wang Bin quickly counted; they had brought 25 people, each armed with a gun.


    They were only four against twenty-five, which was no small challenge, but he was willing to try.


    Captain Li gave a long motivational speech, assigned tasks, and then they set off. With no fuel left in the city, they had to walk, but they had prepared ten carts to transport supplies and handed out sticks and knives to deal with zombies.


    "Quite the show!"


    Seeing them bring out ten carts, Wang Bin silently mocked their pretense.


    Captain Li had already planned the route and quickly led the way to the North Side. There were many zombies along the way, but with over seventy people working together, it wasn''t too dangerous.


    Soon, they reached the North Side, where the number of zombies was noticeably higher.


    In this area, no one dared to kill zombies lightly. They only acted when absolutely necessary and avoided using guns to prevent attracting more zombies.


    Carefully, they advanced, taking over two hours to move just two blocks.


    "Captain Li, how much further?" a volunteer couldn''t help but ask.


    "Almost there, just one more street. Push on, and when we return, there''ll be white rice and wine waiting!" Captain Li knew how to motivate, understanding that only the promise of rewards could ignite their fighting spirit.


    Sure enough, the volunteers were thrilled at the mention of white rice and wine, gripping their weapons tightly, ready to fight the zombies.


    "Alright, let''s move out!"


    Seeing everyone rested, Captain Li ordered them to set off again.


    Under Captain Li''s leadership, they resumed their journey. But as they passed through a narrow alley, they found it filled with zombies. Worse, a volunteer accidentally tripped, making a loud noise.


    The zombies in the alley turned towards the sound, and upon spotting the living, they excitedly charged at the group.


    "Idiot!"


    Captain Li was furious. Seeing the person who made the noise trying to get up, he ran over and kicked him towards the zombies.


    "Help me!"


    The man screamed in terror as he was surrounded by zombies, and within a minute, his flesh was devoured.


    Taking advantage of the distraction, the group quickly ran away.


    Watching their comrade being devoured in moments, everyone broke out in a cold sweat.


    Led by Captain Li, they rushed into a building. There were zombies inside too, but not many, and they were quickly dealt with.


    "You might think I''m cruel. Yes, I am. Anyone who messes with my plans will die. Give it your all, and don''t make mistakes, or you''ll end up like him!"


    After clearing the zombies, Captain Li sternly addressed the group.


    Hearing this, everyone lowered their heads, avoiding eye contact.


    "Good, let''s push on. Just 500 meters more!"


    Once the zombies from the earlier commotion quieted down, Captain Li led the group forward again.


    While inside the building, Wang Bin discreetly took pistols from his System space and handed one to each of his group, along with some bullets.


    As for rifles, they were too large and would be noticed immediately, which would be suicidal. Guan Xiaoyue and the others quietly accepted the pistols, hiding them in their pockets. Guan Xiaoyue also had her trusty dagger, which had been with her for many years.


    The dagger wasn''t the best, but it was the one she was most comfortable with. She had been upset when Wang Bin took it, but relieved when it was returned to her.


    "That used to be the city''s largest underground casino!"


    Seeing their destination, Li Dazhu immediately recognized the place and quickly informed Wang Bin and the others.


    "Underground casino?" Wang Bin''s eyes lit up at the mention.

 Chapter 47 - Distracting Captain Li

    ### Chapter 47: Distracting Captain Li


    Led by Captain Li, the group quickly arrived near the underground casino. The casino''s entrance was wide open, surrounded by a horde of zombies, roughly estimated to be over three hundred.


    Dealing with these zombies was straightforward, but doing so without attracting the attention of nearby zombies was quite challenging, leaving Captain Li with a bit of a headache.


    While Captain Li was pondering, Wang Bin quietly pulled Li Dazhu aside. Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao stood nearby, shielding the two from view.


    "There are many zombies on the left street, and they''re easily attracted. Later, you should suggest to Captain Li to clear those zombies first before dealing with the ones at the entrance."


    "Ah, I think you should say it. That way, you can gain his trust."


    "No, I''m new here. Even if I gain Captain Li''s trust, it''s hard to earn the trust of other volunteers. You''re different; you''re a veteran. If you step up and win Captain Li''s trust, he''ll definitely assign you some volunteers, making our actions more convenient."


    "Got it!"


    Li Dazhu was a smart man and understood immediately. After discussing, they returned to the group. A moment later, Li Dazhu strode over to Captain Li.


    "Captain Li, I have a suggestion."


    "Oh, Dazhu, what do you propose?"


    "If we want to get inside, we must clear the zombies at the entrance. However, doing so might attract the zombies from the left street, and we could get surrounded. I suggest we clear the zombies on the left street first. It might take more time, but it''s safer."


    "Haha, Dazhu, you make a good point. No wonder you were a scout! Let''s clear the zombies on the left street first!"


    Captain Li was delighted by Li Dazhu''s suggestion, giving him a few hearty pats on the shoulder before leading the group to clear the zombies on the left.


    To gain Captain Li''s favor, Li Dazhu showed his true skills while clearing zombies. While others killed one zombie, he killed three, becoming the most impressive figure, earning quiet praise from many.


    Seeing Li Dazhu''s prowess, Captain Li considered recruiting him again. Of course, if Li Dazhu refused, he would have to follow Boss Jin''s orders to eliminate him.Find this and other great novels on the author''s preferred platform. Support original creators!


    After clearing a safe zone, half an hour had passed, and everyone was a bit tired.


    "Everyone, take a break. Dazhu, come over!" After clearing the zombies, Captain Li sat grandly on a stone, ordering the group to rest.


    Hearing the order to rest, everyone sat down without caring about the dirt on the ground.


    As Li Dazhu approached Captain Li, envious glances followed him, knowing he was about to rise.


    "Dazhu, you''re quite skilled!"


    "Not bad!"


    "I''ll assign you twenty people to command later!"


    "Thank you, Captain Li!"


    "Don''t mention it. Do a good job, and I won''t treat you poorly!"


    "Thank you!"


    To distract Captain Li and gain more power, Li Dazhu pretended to be tempted.


    Hearing Li Dazhu''s words, Captain Li laughed happily.


    "Dazhu will be your leader from now on, so listen to him!" After resting for over ten minutes, Captain Li called everyone up again, pointing to a group of volunteers.


    Those people nodded in understanding at Captain Li''s words.


    "Let''s go clear the zombies at the entrance. The sooner we finish, the sooner we can go back for a drink!"


    "Let''s go!"


    Hearing the mention of drinking, everyone perked up, following Captain Li to the casino entrance.


    The underground casino had several floors above it as a hotel, while the casino was on the second and third basement levels. Their destination was the third basement level.


    With no worries left, the zombies at the entrance were quickly cleared, and the group headed down to the first basement level.


    The first basement level was a parking lot, spacious and filled with zombies, numbering at least one or two thousand.


    Clearing them all was unrealistic, but clearing the passage to the second basement level was manageable, though it required some time and effort.


    Everyone was experienced and wouldn''t recklessly fight zombies, so they cleared the way without anyone getting hurt.


    After clearing the passage to the second basement level, Li Dazhu quickly approached Captain Li.


    "Captain Li, I think we should leave some people at the entrance and here to prevent zombies from blocking our way."


    "Your suggestion is good. Achen, Axing, take four people to guard the entrance above. Don''t let the zombies block us!"


    "Understood, Captain!"


    "You guys stay here and guard the passage entrance!"


    "Yes, Captain!"


    With people assigned, the group, holding torches, headed down. The zombies on the second basement level were fewer than on the first, but still numbered five or six hundred.


    The group spent some time clearing the passage to the third basement level, with Captain Li assigning seven or eight people to guard the entrance.


    Captain Li didn''t assign any of Li Dazhu''s people to guard, instead choosing from his subordinates and volunteers. Thus, when they reached the third basement level, Captain Li had only fourteen subordinates left.


    Facing fourteen people was still challenging for Wang Bin''s group of four, but it was easier than facing twenty-five at once.


    The zombies on this level were fewer than the previous one, but still over two hundred.


    "All zombies on this level must be cleared. Dazhu, take your people to clear the zombies on the left. I''ll take the others to clear the right."


    "Alright!"


    To safely transport items, Captain Li decided to clear all zombies on this level.


    Wang Bin nodded silently to Li Dazhu, choosing not to follow him to the left but instead going with Captain Li to the right, as Wang Bin had decided to make his move.


    With no electricity here, the only light came from the torches in their hands, and not everyone had one. The underground casino was on the third basement level, where sunlight couldn''t reach, making it pitch black and easy to act.


    Wang Bin and his group didn''t act immediately, following the team to clear zombies. After a while, they dispersed, each seeking their target.


    Guan Xiaoyue quietly approached one of Captain Li''s men from behind, quickly covering his mouth with one hand while her right hand swiftly sliced his throat with a dagger. The man struggled briefly before collapsing.


    Officer Miao had excelled in police academy, with many subjects marked excellent, including stealth. She approached a lone person from behind, quickly grabbing his head with both hands and snapping his neck with a crack.


    Wang Bin, from his system space, took out his entrenching tool, approached someone from behind, and with inner strength, smashed it down on the person''s head.


    With a clang, the person fell instantly.


    He was no longer the same as when he first entered the apocalypse. With two superior martial arts techniques, killing was quite simple.


    After the three finished their tasks, they glanced around, seeing no one noticed them, and quietly returned to the group to continue killing zombies.

 Chapter 48 - Was discovered

    After the three of them killed zombies for a while, they moved again. Since they had previously killed three people, if all three acted together, it would be easy to expose themselves. So this time, only Guan Xiaoyue took action, while Wang Bin and Officer Miao covered her.


    Guan Xiaoyue used the same method to approach one of Captain Li''s men from behind. Her movements were swift and clean, but unfortunately, a volunteer on the other side saw her.


    The person was shocked to see Guan Xiaoyue kill one of Captain Li''s men and pointed at her with a trembling finger. Just as he was about to speak, Li Dazhu noticed him.


    Li Dazhu stepped forward and stabbed the man in the back with his knife.


    He saved Guan Xiaoyue, but his actions were seen by another person nearby.


    That person was so frightened that he trembled, wanting to speak but not daring to.


    Li Dazhu glared fiercely at that person, who backed away a few steps in fear but ultimately did not shout out. Li Dazhu ignored him and continued to kill zombies.


    The person was relieved when he saw Li Dazhu neither killed him nor approached him, and he took a few steps to the side, genuinely afraid that Li Dazhu would kill him to silence him.


    Li Dazhu was not a bloodthirsty person, but he knew that if the man had shouted, it would have exposed Wang Bin and the others, so he had no choice but to kill him.


    As for the person afterward, it wasn''t that he couldn''t kill him just because he kept a distance. Li Dazhu had a knife and had practiced throwing knives during his time as a scout. He believed he could kill the person before he could shout, but doing so would alert others, creating a vicious cycle.


    Of course, the main point was that he wasn''t a bloodthirsty person. He wouldn''t kill innocents unless absolutely necessary.


    Just like that, after Wang Bin and the others took out two more people, the zombies on the third floor were almost cleared. At this time, Captain Li and his men were down to only eight people.


    After clearing the zombies, Captain Li felt like a few people were missing. Just as he was about to count the numbers, Wang Bin quickly pointed at a box in the room and shouted, "There''s a box!"


    "Where? Where?"


    "There''s really a box!"


    "We''re rich now!"


    "Move aside, move aside!"


    Everyone was immediately drawn over by Wang Bin''s shout. Captain Li, afraid that Wang Bin and the others would take the contents, quickly pushed through the crowd and went over.Stolen from its original source, this story is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings.


    Captain Li instructed his men to keep an eye on everyone, then strode forward and opened the box.


    "Motherfucker, it''s useless money!"


    Opening the first box, Captain Li found it full of neatly stacked banknotes and cursed angrily.


    In the past, this would have made him envious, but now these banknotes were just a pile of waste paper. Everyone sighed regretfully when they heard it was money.


    Captain Li opened the second box, which was also filled with banknotes, and angrily kicked it.


    Opening the third box, he found it was full of gold. He wasn''t interested in gold, but Boss Jin liked it.


    Although not very satisfied, at least he had something to report to Boss Jin.


    He then opened another box, which contained some jewelry, likely brought by gamblers as collateral or to pay off debts.


    Captain Li opened another box, which was full of weapons, but they were all pistols.


    The next few boxes were all guns, and one of them was full of grenades.


    Seeing the grenades, Wang Bin''s eyes lit up. These were valuable; they had guns but lacked such powerful weapons.


    Wang Bin glanced at Li Dazhu, who nodded knowingly. Then Wang Bin touched Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao beside him, and they quickly understood his intention.


    "Haha, this haul isn''t bad. You guys come over and move these things! Don''t you dare hide anything, I''ll search you when we get back!" Seeing so much weaponry, Captain Li felt the operation was worth it and immediately ordered everyone to carry the boxes.


    Hearing the order to carry boxes, Wang Bin and the others immediately walked out. Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue quickly picked up the box of grenades, while Officer Miao and Li Dazhu went to pick up the box of rifles.


    As Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue carried the box out, Wang Bin quickly reached into the box when no one was looking, and in an instant, the grenades were stored in the System''s space.


    As Guan Xiaoyue carried the box, she suddenly felt it lighten and smiled faintly, knowing that Wang Bin had taken all the grenades.


    After a few steps, Wang Bin smiled and said to Officer Miao, "Officer Miao, my box is light, let''s switch places, you and Xiaoyue carry it together."


    Officer Miao understood and agreed, switching places with Wang Bin. As soon as she lifted Wang Bin''s box, she felt it was very light and quickly realized the grenades had been taken.


    Wang Bin and Li Dazhu carried a box of rifles, and after a few steps, Wang Bin reached into the box again, and the rifles were stored in the System''s space.


    Walking in front, Li Dazhu suddenly noticed the box had become much lighter and was very surprised, but he continued to carry it as if nothing had happened.


    The others also carried boxes out. Seeing there were no other valuable items, Captain Li led his men out as well.


    As they walked, he tripped over a corpse on the ground and almost fell.


    "Motherfucker!"


    Captain Li cursed and, shining a torch, was shocked to see.


    "How did A-Kai die?"


    Hearing Captain Li''s words, several of his men gathered around, furious to see A-Kai lying on the ground.


    "Who killed my brother? If you have the guts, step forward, and I''ll kill you!"


    When Wang Bin and the others heard Captain Li''s words, they knew things were going south. Wang Bin quickly took grenades from the System''s space and secretly distributed them to the other three. Each of them now held a grenade, ready to throw it at the first sign of trouble.


    At this moment, Captain Li finally realized something was wrong. When he looked closely, he found only seven of his men were left. Someone had secretly killed six of his men right under his nose, which was terrifying.


    With a clatter of gunfire, Captain Li and his men cocked their guns and aimed at everyone.


    "Tell me, who killed my brother?"


    Li Dazhu focused his attention on the person he had spared earlier because he noticed that person was looking at him with a terrified expression.


    "I, I, I know!"


    Seeing Captain Li and the others aiming their guns, the person thought Li Dazhu had no ability to resist, or perhaps for a reward, suddenly raised his hand and ran towards Captain Li.


    "Oh, you know, tell me, who killed my brother?"


    As the person rushed out, everyone''s attention was focused on him. Seeing the opportunity, Wang Bin immediately gave the order to attack.


    "Throw!"


    As soon as Wang Bin spoke, the four of them pulled the pins and threw the grenades at Captain Li and his men.


    At the same time, they tossed aside the boxes and ran towards nearby cover, pulling out the pistols they had prepared.


    "Grenade!"


    "Quick......."


    Boom boom boom boom!


    Before the person could shout to take cover, the grenades exploded one after another, blasting many people away.


    "Fire!"


    After the grenade explosions, Wang Bin immediately ordered to open fire, and Guan Xiaoyue and the others aimed and shot, filling the air with gunfire.


    After a burst of gunfire, few were left alive. Wang Bin and the others cautiously surveyed the area with their guns.


    Originally, Wang Bin intended to recruit these people, but he didn''t expect things to escalate like this. However, given the sudden turn of events, there was no other choice.

 Chapter 49 - Escape from the Zombie Horde

    Chapter 49: Escape from the Zombie Horde


    Just as the four of them were checking for any survivors, a loud bang rang out as one of the people lying on the ground fired a shot.


    "Ah!"


    "Dazhu, are you okay?"


    The shot hit Li Dazhu, but Officer Miao quickly fired back at the person on the ground.


    "I''m fine, it just hit my arm!"


    "Alright, everyone hide, leave these people to me!"


    Hearing that Li Dazhu was only hit in the arm, Wang Bin breathed a sigh of relief. After ensuring everyone was hidden, he took out the rifle with the night vision scope from the System space.


    Activating the night vision, the figures of the enemies appeared in the scope, and he quickly spotted three more figures moving slowly.


    Bang! Bang! Bang!


    Three consecutive shots, and the three who were running suddenly stopped moving.


    Wang Bin scanned the area with the night vision scope again, confirming there were no more living threats, then went to Li Dazhu''s side.


    Officer Miao and Guan Xiaoyue were already checking Li Dazhu''s injury and found that it was indeed just a hit on the arm, with no life-threatening damage.


    "Officer Miao, you probably know some first aid, right? Could you help bandage Dazhu''s wound? Once we''re safe, we''ll figure out how to remove the bullet."


    "Sure, bring out the medical kit!"


    Wang Bin quickly handed the medical kit to Officer Miao. As she said, she knew some first aid techniques. She first cleaned Dazhu''s wound and then used gauze to bandage it.


    "Footsteps!"


    Just as Officer Miao finished bandaging Dazhu''s arm, chaotic footsteps echoed from the corridor.


    "Captain, Captain, what''s happening?"


    "We encountered a Zombie King, hurry and help!"


    This novel is published on a different platform. Support the original author by finding the official source.


    Wang Bin, hearing it was the guards from the second floor, shouted to them.


    Guan Xiaoyue and the others almost laughed when they heard Wang Bin mention a Zombie King. The excuse was absurd, but the people upstairs had no idea what was going on and quickly ran down.


    "Kill them all!"


    Due to the dim light, Wang Bin couldn''t distinguish which ones were Captain Li''s men, so he ordered to kill them all.


    As the group approached, they hadn''t even realized what was happening when Wang Bin and the others opened fire, leaving them in a pool of blood.


    "Hurry and help me find the box. Once we get the stuff, we need to leave quickly!"


    The three agreed, grabbing torches from the ground to search for the box. Once Wang Bin found it, he didn''t bother checking its contents and stuffed it all into the System space.


    "Let''s go, get out of here!"


    Once Wang Bin finished collecting the items, he immediately led the three towards the exit.


    As they reached the passageway, they saw ten zombies rushing down from above.


    "Open fire!"


    At this point, they couldn''t worry about attracting more zombies; they had to fight their way out to survive.


    The four of them had good shooting skills, quickly taking down the zombies. As they burst through the passage entrance to the second basement level, they found zombies rushing towards them from all directions.


    "Retreat quickly!"


    Seeing the overwhelming number of zombies, Wang Bin hurriedly led the three towards the passage to the first floor.


    The guards on the first basement level had heard the gunfire but didn''t know what was happening below, so they hadn''t come down. The gunfire had already attracted nearby zombies, which were now charging towards the passage entrance, forcing the guards to hold their ground against the zombies.


    Wang Bin and the others fought their way back, quickly reaching the passage to the first basement level. By then, countless zombies were already following them, a terrifying black mass.


    "Throw grenades!"


    Wang Bin shouted, quickly tossing a grenade.


    Boom! Boom!


    Several explosions blew away the zombies at the front, but more zombies trampled over their fallen comrades to advance.


    Continuing to fight their way back, Wang Bin and the others soon reached the entrance to the first basement level, where the guards were already battling the zombies. Due to the overwhelming number of zombies, two guards had already been killed.


    Wang Bin and his team quickly fired at the zombie horde, clearing a path.


    "Wang Bin, I need more ammo!"


    "Brother Wang, me too!"


    Officer Miao and the others quickly ran out of bullets. Hearing their calls, Wang Bin tossed a grenade to slow the zombies'' advance and swiftly retrieved more ammo from the System space for the three.


    As Guan Xiaoyue and the others reloaded, the reduced firepower allowed the zombies to close in.


    Wang Bin, no longer concerned about conserving ammunition, threw grenade after grenade. As he tossed the fourth one, gunfire erupted behind him¡ªOfficer Miao was the first to reload and open fire.


    "This place isn''t safe, we need to break through!"


    Seeing that the others had reloaded, Wang Bin quickly led them in a breakout.


    With a barrage of gunfire, they finally reached the main entrance. The guards were long gone, having been killed by the charging zombies.


    The zombies at the entrance were feasting on the fallen guards. Seeing Wang Bin and the others, they howled and charged.


    Bang! Bang!


    A fierce round of shooting cleared the entrance.


    "Run, the zombies are catching up!"


    Just as they cleared the entrance, the zombies were already closing in, forcing them to dash out.


    However, they found that the gunfire had attracted zombies from all around.


    "Get in the van!"


    At this point, Wang Bin couldn''t hold back anymore and quickly brought out the Jinbei van from the System space.


    "Dazhu, what are you waiting for? Get in!"


    "Ah, okay!"


    Seeing the sudden appearance of the Jinbei van, Li Dazhu was startled. Already in the passenger seat, Officer Miao shouted at him. Realizing the urgency, Li Dazhu quickly opened the door and jumped in.


    As soon as Li Dazhu got in, Wang Bin floored the gas pedal, and the Jinbei van sped forward.


    The road ahead was already filled with zombies. To ease Wang Bin''s burden, Officer Miao and the others opened the windows and fired at the approaching zombies.


    Some zombies that couldn''t be shot in time were simply run over by Wang Bin.


    Bang! Bang!


    Before long, the windshield was covered with zombie blood and flesh, obscuring much of the view, causing Wang Bin to nearly crash into nearby debris several times.


    "Let me drive!"


    Officer Miao, noticing Wang Bin''s poor driving skills, climbed over from the passenger seat and took the wheel.


    The position was quite awkward, but Wang Bin didn''t have time to think about it and quickly shifted to give her space.


    Officer Miao''s driving skills were indeed impressive. Although they hit many zombies along the way, there were no other incidents.


    Soon, the van left the North Side of the City, speeding away.


    Seeing the dense horde of zombies left behind, Wang Bin and the others leaned back in their seats, exhaling heavily. They were finally safe!

 Chapter 50 - Sturdy Pillar

    "Wang Bin, where are we heading now?" Officer Miao asked as the car drove far away.


    "Let''s first take Dazhu back to Uncle Li''s place to get the bullet out, then we''ll deal with Boss Jin," Wang Bin thought for a moment and replied.


    "No, I''m fine. I can go with you to deal with Boss Jin right now!" Li Dazhu got anxious upon hearing this; he didn''t want to be a burden to everyone.


    "There''s no rush to deal with Boss Jin. It''s best to wait until tonight. For now, let''s head back to the hideout, rest up, and go over later!" Wang Bin didn''t accept Li Dazhu''s suggestion and directly gave Officer Miao the order.


    Without a word, Officer Miao turned the steering wheel and headed towards the small building where Li Chengping and the others were.


    Over an hour later, the car finally arrived in front of the small building where Li Chengping and the others were. They had already heard the roar of the car and knew Wang Bin and the others were back, making everyone very happy.


    Especially Li Xiaolu, who, knowing her brother was back, excitedly ran to the window and waved her hands vigorously.


    "Brother, I''m here!"


    Since waking up, Li Xiaolu had been carefully looked after by everyone. Not only did she get to eat breakfast she hadn''t had in over five years, but lunch was even more sumptuous, with white rice, various meats, and fresh vegetables.


    All of this felt like a dream to her, and she cried the moment she tasted the white rice.


    "If only my brother could have some white rice too!"


    "He will. When your brother comes back, we''ll make it for him!"


    "White rice is nothing; Uncle Wang often makes hot pot for us. The lamb rolls are so delicious, they melt in your mouth!"


    "Yeah, sometimes at night we even have bonfire parties, eating barbecue while listening to Uncle Wang play the guitar!"


    "Yes, Uncle Wang''s guitar playing is amazing. When he comes back, I''ll ask him to play for you!"


    "Thank you!"


    At this moment, Li Xiaolu was moved again, imagining the beautiful scenes Bao and Little Nan described, tears streaming down her face.


    "Xiaolu, Uncle Wang said not to stand too close to the window; it''s not safe!" Bao and Little Nan saw Li Xiaolu standing by the window, waving at the vehicles, and quickly ran over to pull her aside.If you discover this narrative on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the violation.


    "Ah, why is it not safe?" Li Xiaolu asked, puzzled.


    "Be careful of snipers; you''re an easy target like this!"


    "Oh, I see. Can I watch the car from behind then?"


    "Sure, just don''t stick your body or head out!"


    "Thank you for teaching me so much!"


    "You''re welcome. Uncle Wang said that when he''s not around, it''s up to us to protect the home!"


    "Haha, you guys are so young and already know how to protect the home?"


    "Of course, once I killed thirty zombies in a single day!"


    "Bao, you''re exaggerating again. You only ever killed twenty-eight at most, where did thirty come from?"


    "Rounding up, don''t you know?"


    "That''s not how it works. If we use your method, then I''ve killed thirty too!"


    "Haha!"


    Li Xiaolu laughed as she watched Bao and Little Nan bicker, finding the two boys very amusing.


    "They''re here!"


    Just as Bao and Little Nan were still arguing, Li Xiaolu saw the car approaching the entrance and excitedly shouted before running downstairs.


    Wang Bin got out of the car, glanced at the dirty Jinbei van, and lost the desire to put it into storage.


    Li Dazhu, who had been missing his sister, quickly got out of the car as soon as it stopped and ran towards the entrance.


    "Brother!"


    "Xiaolu!"


    As soon as Li Dazhu reached the doorway, he saw his sister rush out and throw herself into his arms, crying with excitement.


    Seeing his sister, Li Dazhu finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    Last night, when Wang Bin said he had taken his sister to a safe place, Li Dazhu didn''t know if it was true. He had doubted Wang Bin and the others, but after spending the past few days with them, he felt Wang Bin was a good person and probably wouldn''t lie to him. Still, there was a sliver of doubt in his heart, but now seeing his sister, all his previous worries vanished.


    "Ah!"


    "Brother, what''s wrong? Oh no, you''re hurt. Are you okay?"


    "It''s nothing, just a little arm injury. It''ll be fine in a few days!"


    Li Xiaolu didn''t know Li Dazhu was injured and accidentally touched his wound, causing him to cry out in pain.


    "Uncle Wang, Sister Miao, Sister Xiaoyue, you''re finally back. We were all so worried about you!"


    Bao and Little Nan quickly ran out, hugging Wang Bin and the others, laughing and joking.


    Li Chengping, who had trouble with his legs, didn''t come down, but he waved at them through the window as a greeting.


    "This isn''t the place to talk; let''s go upstairs!" Wang Bin called everyone into the small building and soon they were on the third floor.


    "Wang Bin, is this Li Xiaolu''s brother, Li Dazhu?" Once everyone was upstairs, Li Chengping smiled at Li Dazhu.


    "Yes, Uncle Li, this is Li Dazhu. Dazhu, this is the veteran officer Li Chengping, Officer Miao''s mentor!" Wang Bin quickly introduced them.


    "Hello, hello, I''ve heard so much about you from Officer Miao. You''re an outstanding officer!" As a soldier, Li Dazhu had a great admiration for police officers, and having heard about Li Chengping''s past from Officer Miao, he was eager to meet this veteran officer. So upon meeting Li Chengping, he was very excited and immediately shook his hands tightly.


    "Let''s not talk about that; those are stories from the past. Now, I''m just a cripple who can only look after the house for you!"


    "Master, don''t say that. Your leg will definitely heal!" Officer Miao was displeased upon hearing this.


    "Haha, let''s not talk about it, or Xiaoyun will get mad again. Ah, how did you get hurt?"


    "It''s nothing, just got shot in the arm!"


    "Oh, that''s serious and can''t be taken lightly. We need to get the bullet out as soon as possible!"


    "Master, don''t worry. We drove back to remove the bullet for Dazhu!"


    "Good, good, hurry and prepare for the surgery!"


    Everyone busied themselves, finally gathering the tools needed for the surgery.


    However, since Wang Bin hadn''t anticipated needing to perform surgery, he hadn''t brought a professional scalpel, so they had to use a dagger instead.


    "There''s no anesthetic, so bite on this cloth and bear with it!" Officer Miao said to Li Dazhu, holding a sterilized dagger.


    Li Dazhu bit down on the cloth, his eyes resolute as he nodded at Officer Miao. Li Xiaolu and the others stood nervously by, watching.


    Officer Miao was ruthless with the knife, directly inserting the dagger into the wound to extract the bullet. Since the dagger wasn''t a professional bullet-extraction tool, it took several attempts to get the bullet out.


    Each time Officer Miao tried to extract the bullet, Li Dazhu broke out in a cold sweat from the pain, but he gritted his teeth and didn''t make a sound.


    Seeing Li Dazhu''s toughness, everyone admired him greatly.


    Wang Bin thought to himself that if it were him, he probably wouldn''t be able to endure it without crying out and would need someone to hold him down.


    "You can''t help but admire him; this is a true man!"

 Chapter 51 - Infiltrate the building

    Chapter 51: Infiltrating the Building


    After Officer Miao helped Li Dazhu treat his wound, Li Chengping immediately inquired about what had happened. Wang Bin took a sip of water and recounted the events.


    When everyone heard about their battle with Captain Li''s group, they were all wide-eyed, unable to believe that the four of them had managed to kill so many of the enemy.


    But when they heard that they were blocked by zombies on their way back to the surface, with more zombies constantly arriving, everyone was too tense to utter a word, listening quietly to Wang Bin''s story.


    If they hadn''t seen Wang Bin and the others standing right in front of them, they wouldn''t have believed they could have survived the ordeal.


    Wang Bin also felt that he had underestimated the zombies after killing so many due to his geographical advantage. Especially when so many zombies gathered together, it was not something a few people could resist.


    "Bao, Little Nan, I''ve got a task for you," Wang Bin said with a smile after finishing his story.


    "Sure, we''ll complete the task!" Bao and Little Nan stood up excitedly, looking like two little soldiers.


    "Get some water and clean our car," Wang Bin said with a smile.


    "What? Clean the car?" Bao and Little Nan deflated like balloons, looking dispirited.


    "We have an operation tonight, and if the windows aren''t clean, we won''t be able to see anything!"


    "Alright, we''ll clean the car right away!"


    "I''ll help too!" Li Xiaolu quickly stood up when she heard this.


    "You''re not fully recovered yet, so you shouldn''t go," Wang Bin said, surprised to see Li Xiaolu stand up, but he remembered her condition and advised against it.


    "I''m fine now, Uncle Wang, please let me go?" Li Xiaolu pleaded, holding Wang Bin''s hand and swaying it.


    "Wang Bin, just let her go, otherwise she''ll feel bad," Li Dazhu understood his sister''s feelings. They had just joined Wang Bin''s group and were treated so well. Both siblings were grateful and wanted to do something for Wang Bin and the others.


    "Alright, you can go, but be careful. If zombies approach, come back immediately!" Wang Bin understood the siblings'' intentions and didn''t stop them, just reminded them to be safe.A case of content theft: this narrative is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation.


    "Don''t worry, we have guns. If zombies come near, we''ll take them out!"


    Bao and Little Nan proudly showed off their guns, making everyone laugh.


    Watching the three go to wash the car, Wang Bin felt a bit frustrated. It was one thing for Bao and Little Nan to call him uncle, but it was another for Li Xiaolu to do the same, which he found hard to accept.


    He was only twenty-one, and Li Xiaolu was fifteen, just five years younger than him. How did he become an uncle? Did he really look that old?


    Thinking about this, Wang Bin quietly went to the bathroom to look in the mirror. He hadn''t aged, but his demeanor had changed a lot.


    The group then began discussing how to infiltrate the base that night. Initially, Wang Bin''s plan didn''t include taking Li Dazhu, but Li Dazhu insisted on going and explained his reasoning.


    During the operation, they needed someone to create a distraction outside the base to lure the guards out. Additionally, if a fight broke out, he could provide fire support.


    Wang Bin thought it over and agreed. They did need someone to help.


    To ensure the night''s operation went smoothly, Wang Bin told everyone to rest and recharge for the evening.


    At nine o''clock, Wang Bin and the three others were ready, driving towards Boss Jin''s base.


    To avoid detection, they stopped the car before reaching Boss Jin''s territory and carefully approached the base on foot.


    "Dazhu, take these grenades and this rifle with a night vision scope. After we leave, create some chaos at this entrance after an hour, then go to this spot to meet us."


    "Dazhu, take my phone to keep track of time!" Officer Miao handed her phone to Li Dazhu to synchronize their actions.


    "Got it!" Li Dazhu accepted the phone without hesitation.


    "Alright, let''s synchronize our watches. It''s 9:50 now, start the distraction at 10:50."


    "Understood!"


    "Move out!"


    After synchronizing their watches, Wang Bin led Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao to the spot where they had climbed the wall last time. Using the same method, the three quickly infiltrated the base.


    The base was silent, with no one on the roads.


    The underground parking garage was large, with four entrances, none of which were guarded. However, the building where Boss Jin lived was guarded by two men.


    Since the power was out, the elevators were unusable, so no one was guarding them.


    But the elevators were close to the main entrance, and opening the elevator doors would make noise, so Wang Bin decided to take out the two guards first.


    This task was left to the professionals, Officer Miao and Guan Xiaoyue, while Wang Bin held the air gun, ready to act if discovered.


    Although the air gun wasn''t as powerful as a rifle, it was very quiet, so Wang Bin had kept it in the system space, and now it was time to use it.


    Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao divided the work, each targeting one of the guards.


    The two quickly approached the guards from behind, exchanged glances, and quietly moved forward. With a swift motion, one guard had his throat slit, and the other had his neck broken, easily taking them out.


    To prevent others from discovering the guards'' bodies, Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao dragged them to a hidden corner and confiscated their guns for Wang Bin to store.


    "Let''s go!"


    The three reached the elevator entrance, used a prepared iron bar to pry open the doors, and squeezed inside, closing the doors slightly behind them.


    Officer Miao, being the most experienced climber, had prepared ropes and makeshift gloves for all three. The ropes ensured they wouldn''t fall, and the gloves protected their hands.


    Following Officer Miao''s lead, the three began climbing upward.


    Officer Miao was the fastest among them, but climbing a thirty-nine-story building was time-consuming and physically demanding, so she didn''t rush. She stopped periodically to secure herself with the rope and wait for Wang Bin and Guan Xiaoyue, taking the opportunity to drink some water and replenish her stamina.


    The three climbed in intervals, steadily making their way up.


    Perhaps Wang Bin had overestimated their abilities, as by 10:45, they had only reached the thirty-second floor. Looking down into the dark elevator shaft was nerve-wracking; a fall would mean certain death.


    "It''s almost time, Dazhu should start soon," Wang Bin said, checking his phone with a hint of resignation.


    "That''s good. By the time we reach the top, there should be fewer people up there," Officer Miao said with a slight smile.


    "Let''s rest for a bit, and once they leave, we''ll climb to the top in one go."


    "Alright!"


    At 10:51, two grenade explosions sounded at the entrance, instantly killing several guards.


    After succeeding, Li Dazhu quickly disappeared into the darkness.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 52 - Wang Bin shows his prowess

    The massive explosion jolted Boss Jin awake from his sleep. He shoved the woman beside him aside, grabbed a pistol from the drawer, and rushed to the door.


    "What happened?"


    "Boss Jin, we don''t know either!"


    "Then what are you waiting for? Go find out quickly!"


    "Yes, Boss Jin!"


    The two explosions woke many people from their slumber. Soon, the building was bustling with people grabbing weapons and rushing toward the main entrance.


    Before long, someone hurriedly reached the thirty-ninth floor, drenched in sweat and exhausted like a dog.


    As for how Boss Jin moved between floors, it was simple. He had a special sedan chair made, and people were responsible for carrying him up and down.


    "Boss, Boss Jin, someone attacked our gate!"


    "What! Who''s bold enough to do that? Do you know who it was?"


    "We don''t know. The guy threw two grenades, killing five of our men, and then ran off!"


    "Immediately have Captain Zhang take people to guard the gate. We absolutely cannot let them break in!"


    "Yes, Captain Zhang has already taken people there."


    "Also, pass the word down to guard the building well. Not even a fly should get in!"


    "Yes!"


    Knowing that the attacker only threw two grenades, Boss Jin felt relieved. He was mainly worried about a zombie horde attacking or forces from other cities trying to seize his territory.


    For the safety of the base, he had spent considerable effort over the years to lure the zombies to the North Side of the City.


    "Grenades?"


    Thinking of grenades reminded Boss Jin of Captain Li, who led a team out today and hadn''t reported back.


    Wang Bin and his group had thrown quite a few grenades, and Boss Jin had heard the explosions. He had sent people to investigate, but they reported back that the streets in the North Side were filled with zombies, making it impossible to enter.


    Hearing this, Boss Jin realized that Captain Li and his team were likely in grave danger.Unauthorized content usage: if you discover this narrative on Amazon, report the violation.


    "Explosions in the direction Captain Li went, possibly grenades, and now my base is being attacked with grenades. Could there be people or forces in the North Side? No, that''s impossible. There are so many zombies there; no one could survive."


    Boss Jin paced back and forth in his pajamas, muttering to himself.


    "Boss Jin, what''s going on?" Two naked girls walked out of the bedroom, giggling as they clung to Boss Jin''s arms, their chests rubbing against him.


    "Get lost, don''t bother me!" Their attempts to please him were met with Boss Jin''s scolding instead.


    Boss Jin was deep in thought, uninterested in their advances. The two girls, chastised, hurried back to the bedroom.


    "This matter must be thoroughly investigated. Tomorrow, have Captain Li take some people to check it out again!"


    As he spoke, Boss Jin walked to the window, cautiously peering at the gate.


    Before long, Wang Bin and his group heard the sound of many footsteps heading downstairs. After a while, Wang Bin signaled the group to start climbing.


    It took them over ten minutes to reach the thirty-ninth floor.


    "No rush, let''s rest a bit before heading out."


    "Okay!"


    Wang Bin approached the elevator door, peering through the crack. It was pitch black outside, so he listened intently but heard nothing.


    After a while, Wang Bin gestured, and Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao began prying the door open while he listened for any movement outside.


    "Creak! Creak!"


    The elevator door slowly opened, and just then, Wang Bin heard footsteps.


    The door was barely open, and if the guards noticed, the consequences would be dire. Their only option would be to slide down to the lowest floor, but during the descent, the guards could easily shoot them.


    "Let me do it!"


    In a moment of urgency, Guan Xiaoyue moved over, trying to squeeze through.


    She was the smallest of the three, and only she could fit through the narrow gap.


    Wang Bin assisted Guan Xiaoyue while Officer Miao aimed her gun outside.


    The footsteps grew closer, but Guan Xiaoyue hadn''t made it through yet.


    "Push me!" Guan Xiaoyue urged Wang Bin to give her a shove.


    Reluctantly, Wang Bin pushed her, and she managed to get halfway through. Once halfway, the rest was easy. Just as the guard reached their corridor, Guan Xiaoyue slipped through.


    As soon as she was out, Guan Xiaoyue rolled to the guard, swiftly slashing with her dagger. The man clutched his throat in terror, unable to make a sound.


    With the danger averted, Wang Bin and Officer Miao breathed a sigh of relief and continued prying the elevator door.


    The door, possibly rusted, took them a while to open.


    After Wang Bin and Officer Miao exited the elevator, they cautiously searched ahead.


    This floor was Boss Jin''s residence. Besides him and his two wives, there were only four guards. Having taken out one, only three remained.


    Soon, Wang Bin and his group noticed two guards standing in front of a door, with another patrolling nearby. A glance at their positions revealed Boss Jin''s residence.


    Officer Miao silently took out the patrolling guard, and the three of them sneaked to the corner, peeking ahead.


    The corridor was a bit long, and the guards faced their direction. If they stepped out, they''d be immediately spotted.


    Eliminating the two guards was easy, but doing so without alerting the others was challenging.


    "What should we do?" Guan Xiaoyue asked anxiously.


    "I have an idea!" Wang Bin thought for a moment and came up with a plan.


    He approached the dead guard, crouched down, and changed into his clothes, checking the fit.


    "Brother Wang, are you going alone?" Guan Xiaoyue asked with concern.


    "Let me do it. Once I''m close, I can take them out silently," Officer Miao offered, trying to stop Wang Bin.


    "Don''t worry, I''ll handle them. Just be ready to back me up!"


    Wang Bin smiled faintly, pushed Officer Miao''s hand aside, and adjusted his demeanor before striding toward the two guards.


    Seeing Wang Bin already out, Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao readied their guns, prepared to support him.


    Wang Bin was extremely tense, but he knew he couldn''t show it. He walked confidently toward the guards.


    Perhaps because Wang Bin appeared calm, the two guards didn''t react.


    There was a kerosene lamp in the corridor. As Wang Bin approached it, one guard found him unfamiliar.


    "Hey, who are you? Do you know this is Boss Jin''s place? Unauthorized people aren''t allowed up here!"


    "I have something to report to Boss Jin!" Wang Bin replied without stopping, continuing toward them.


    "Stop, isn''t there someone designated to report? Who are you?"


    Hearing the guard''s suspicion, Guan Xiaoyue, hiding around the corner, had her finger on the trigger, ready to shoot.


    Wang Bin knew his cover was blown. Without hesitation, he used his Crossing the River on a Reed skill, quickly stepping forward and reaching the guards. He unleashed his Diamond Palm, striking their heads heavily.


    "Thud! Thud!"


    With two muffled groans, the guards collapsed to the ground.


    After dealing with them, Wang Bin turned and signaled to Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao, who finally relaxed, almost having fired their guns.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 53 - Exaggerated furniture

    Chapter 53: The Ostentatious Furniture


    "What¡¯s going on?"


    Boss Jin seemed to hear voices from outside and asked from inside the room.


    "Boss Jin, there''s an emergency downstairs. I need to report to you!" Wang Bin quickly pretended to be out of breath.


    "Come in!" Although Wang Bin''s voice was unfamiliar, hearing that it was an emergency, Boss Jin didn¡¯t think much and immediately allowed the person outside to enter.


    "Creak!"


    Wang Bin pushed open the door, and as he walked in, Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao, holding rifles, strode in from the left and right.


    Guan Xiaoyue pointed her gun at Boss Jin, while Officer Miao scanned the room. After ensuring there were no threats, she also aimed her gun at Boss Jin.


    When the three walked in, Boss Jin was momentarily stunned, then he realized what was happening.


    "Who are you people? Do you know who I am? Oh, I remember now, weren''t you supposed to be at the North Side of the City today? How come you''re here now?"


    "Stop, don''t move, or I''ll shoot you dead!"


    As Boss Jin spoke, he moved towards the coffee table where he had just placed a handgun, but as soon as he took a step, Guan Xiaoyue stopped him.


    "Who, who are you people?" Boss Jin asked nervously.


    "You don''t need to know who we are. I just want to ask you a few questions," Wang Bin said with a faint smile.


    "Go ahead, I''ll tell you everything I know!"


    "Good, I heard you made a large dragon bed out of gold, along with a dragon chair and a dragon table, is that right?"


    "Ah, yes."


    "Very well, next question, where are they?"


    "The dragon bed is in the bedroom, the dragon table and chair are in the study!"


    Boss Jin felt a pang of pain when he realized they were here to take his dragon bed, but then he thought about how big and heavy those items were, and figured these three couldn''t possibly move them, so he just told them everything.


    "And a set of gold bowls and chopsticks?" Guan Xiaoyue quickly added.


    If you spot this tale on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation.


    "Those are in the kitchen!"


    Although Boss Jin didn''t want to say, the gold bowls and chopsticks didn''t cost much gold. As long as he could get rid of these people, he could make hundreds more sets.


    "Take us to see them!"


    "Ah, alright, please!"


    Boss Jin walked to the kitchen and pointed to the cupboard.


    Guan Xiaoyue stepped forward, opened the cupboard, and was shocked to find that all the plates, forks, and chopsticks were made of gold.


    Wang Bin walked up, picked up a gold bowl, and took a look. The craftsmanship was very rough; it was just a plain bowl without any carvings or decorations, which immediately made him lose interest. If the craftsmanship had been good, he might have taken them to sell, but seeing how ugly they were, they would be hard to sell as anything but raw gold.


    With a swift motion, he stored the set of gold bowls and chopsticks into the System space.


    Seeing his gold bowls and chopsticks disappear, Boss Jin rubbed his eyes in disbelief, and when he realized they were truly gone, a sense of foreboding crept into his heart.


    "Let''s go see your dragon chair!"


    "Ah, alright, this way!"


    Boss Jin walked to a large door, pushed it open, and Wang Bin saw a luxurious study filled with antiques.


    In the center of the study was a large golden dragon table, and behind it was an extravagant dragon chair, both adorned with nine crude dragons.


    Seeing the dragon table and chair, Wang Bin was amazed at how ostentatious they were. Setting aside the craftsmanship, it was just too extravagant.


    He estimated the dragon table weighed at least ten to twenty thousand pounds, and the dragon chair was even more exaggerated, probably weighing at least thirty thousand pounds.


    "My goodness, how did you get these things up here?" Wang Bin was curious about how they managed to move such heavy items.


    The difficulty was akin to building a pyramid, especially without electricity, and on the thirty-ninth floor, moving such large and heavy objects was no easy feat.


    "Actually, it wasn''t hard. I had them bring the gold bricks up first, then brought in craftsmen to build them on this floor, so it didn¡¯t take much effort."


    "I see, Boss Jin, you really know how to enjoy life!"


    Wang Bin sighed and sat on the dragon chair to feel it out, not knowing what to say.


    "Xiaoyue, Officer Miao, do you want to come and try it?"


    "I¡¯ll pass!" Officer Miao had no interest in such things and waved her hand dismissively.


    "I''ll try!" Guan Xiaoyue, being lively, walked over with a smile, sat on the dragon chair, and felt it out, "What¡¯s the big deal? It¡¯s not that special, and it¡¯s hard and uncomfortable to sit on!"


    "Since you¡¯re not interested either, I¡¯ll just put it away!"


    "Go ahead!"


    Wang Bin smiled faintly, reached out, and in an instant, the dragon chair and table were stored in the System space.


    "What did you do to my dragon chair and table? Where did they go?" Boss Jin panicked when he saw the dragon table and chair disappear!


    He didn¡¯t care much about the gold bowls and chopsticks, as they didn¡¯t require much gold, but the dragon table and chair were different. They were made of tens of thousands of pounds of gold, and now they were gone in the blink of an eye.


    Boss Jin was obsessed with gold, and these were painstakingly scavenged from all over the city. Now that they were gone, it felt like a knife had been stabbed into his heart, causing immense pain!


    "Give me back my dragon table and chair, I can trade food for them!" Boss Jin ran to Wang Bin like a madman, grabbing his arm and shaking it desperately, like a shrew throwing a tantrum.


    Wang Bin, recalling how this guy secretly killed people for food, was disgusted and kicked him away.


    But Wang Bin underestimated Boss Jin''s obsession with gold, as he immediately crawled back and hugged Wang Bin''s leg, crying.


    "Let go, or I''ll kill you!" Wang Bin was infuriated by Boss Jin and quickly threatened him.


    "I won''t let go unless you give me back my dragon table and chair!" Boss Jin clung to Wang Bin''s leg, refusing to let go.


    Seeing Boss Jin''s antics, Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao couldn¡¯t help but laugh.


    "Boss Jin, what''s happening? Ah!" A young woman from the next room, hearing Boss Jin''s cries, walked over, only to scream in fright when she saw Wang Bin and the others.


    Officer Miao reacted quickly, knocking the woman out with a swift chop.


    Wang Bin blushed upon seeing the woman was naked, and Guan Xiaoyue''s face also turned slightly red, avoiding Wang Bin''s gaze.


    Officer Miao, realizing there might be more people, immediately went to check the other rooms, with Guan Xiaoyue following closely behind.


    Boss Jin, however, didn¡¯t care about the young woman''s fate and continued to cling to Wang Bin''s leg, wailing.


    Suddenly, Boss Jin reached for a nearby shelf, grabbed a vase, and swung it at Wang Bin''s head.


    Wang Bin channeled his inner strength and struck the vase with a Diamond Palm.


    With a crack, the vase shattered into pieces.


    "Ah! Please, don¡¯t kill me, we can give you anything!" Boss Jin, realizing his plan had failed, knelt before Wang Bin, pleading loudly.


    This time, Wang Bin didn¡¯t waste any more words. He channeled his inner strength and unleashed a powerful Diamond Palm towards Boss Jin¡¯s head.


    Boss Jin had discovered his secret, and since he wouldn¡¯t keep it, he had to die. This was also revenge for those Boss Jin had killed.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 54 - Discovered

    ### Chapter 54: Discovered


    Officer Miao entered the bedroom and found another naked woman inside.


    Regarding these two women, Officer Miao had nothing to say. In times like these, some people''s fates are controlled by others.


    "Wrap up and go to the study!" Officer Miao tossed a blanket onto the woman and said to her indifferently.


    The woman was startled when she saw Officer Miao and didn''t dare to resist. She obediently wrapped herself in the blanket and walked out.


    Before leaving, Officer Miao glanced around the room and noticed an extravagant dragon bed. Seeing this, she couldn''t help but shake her head with a smile, thinking to herself that this guy really fancied himself a local tyrant.


    Guan Xiaoyue checked the other rooms but found no one. When she returned to the study, she noticed another naked woman there. She gave the woman a disdainful glance and walked over to Wang Bin.


    "Brother Wang, why did you kill him?"


    "He had to be killed sooner or later."


    "Oh!"


    Guan Xiaoyue responded with an "oh" and, without knowing what she was thinking, suddenly slashed at the neck of the woman wrapped in the blanket.


    The woman clutched her neck in terror, trying to make a sound but couldn''t utter a word, and then collapsed to the ground with a thud.


    "Xiaoyue, why did you kill her too?" Officer Miao was a bit angry seeing Guan Xiaoyue kill an innocent woman.


    "Didn''t Brother Wang say it? Sooner or later, they had to be killed. Besides, they''ve already seen our faces. If they tell someone later, it could cause us trouble!"


    After saying this, Guan Xiaoyue unceremoniously squatted down and slashed at the woman Officer Miao had knocked out earlier.


    Officer Miao thought it over and didn''t stop her.


    "Wang Bin, the bedroom is next door, and there''s a huge dragon bed there!"


    "Oh, let''s go take a look!" Wang Bin''s interest was piqued, and he strode out.


    Upon entering the bedroom, he saw a dragon bed large enough for four or five people.


    "How much gold would it take to make this?"


    Seeing such an extravagant bed, Wang Bin couldn''t help but exclaim.Taken from Royal Road, this narrative should be reported if found on Amazon.


    He was about to lie down and try it out but lost interest when he thought about Boss Jin and the two naked women using it. He walked over, observed it for a while, and then stored the dragon bed in the system space.


    Guan Xiaoyue went to the dressing table, opened the cabinet inside, and found several sets of valuable jewelry.


    "Brother Wang, there are some nice pieces of jewelry here!"


    "Oh!"


    Wang Bin walked over, took the jewelry Guan Xiaoyue handed him, and examined it. The value of these pieces varied, but even the least valuable ones were worth tens of thousands in the real world, with the most expensive estimated to be around ten million.


    "Officer Miao, would you like a set of jewelry?" Wang Bin asked Officer Miao with a smile, holding out the jewelry.


    Guan Xiaoyue wasn''t interested in the jewelry, but she wasn''t sure if Officer Miao would be, so it was better to ask.


    "Not interested, you should exchange them for food!"


    "OK!"


    Wang Bin didn''t hesitate and stored all the jewelry in the system space.


    The three of them searched the bedroom again. Guan Xiaoyue found the flashy clothes Boss Jin wore yesterday in the wardrobe, but when Wang Bin asked the system, it didn''t accept them, so he didn''t bother taking them.


    After searching again and finding nothing of value, they decided to leave.


    "Brother Wang, there are quite a few antiques in the living room and study. Don''t you want them?"


    "No, these things can''t be exchanged for food!"


    Wang Bin was tempted by the antiques, but unfortunately, they couldn''t be dated in the real world. Items like those paintings had never appeared in real-world history, and taking them out could cause a lot of trouble, so he didn''t bother with them.


    "There''s nothing valuable left here, let''s go!"


    Seeing that there were no more gold or jewelry to exchange for money in the real world, Wang Bin decided to leave.


    "Ah Dai, Little Liu, what''s wrong? There''s an intruder, someone come quickly!"


    Just as Wang Bin and the others were about to leave, a guard who came to report the situation saw two people lying on the ground. He rushed over to check and found that both were dead, frightening him into shouting.


    "Damn it!"


    Hearing the shout, Wang Bin immediately led Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao towards the door.


    The guard, hearing footsteps, immediately pulled out his gun and fired inside.


    Seeing the guard aiming and shooting at them, Wang Bin and the others quickly hid behind a nearby sofa.


    "Someone help, there''s an intruder!"


    The guard shouted while firing, driving the three of them crazy with frustration.


    The guard kept shooting, making it impossible for them to lift their heads.


    The situation was extremely dangerous. If they couldn''t deal with the guard and escape the building in time, the guards on the thirty-eighth floor would soon come and trap them.


    Seeing no way out, Wang Bin took out a grenade and threw it.


    The guard, seeing the grenade, screamed and tried to run, but before he could get far, the grenade exploded. Shrapnel flew everywhere, and his back was covered in it as he fell to the ground with a thud.


    "Go!"


    As the explosion subsided, Wang Bin immediately rushed out from behind the sofa. Seeing the guard lying on the ground, he fired two more shots to make sure he was dead.


    When the three of them reached the elevator, they could already hear the chaotic footsteps below.


    They were on the thirty-ninth floor, and although sliding down the elevator cables would be fast, they didn''t dare go too quickly. Losing control could be fatal, and it would take time. If they were discovered during this time, they would be finished, so they couldn''t go down immediately.


    "Xiaoyue, Officer Miao, you two go first, I''ll cover you!"


    "No, we leave together!"


    "Yeah, if you don''t go, neither will I!"


    Wang Bin initially wanted the two to go down first, but they were stubborn and wouldn''t listen. They had already taken their guns to block the stairway, so Wang Bin had no choice but to guard the stairway with them. The gunfire erupted at the stairway entrance.


    Outside, Li Dazhu heard the gunfire and immediately pulled the trigger, killing a guard at the main entrance.


    Captain Zhang had taken over a hundred people out, with over fifty guarding the main entrance under his command. He thought the intruders wouldn''t dare show themselves, but unexpectedly, they dared to shoot.


    The muzzle flash from Li Dazhu''s rifle revealed his position, and Captain Zhang immediately directed his men to fire at Li Dazhu''s location.


    Li Dazhu had already prepared to move. Seeing the return fire, he quickly withdrew and relocated with his rifle.


    His rifle was Wang Bin''s, equipped with a night vision scope, allowing him to clearly see the enemy''s figures at night.


    Many people exposed their upper bodies or heads, making them easy targets.


    Gunshots rang out, and people fell!


    The enemy''s bullets then rained down on his previous position, but by the time they reacted, he had already moved.


    His task was to draw fire and prevent reinforcements, easing the pressure on Wang Bin and the others. So Li Dazhu kept firing and changing positions.


    In no time, seven or eight people had fallen at the main entrance.


    Captain Zhang realized something was wrong, suspecting the enemy had some device to see them at night, and quickly ordered everyone to take cover.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 55 - Break through the encirclement

    Chapter 55: Breaking Through the Siege


    As the battle commenced, Wang Bin heard gunfire from the direction of the main gate, realizing that Li Dazhu''s side was also engaged. Knowing time was of the essence, he couldn''t afford any delays. He retrieved grenades from the system space and tossed them as if they were free.


    Bang! Bang!


    Explosions echoed continuously in the stairwell, forcing the guards below to retreat into the 38th floor, too afraid to show themselves.


    Seeing the explosions had suppressed the enemy, Wang Bin knew the time was right.


    "While they''re pulling back, let''s move!"


    "Wait, Wang Bin, give me a grenade!"


    "Here!"


    Without questioning Officer Miao''s intentions, Wang Bin handed her two grenades. Officer Miao tied a string to the grenade''s pin, securing the other end to the handle of another door. If anyone pushed the door, it would pull the pin, and then boom!


    "Isn''t this a booby trap from the movies? I didn''t expect you to know this trick!" Wang Bin exclaimed, recalling scenes from action films.


    "You know quite a bit yourself. Let''s go!" Officer Miao said, heading towards the elevator.


    Before leaving, Wang Bin threw two more grenades down, scaring the enemy back into hiding as they tried to peek out.


    Seizing the opportunity, Wang Bin and his companions quickly entered the elevator shaft and slid down the cables.


    To avoid losing control, they carefully managed their speed, soon reaching the underground parking lot.


    Exiting the elevator, they glanced outside, saw no one, and hurried out.


    Outside the building, gunfire could still be heard from the main gate, though only sporadically.


    "Wait!" Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao were running towards the wall when Wang Bin called them back.


    "What is it?" Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao hurried back upon hearing Wang Bin.


    "We need to get Grandpa Zhao!"


    Support the creativity of authors by visiting Royal Road for this novel and more.


    "Grandpa Zhao? Which Grandpa Zhao?"


    "Have you forgotten? I promised Dazhu that if we had the chance, we''d take Grandpa Zhao with us!"


    "Alright, let''s go!"


    The scattered residents inside the base heard the gunfire and hid in their rooms, peering out through windows.


    To them, this war had nothing to do with them. Even if Boss Jin was defeated by another force, they''d just end up working for someone else. It made no difference who they labored for.


    Besides, without guns, going outside was a death sentence.


    Wang Bin and his companions had visited Grandpa Zhao''s place yesterday, so they quickly found his residence.


    "Grandpa Zhao, open up!"


    "Who are you?" Grandpa Zhao asked nervously, holding a wooden stick.


    "I''m Wang Bin. Dazhu sent us to take you away!"


    "Wang Bin, Dazhu? Aren''t you dead?"


    "We''re alive and well. Open the door quickly, or it''ll be too late!"


    Grandpa Zhao listened carefully and recognized the voice as the young man who had come with Dazhu yesterday. He sighed in relief but still cautiously opened the door with his stick.


    Seeing Wang Bin and the two women from yesterday, but not Dazhu, he asked, "Where''s Dazhu?"


    "He''s outside distracting the guards. Let''s go!"


    "Oh, thank you!"


    Tears welled up in Grandpa Zhao''s eyes, thinking Wang Bin and the others had fought the guards just to save him.


    The four of them left the building and quickly reached the wall. Using the same method, Wang Bin used his lightness skill to easily climb up.


    Given Grandpa Zhao''s age, Wang Bin helped him up first.


    Just as Wang Bin grabbed Grandpa Zhao''s hand to pull him up, a small leader from the other side, noticing the lack of activity in their direction and the intense fighting at the main gate, led some men over to support and accidentally spotted Wang Bin and his group.


    Reacting quickly, they opened fire upon seeing people on the wall.


    At that moment, Grandpa Zhao was halfway up, with nowhere to hide, and was hit several times, falling heavily.


    Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao quickly scattered, finding cover to return fire, while Wang Bin lay on the wall, shooting continuously.


    Hearing gunfire from the wall, Li Dazhu realized Wang Bin and the others were in trouble. Ignoring the guards at the gate, he ran towards the wall with his rifle.


    "What happened to Grandpa Zhao?"


    "He got hit several times. He probably won''t make it. You need to find a chance to climb up!"


    "We can''t. Their firepower is too strong. We''ll be shot to pieces!"


    "We need to deal with them quickly, or once their reinforcements arrive, we won''t be able to leave!"


    Fortunately, the distance from the main gate to the wall wasn''t too far. Within minutes, Li Dazhu reached the wall.


    "Wang Bin, I''m here to support you!"


    "Great, climb up, I''ll pull you!"


    Hearing Dazhu''s arrival, Wang Bin was overjoyed and quickly turned to pull him up.


    Dazhu took a few steps back, sprinted towards the wall, and leaped up, grabbing Wang Bin''s hand. With a strong pull, Li Dazhu was hauled up.


    Wang Bin had grabbed Li Dazhu''s injured hand, causing him to break out in a cold sweat, but he endured the pain without a sound.


    Once he was up, his wound tore open, bleeding profusely, yet he remained silent.


    After climbing the wall, Li Dazhu tried firing a shot but found his left hand''s injury severely affected him. He handed the rifle with the night vision scope to Wang Bin.


    "Wang Bin, use this gun!"


    Wang Bin took the rifle without hesitation, activated the night vision scope, and began picking off the distant enemies one by one.


    With the night vision scope, Wang Bin''s shots were deadly accurate, taking down an enemy with each shot.


    After eliminating five or six foes, the rest were too scared to show themselves.


    "Reinforcements are coming from the main gate. Hurry up, or it''ll be too late!" Through the night vision scope, Wang Bin saw a dozen more people approaching and urged Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao to climb up.


    "Hurry, I''ll pull you up!" Li Dazhu also called out.


    Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao knew they had to move quickly, so they dashed out from behind cover.


    The remaining enemies, seeing them run, began shooting again.


    Wang Bin, already aiming at their positions, fired continuously, taking down three more, forcing the rest back into hiding.


    Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao reached the wall, jumped up, and were pulled up by Li Dazhu.


    During this process, Li Dazhu''s wound bled even more, yet he gritted his teeth and remained silent.


    "Dazhu, why is your hand so wet?"


    As Guan Xiaoyue climbed up, she accidentally touched Li Dazhu''s left arm, finding his clothes wet and was puzzled.


    "Let''s go, we''ll talk later!"


    Seeing everyone on the wall but not moving down, Wang Bin was frustrated and urged them to jump down.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 56 - Having a home is really nice

    Chapter 56: It''s Good to Have a Home


    Hearing Wang Bin''s reprimand, the three dared not linger any longer and immediately jumped off the wall.


    The four of them had just run a short distance when they noticed a horde of zombies heading their way, clearly attracted by the gunshots.


    "Quick, get in the car!"


    Wang Bin hurriedly summoned the Jinbei van, and the three quickly got in without hesitation.


    "Sorry, we couldn''t save Grandpa Zhao!" Wang Bin said somberly after driving a short distance.


    "It''s okay, you did your best!" Li Dazhu, though a bit saddened, wasn''t too upset. In the apocalypse, such things were common, and they had already done their best.


    Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao remained silent, staring blankly out the window, creating an eerily quiet atmosphere in the car.


    Before long, Wang Bin drove back to their hideout.


    As soon as the car stopped, Bao, Little Nan, and Li Xiaolu ran out of the house.


    As Wang Bin and the others got out, Bao and the others surrounded them with questions.


    "Alright, alright, we had a great haul this time. I''ll show you upstairs."


    "Oh, oh!"


    Hearing this, Bao and the others excitedly followed Wang Bin upstairs.


    "Back already?" Li Chengping asked with a smile from a chair in the living room.


    "Yeah!" Wang Bin nodded with a smile.


    "Wang Bin, you must be tired. Sit down and rest for a while. I''ve already boiled some water to make tea for you!"


    "Thank you!"


    Wang Bin enjoyed the concern from everyone. In the apocalypse, the kind of care that only family could provide had long been distant. Every day, people struggled just to survive another day. Over time, people became numb, losing interest in everything around them.


    This was an abnormal phenomenon, yet people were powerless to resist.


    What Wang Bin wanted to do was to build a real family, where every time he returned home, someone would say, "Welcome back."


    These simple words were incredibly precious, something many dared not even hope for.


    Before Wang Bin could start recounting their battle, everyone noticed Li Dazhu''s injury.This narrative has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road. If you see it on Amazon, please report it.


    "Dazhu, what happened to your left hand? Why is there so much blood?"


    "Ah, brother, are you hurt again?"


    "No, don''t worry. It''s just that the old wound opened up again!"


    "How could you be so careless? Take off your clothes, and I''ll help you bandage it again!"


    "Okay, thank you!"


    Li Dazhu didn''t refuse, thanked them, and took off his clothes, leaving everyone stunned.


    His left hand was bleeding profusely, and the stitches Officer Miao had sewn earlier had broken, revealing a large wound on his arm.


    "Reckless!" Officer Miao muttered discontentedly, frowning.


    Li Dazhu smiled foolishly, offering no explanation.


    A real man never makes excuses or boasts about his contributions.


    Silently giving, that''s Li Dazhu''s style.


    Under everyone''s concerned gaze, Officer Miao helped Li Dazhu treat his wound again.


    "Wang Bin, can you tell us about your haul now?"


    Wang Bin agreed and took out the gold bowls and gold chopsticks from the system space.


    "Wow, they''re made of pure gold!"


    "Wow, Uncle Wang, can we use these gold bowls and chopsticks to eat?"


    "No way! Bao, don''t be silly. Your Uncle Wang needs these to trade for food!"


    "Officer Miao, don''t scold them. Anyway, I''m leaving in two days. You can use these gold bowls and chopsticks for meals until then!"


    "Yay, Uncle Wang is the best!"


    Hearing Wang Bin agree to their request, Bao and the others cheered and jumped around with the gold bowls and chopsticks.


    Seeing Bao and the others so happy, everyone smiled genuinely.


    "Besides these, there''s a dragon table, dragon chair, and a dragon bed. But since they''re too big to fit here, I won''t take them out!"


    "Yeah, judging by the craftsmanship of these gold bowls, those things probably aren''t much better!"


    "Yeah, they''re pretty rough, except for their size!"


    Thinking about the craftsmanship of the dragon table, chair, and bed, Wang Bin couldn''t help but make a sarcastic remark.


    "It''s too late today. We''ll have a celebration banquet tomorrow!"


    "Yay! More good food!"


    "Alright, everyone, go to bed. We can be excited tomorrow!"


    "Okay!"


    Everyone agreed and went to their rooms to sleep, but Li Chengping stayed up to keep watch.


    Tonight, Wang Bin and the others were too tired, so he took the night watch alone. After all, he had plenty of cigarettes in his pocket, and smoking a few more wouldn''t hurt.


    Back in his bedroom, Wang Bin immediately entered the system.


    "System, how much gold is needed for the next upgrade?"


    "Fifty thousand kilograms of gold!"


    "How much gold did we get this time?"


    "Nine thousand three hundred fifty-two kilograms from the dragon table, thirty-one thousand two hundred fifty kilograms from the dragon chair, forty-four thousand six hundred thirty-two kilograms from the dragon bed, and three kilograms from the tableware, totaling eighty-five thousand two hundred thirty-seven kilograms. Would you like to upgrade?"


    "So much, upgrade!"


    "System upgrading. This upgrade will take forty-eight hours. Please be patient!"


    After the fifty thousand kilograms of gold for the system upgrade, there were still thirty-five thousand two hundred thirty-seven kilograms left. If this gold were brought into the real world, it would be worth 12.6 billion.


    Who knows if suddenly introducing so much gold into the market would devalue it? Of course, he wouldn''t do such a thing. Not only would it be impossible for anyone to consume so much gold, but if he dared to bring out that much, someone would quickly investigate him.


    Currently, the store''s gold reserves were sufficient for a long time, so this gold could only be used in the system. He didn''t want to use the system lottery for now, preferring to wait and see if there were any good items after the system upgrade before deciding.


    With the upgrade taking forty-eight hours, Wang Bin didn''t think much more about it and fell asleep. Tonight, he was truly exhausted and needed a good rest.


    The next day, Wang Bin slept until he naturally woke up, and by the time he got up, it was almost lunchtime.


    Everyone knew they were tired and wanted them to rest well, so no one went to wake them.


    "Morning, Dazhu!"


    "Morning!"


    When Wang Bin came out, he found Li Dazhu sitting on the sofa drinking tea, while everyone else was busy with their own tasks.


    Looking out the window, he saw Bao and the others washing the Jinbei van.


    "Do you feel like having hot pot?" Wang Bin asked casually, his back to Li Dazhu.


    "Hot pot? Are you talking about hot pot?"


    "That''s right, hot pot!"


    "Is it really possible?"


    Hearing about hot pot, Li Dazhu''s hand holding the teacup paused, and his mouth began to water, swallowing unconsciously.


    Hot pot was truly a nostalgic thing, just hearing the name made one''s mouth water.


    "I''ll go tell Sister Liu and the others, we''ll have hot pot for lunch."


    Seeing Li Dazhu''s interest, Wang Bin smiled and walked into the kitchen. Soon, he came out again.


    "Yeah, Sister Liu and the others are preparing the ingredients. It should be ready in about half an hour!"


    After Wang Bin spoke, he lay on the sofa and took out two cans of beer from the system space, tossing one to Li Dazhu.


    Just as he was about to open his own can, Officer Miao came out of the room, not bothering to freshen up, and snatched the beer from Wang Bin''s hand, taking a big gulp.


    Wang Bin smiled faintly and took out another can of beer from the system space.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 57 - Celebration banquet

    Chapter 57: Celebration Feast


    Before long, Bao and the others downstairs caught the scent of hot pot, and with a shout of excitement, they dropped their cleaning cloths and rushed upstairs.


    "Uncle Wang, are we having hot pot again today?" they asked Wang Bin with smiles as soon as they reached the top.


    "Yes, do you want some?"


    "Yes!"


    "Then go wash your hands properly, and we''ll start eating soon!"


    "Yes, sir!"


    Bao and Little Nan saluted Wang Bin excitedly before running off to wash their hands.


    "These little rascals!" Wang Bin couldn''t help but laugh and scold as he watched their excitement.


    Soon, Sister Liu and the others finished preparing the hot pot, and Guan Xiaoyue helped bring it to the living room, where everyone began to dig in.


    As soon as the tender lamb entered his mouth, Li Dazhu''s eyes welled up with tears.


    "Dazhu, is it too spicy?" Wang Bin asked, thinking Li Dazhu couldn''t handle the heat.


    "Yes, it''s a bit spicy!" Li Dazhu quickly wiped his tears, pretending it was the spiciness.


    He hadn''t had hot pot in years, and the sudden taste was indeed a bit overwhelming. But that wasn''t why he cried. The taste reminded him of the years spent fleeing with his sister. It was the first time in so long they had such delicious hot pot, and he couldn''t help but feel a bit emotional.


    "Oh, if you''re not used to it, Sister Liu, maybe next time use less chili!" Wang Bin suggested to Sister Liu.


    "No, no! I like it spicy. It''s just that I haven''t had such spicy hot pot in years, so it''s a bit unfamiliar!" Li Dazhu quickly interjected. He used to love hot pot, always ordering extra spicy with friends. It would be a shame if Wang Bin misunderstood and thought he couldn''t handle spice.


    "Uh, okay, if it''s really too much, we can make a mild broth, or next time I''ll make a split pot so those who can''t handle spice can still enjoy hot pot!" Wang Bin thought aloud.


    He noticed that everyone seemed to react this way upon their first taste of hot pot. But when he suggested a milder version, they all insisted they could handle it. Truly a unique group.Reading on this site? This novel is published elsewhere. Support the author by seeking out the original.


    Officer Miao and the others understood Li Dazhu''s feelings and knew why he cried. They had been through similar experiences and wanted to preserve each other''s dignity, so they didn''t mention it.


    "Come on, let''s toast to a better future!" Wang Bin stood up with a beer after a few bites.


    "Cheers, to a better future!" Everyone echoed, raising their glasses, while Bao and Little Nan had soft drinks.


    The hot pot feast was joyful and satisfying for everyone.


    As Sister Liu and the others took the dishes to the kitchen for cleaning, Wang Bin and Officer Miao began to discuss plans.


    "I''m leaving tomorrow night. We''re too close to Boss Jin''s territory here. I think it''s best we find a new place to stay. Once I return, we can hit the road again. What do you think?"


    "Leaving? Wang Bin, where are you going?" Li Dazhu, unaware of Wang Bin''s ability to disappear suddenly, grew anxious at the news.


    He enjoyed their current life and feared that without Wang Bin, they would return to their previous struggle for survival.


    "Don''t worry, I''m just going to exchange some food and will be back soon. While I''m gone, can you help protect everyone?"


    "Rest assured, as long as I''m alive, they won''t be harmed!"


    "Good, I trust you!"


    "Let''s rest for a bit, and in an hour, we''ll prepare to head east!"


    "Okay!"


    An hour later, they packed up, and Officer Miao drove them eastward.


    Even though Boss Jin was dead, his influence remained. Captain Zhang would likely investigate once he consolidated Boss Jin''s power. Wang Bin didn''t want anything to happen to Officer Miao and the others in his absence.


    Moreover, the zombies in the North Side of the City were too numerous. Since their disturbance yesterday, the zombies had started spreading. If Officer Miao and the others stayed to wait for him and got surrounded, it would be troublesome. So Wang Bin decided to move them away from this dangerous place.


    That night, they didn''t rest in a house but found a flat area in the mountains to set up tents. Whenever he had a moment, Wang Bin practiced his "Crossing the River on a Reed" lightness skill and Tai Chi. He had hoped to reach the second level of the lightness skill before returning to reality, but many interruptions delayed his progress, leaving him with a small regret.


    The next day, they continued their journey. Officer Miao found a small village, but after checking the surroundings, they found no villagers, only over a hundred zombies, which Wang Bin eliminated to upgrade his Shooting Specialization and Diamond Palm.


    During dinner, Wang Bin gave the rifle with the night vision scope to Officer Miao, as it was of no use to him back in reality. He then tossed the car keys to Guan Xiaoyue.


    "Xiaoyue, didn''t you want to learn how to drive? Let Officer Miao teach you these days."


    "Ah! Thank you, but gasoline is precious!"


    "Don''t worry, we haven''t used much fuel, and there''s a barrel in the trunk. Besides, I''ll bring back another barrel next time, so you don''t have to worry about running out. Just be safe!"


    "Okay, thank you!"


    As the time to return approached, Wang Bin bid farewell to everyone and went to the house to wait quietly.


    When the time came, he returned to the real world.


    Back in reality, Wang Bin''s phone immediately showed numerous missed calls and messages. As expected, they were from You Hongfei and Li Xingping.


    Smiling, Wang Bin quickly returned their calls.


    You Hongfei reported that he had found a renovation company, and they were starting to design the style, with construction set to begin in a few days.


    Li Xingping also had good news: he had contacted two master craftsmen, and one had agreed to come.


    Hearing their updates, Wang Bin felt very pleased, and with the system upgrade nearing completion, he was eager to see the new features.


    Having not enjoyed a hot bath in days, Wang Bin quickly filled the bathtub with hot water and lay in it.


    The hot water relaxed his muscles, making him feel completely at ease.


    After soaking for half an hour, until the water cooled, he got out of the tub.


    Dressed and seated in the living room, he turned on the TV and snacked on peanuts while watching a drama.


    Most TV shows were youth idol dramas and variety shows, which he used to find fake. But after returning from the apocalypse, everything seemed enjoyable.


    Though the dramas seemed even more unrealistic now, they were more entertaining, especially watching the characters overreact to trivial matters, which he found amusing.


    Such comedic joy was absent in the apocalypse, so he felt a strange connection to it now. The more dramatic the idol drama, the more he enjoyed it.


    As he watched, Wang Bin suddenly felt he should find a girlfriend. But then he remembered he had just broken up with Zhao Qian not long ago. After pondering, he realized it was the long time spent in the apocalypse that made him feel like time had passed differently.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 58 - Targeted

    After watching a few hours of teen idol dramas, he got bored and switched through several channels before finally finding a decent action movie. He drank beer while watching TV.


    Unknowingly, another two hours passed, and he finally heard the system''s notification sound¡ªthe system upgrade was successful.


    Entering the system, he discovered a new marketplace feature. The items in the system were incredibly diverse, ranging from a pack of spicy strips to an aircraft carrier, with prices varying from 10 kilograms to a million kilograms of gold.


    Yes, even the cheapest pack of spicy strips required 10 kilograms of gold. Seeing such expensive spicy strips, Wang Bin admitted he couldn''t afford them.


    Without realizing it, Wang Bin spent an hour browsing the system marketplace, yet there were still many items he hadn''t seen.


    He thought the remaining thirty thousand kilograms of gold was a lot, but he realized there were too many things he wanted to buy, and the gold wasn''t enough. In the end, he didn''t purchase a single item.


    "Forget it, I''ll buy what I can here first, and get the rest when I need them over there!"


    Wang Bin sighed, noticing it was already late, and went to bed.


    The next morning, Wang Bin got up early, washed up, put on his workout clothes, and went out for a run.


    To train more with his master, Li Zhengguo, he got up even earlier than last time. After running two laps, he saw his master arriving, greeted him with a smile, and ran three more laps before approaching Li Zhengguo.


    "Master!" As soon as he got to Li Zhengguo, Wang Bin clasped his hands in salute.


    "Not bad, your physical condition is good, and you''re diligent. I just wonder if you''ve neglected the Tai Chi I taught you?" Li Zhengguo stroked his beard with satisfaction and smiled.


    Wang Bin had anticipated that Li Zhengguo would test him, so he quickly adjusted his mindset and started practicing Tai Chi.


    Li Zhengguo didn''t expect that after just a day, Wang Bin''s Tai Chi would be so well-formed. Moreover, as time went on, Li Zhengguo sensed Wang Bin was mobilizing the surrounding energy. Although it was weak, achieving this in just over a day couldn''t be described as mere talent; it was extraordinary.


    If he hadn''t known that Wang Bin had never learned Tai Chi before, he wouldn''t have believed what he was seeing.


    "Please guide me, Master!" After finishing a set of Tai Chi, Wang Bin saluted Li Zhengguo again.This book''s true home is on another platform. Check it out there for the real experience.


    "Very well done. I didn''t expect that in just over a day, you could already mobilize energy! However, some movements aren''t standard, and the coordination between movement and intention isn''t perfect. I''ll correct each move for you now, and I hope you can grasp it with your heart!"


    "Yes!"


    Li Zhengguo was very pleased with Wang Bin''s performance. Not only was he diligent, but his attitude was also very proper, and most importantly, his talent was exceptional.


    Initially, Li Zhengguo just intended to give Wang Bin some casual guidance, but seeing how outstanding he was, he considered taking him as a closed-door disciple.


    They practiced for two hours, and when Li Zhengguo saw it was getting late, he gave some instructions and left. Wang Bin, on the other hand, just grabbed a quick bite at a nearby eatery before heading home to change and go out for a big shopping spree.


    You Hongfei called him, asking if he wanted to see the renovation plans at the company, but Wang Bin declined. He trusted You Hongfei completely to handle it, and he had many things to purchase today.


    There were many places he needed to visit, so he had to hurry with his shopping.


    Buying food was simple; he just walked into the supermarket. However, finding surgical knives and anesthetics was a bit tricky; he couldn''t find a place to buy them.


    He asked many pharmacies, but none sold them. He decided to ask You Hongfei to help look into it.


    Unable to buy surgical knives and anesthetics, he bought other medicines instead, spending a total of 100,000 yuan at the pharmacy, making the manager and staff very happy as they easily met their monthly targets and earned a good commission.


    Next, Wang Bin went to a large mall and bought ten military watches. Last time, Li Dazhu didn''t have a watch, and if Officer Miao hadn''t given hers to him, they wouldn''t have been able to coordinate their actions. So, watches were important.


    He bought ten not to give one to everyone but to distribute them to the main combat personnel, with extras for new members in the future.


    After leaving the mall, Wang Bin went to a security store and, in the name of a jewelry company, bought twenty sets of bulletproof vests and helmets, as well as a few riot shields.


    He also wanted to buy some night vision scopes, but unfortunately, such items couldn''t be bought domestically and would have to be purchased from the system marketplace once he reached the apocalypse.


    On his way home, he bought a barrel of gasoline and realized there wasn''t much else to buy.


    When he returned to the community, it was already dinner time. After parking his car, he went to a nearby restaurant for a quick meal.


    At the restaurant, Wang Bin ordered a few dishes and sipped tea, lost in thought. He realized that every time he came back, he was exhausted, spending most of his time shopping.


    Wang Bin felt it was necessary to simplify his workload, so he took out his phone and called You Hongfei.


    "Hongfei, what are you up to?"


    "Just got back from the renovation company. I''ve finalized the design style with them, and they can start working in three days at most!"


    "Oh, that fast!"


    "I think it''s still slow!"


    "Well, no rush. By the way, can you help me procure some medical equipment and supplies, and also arrange for a small warehouse?"


    "The warehouse is no problem; just tell me your requirements, and I''ll ask an agent. As for medical equipment and supplies, I have a high school classmate in the medical system. I''ll ask them later."


    "The warehouse doesn''t need to be too big, 200 square meters will do, and preferably near my home. As for the medical equipment and supplies, I''ll send you a list once I think it through."


    "Alright!"


    After the call, the dishes were ready. Just as Wang Bin picked up his chopsticks, he sensed a dangerous aura approaching him.


    Startled, Wang Bin quickly looked around and immediately noticed a suspicious middle-aged man sitting by the entrance. The man pretended to be casually drinking tea, but Wang Bin felt he was very dangerous.


    He quickly recalled the call from Zhao Ya a few days ago, warning him that Young Master Li had hired an assassin and to be careful.


    "Could this man be the assassin? I wonder if he has a gun?"


    Wang Bin realized he had been a bit too hasty earlier, and the other party must have already noticed he was exposed.


    The situation was very dangerous, and the other party could make a move at any moment.


    If he hadn''t noticed, he could easily be taken out when he walked to the door.


    "What should I do? Oh, right, this restaurant''s kitchen has a back door. I can leave from there!"


    Thinking of this, Wang Bin felt a bit more at ease. He pretended to eat a few bites calmly while keeping an eye on the suspicious man.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 59 - Masters in a duel

    At this moment, Wang Bin''s mind was racing, thinking of various ways to escape.


    To counterattack now would be sheer madness.


    He could pull out a gun and shoot the opponent immediately, but doing so in front of everyone would surely lead to a police manhunt.


    Since fighting wasn''t an option, escaping was the only choice.


    Suddenly, he noticed the opponent''s knuckles were protruding, and his eyes lit up. Most people would think it was bone spurs, but he knew it was from years of punching hard objects.


    "It seems the opponent is a martial arts expert, but I can''t rule out the possibility of him carrying a weapon. I must stay cautious!"


    Wang Bin pondered for a moment and then remembered he had the System, his ultimate weapon. He lightly tapped his forehead, lamenting how he could have forgotten about it.


    "System, can you check if the middle-aged man sitting at the entrance has a gun?"


    "Sorry, the system level is insufficient to scan!"


    Hearing the system''s prompt, Wang Bin felt a bit disappointed, but the thought of the system''s marketplace excited him.


    Besides various items, the system allowed him to exchange gold for attribute points¡ªone thousand kilograms of gold for one point. Although expensive, survival was paramount.


    However, he didn''t plan to exchange yet; he wanted to confirm whether the opponent had a gun before deciding.


    "Excuse me, where''s the restroom?" Wang Bin asked, feigning a need to use the bathroom as a waiter passed by.


    "Hello, sir. The restroom is straight ahead, then turn left at the end!" The waiter smiled and pointed out the direction.


    "Thank you!"


    "You''re welcome!"


    Wang Bin knew the restroom''s location; he just wanted an excuse to head towards the kitchen.


    He placed the three hundred yuan he had prepared under a bowl, stood up, and walked briskly towards the restroom.


    The middle-aged man at the entrance had long noticed Wang Bin had spotted him and knew he was trying to escape. He also threw some money on the table and followed.


    Wang Bin noticed the man following him from the corner of his eye and felt extremely tense. His biggest fear was the man suddenly pulling out a gun to kill him, as his back was fully exposed.


    Reaching the kitchen door, Wang Bin suddenly accelerated and dashed into the kitchen. The kitchen staff, startled by the intrusion, were about to shout when Wang Bin pushed them aside and quickly ran towards the back door.Stolen from its rightful author, this tale is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings.


    Seeing Wang Bin run into the kitchen, the middle-aged man knew he was trying to escape and hurriedly sped up, chasing after him.


    After exiting the kitchen, Wang Bin ran quickly through the alley behind it. He hadn''t gone far before the middle-aged man caught up.


    He noticed the man''s speed was incredibly fast, and the distance between them was closing.


    Wang Bin wasn''t worried because this confirmed the man wasn''t carrying a gun. If he had one, he wouldn''t need to chase so hard; he could simply shoot.


    "System, exchange five agility attribute points!"


    "Ding, exchange successful, deducting five thousand kilograms of gold!"


    Hearing the deduction of five thousand kilograms of gold, Wang Bin felt a pang of heartache.


    With an additional five agility points, his agility attribute reached 65, far surpassing the average 50 of ordinary people in the Apocalypse (the average for people in the real world is 40). Now, his speed matched that of the middle-aged man.


    The middle-aged man, who thought he was about to catch up to Wang Bin, was surprised when Wang Bin suddenly sped up. He thought, "This guy was holding back!"


    Wang Bin wasn''t holding back; he had indeed been running with all his might. The opponent didn''t know he had the System.


    He had considered using the Crossing the River on a Reed lightness skill to shake off the opponent, but that wouldn''t reveal the opponent''s identity or the mastermind behind this. Although he suspected Young Master Li was behind it, he needed to confirm the truth before taking action. So, he planned to lure the opponent to a secluded place before making a move.


    Both of them ran swiftly through the alley, and after more than ten minutes, Wang Bin ran out of the alley towards the Panlong River.


    Ahead, the Panlong River had a section with many eucalyptus trees and no buildings around. Few people passed by, making it an ideal place to make a move.


    Soon, Wang Bin led the middle-aged man into the eucalyptus grove. Seeing no one around, he finally slowed down and stopped.


    The experienced middle-aged man immediately realized Wang Bin had deliberately led him here.


    They stood about ten meters apart, both panting heavily as they eyed each other.


    After a brief rest, Wang Bin smiled and said to the middle-aged man, "Aren''t you afraid I''ll shoot you?"


    The middle-aged man replied expressionlessly, "You can try!"


    Seeing the man''s fearless demeanor, Wang Bin was puzzled. Could the man have a gun?


    In fact, Wang Bin didn''t know that the middle-aged man didn''t have a gun but carried throwing darts, and he was very accurate. If Wang Bin dared to pull out a gun, he would immediately use the darts to kill him.


    "Alright, I brought you here because I want to spar with you!"


    "That''s exactly what I want!"


    "You''re not here to kill me?" Wang Bin was surprised by the man''s words.


    "That depends on whether you''re worth killing!" The middle-aged man still spoke without expression.


    "What do you mean?"


    "It''s simple. I was indeed hired to kill you, but I only kill those with good martial arts skills. Otherwise, no amount of money would make me act!"


    "Why is that?"


    "Because it''s a matter of a master''s dignity. I disdain fighting ordinary people!"


    "Alright, one more question. Who sent you to kill me?"


    "If you can defeat me, I''ll tell you!"


    "Alright, please enlighten me!"


    From the conversation, Wang Bin realized the opponent was an upright martial artist, which made him quite favorable towards him. He cupped his fists in salute.


    "Please!"


    The middle-aged man also cupped his fists in return, then shouted and charged towards Wang Bin.


    Wang Bin used the Diamond Palm and charged at the middle-aged man, wanting to test his own strength.


    When the opponent was three meters away, he suddenly leaped into the air and punched towards Wang Bin''s head.


    The punch came with a whistling sound, indicating its tremendous power.


    Wang Bin dared not be careless and used all his strength to counter the punch.


    With a loud bang, their fists collided, producing a crisp sound.


    Wang Bin was forced back seven steps by the powerful force before stopping, while the middle-aged man only took one step back, clearly showing the gap in their strength.


    The middle-aged man was surprised by Wang Bin''s strength at such a young age and became curious about him.


    "System, exchange five strength attribute points!"


    "Ding, exchange successful, deducting five thousand kilograms of gold!"


    The punch made Wang Bin realize the opponent''s strength was much greater than his. To match the middle-aged man''s strength, he gritted his teeth and exchanged another five strength points.


    "Again!"


    Wang Bin shook his slightly numb arm and charged at the middle-aged man once more.


    The middle-aged man didn''t expect Wang Bin to attack again. The previous punch had already shown the gap in their strength, so why wasn''t he running instead of coming forward? Although puzzled, he didn''t hesitate and punched again.


    With a bang, their fists collided once more.


    This time, Wang Bin only retreated five steps before stopping, while the middle-aged man stepped back two steps.


    The middle-aged man was shocked. How was this possible? Earlier, he had only taken one step back while Wang Bin took seven. Now, he took two steps back, and Wang Bin only five. Wang Bin''s strength was continuously increasing.


    "System, exchange another five strength attribute points!"


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 60 - Defeat the expert

    ### Chapter 60: Defeating the Master


    The two clashed fists once more, each stepping back three paces.


    "How is this possible? I''m retreating more and more, but this kid is retreating less and less!"


    The middle-aged man was utterly shocked. Was he facing a monster?


    Seeing that both had retreated three steps, Wang Bin was overjoyed, thinking to himself that he had finally matched the opponent''s strength. The gold spent was well worth it.


    Since his strength was now on par with his opponent''s, he decided not to exchange any more strength attributes. Instead, he unleashed the Diamond Palm towards his opponent.


    The middle-aged man''s punches were exceptionally fierce, and his moves were very fluid. After three moves, Wang Bin could only defend without the ability to counterattack. After seven or eight moves, he had been hit several times.


    If it weren''t for his body being strengthened, he would have been knocked down long ago. Even so, he was still in pain, the places where he was hit burning intensely, but Wang Bin gritted his teeth and didn''t utter a sound.


    The opponent''s punches were very skillful. If he continued using the Diamond Palm, he wouldn''t be able to match him.


    Wang Bin changed his tactics, suddenly switching to Tai Chi, using force against force, catching the middle-aged man off guard and landing a heavy punch on his chest.


    The middle-aged man staggered back a few steps, looking at Wang Bin in disbelief.


    After just a few exchanges, the middle-aged man realized Wang Bin was using the Diamond Palm. Unfortunately, Wang Bin wasn''t proficient enough with this technique, and wasn''t his match.


    Just when he thought he could easily defeat Wang Bin, Wang Bin surprised him again, reminiscent of the earlier chase and fist exchange.


    "This guy gets stronger the more he fights. What''s going on? Can he evolve in such a short time?"


    The middle-aged man was very surprised. If that were the case, there was no need to continue this fight; he might as well admit defeat.


    In his thirty-plus years, he had never encountered such a formidable opponent.


    At this moment, the middle-aged man''s mindset unknowingly changed.


    Seeing that Tai Chi could handle the middle-aged man, Wang Bin''s confidence soared. He stood there, mimicking Wong Fei-hung''s gesture, beckoning the middle-aged man.Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on the original website.


    Seeing Wang Bin''s gesture, the middle-aged man''s eyes narrowed, and he attacked again.


    This time, the middle-aged man executed his punches and movements to the extreme. Wang Bin barely blocked one move before being hit by the continuous attacks, involuntarily retreating two steps.


    The middle-aged man didn''t pause, attacking again.


    Wang Bin hurriedly defended, exchanging a few more moves with the middle-aged man, but was hit again, retreating several more steps.


    The middle-aged man seemed determined to knock Wang Bin down in one go, giving him no chance to catch his breath, attacking again with his fists.


    Wang Bin knew that if this continued, he wouldn''t be able to match his opponent.


    "System, exchange five agility attribute points!"


    "Ding, exchange successful, deducting five thousand kilograms of gold!"


    Your punches and movements are fast, so I''ll add agility points. Let''s see whose speed is faster.


    After adding five agility points, Wang Bin''s speed increased significantly, now able to keep up with the middle-aged man''s punches.


    The middle-aged man was shocked, almost on the verge of tears. It seemed this young man could grow during battle, improving wherever he was lacking.


    The two exchanged more than twenty moves. Although Wang Bin could keep up with the opponent''s speed, the opponent''s proficiency in punches far exceeded his, still pressing him. However, Wang Bin wasn''t without the ability to fight back. In short, they were evenly matched; the middle-aged man hit Wang Bin three times, and Wang Bin hit him twice.


    Wang Bin felt that if this continued, he would still lose. Gritting his teeth, he immediately used the Crossing the River on a Reed lightness skill, instantly increasing his speed to a new level.


    Once the Crossing the River on a Reed lightness skill was deployed, the middle-aged man''s speed couldn''t keep up with Wang Bin. Wang Bin moved like a phantom, his figure shifting left and right, leaving the middle-aged man only able to defend.


    Even so, he didn''t know how many times Wang Bin hit him.


    "Still not down!"


    Wang Bin had hit the opponent more than ten times, but the middle-aged man still stood firm, gritting his teeth. He was getting a bit anxious.


    If he couldn''t defeat the opponent before his inner strength was exhausted, he was destined to fail.


    Wang Bin became ruthless, directly attacking the middle-aged man''s vital areas.


    "Bang bang!"


    The middle-aged man hurriedly protected his vital areas, but even so, Wang Bin still hit him many times. Just as Wang Bin was about to exhaust his inner strength, the middle-aged man finally couldn''t hold on, collapsing to the ground with a thud.


    Seeing the middle-aged man fall, Wang Bin finally smiled happily. He had defeated a master.


    Taking a few deep breaths, Wang Bin endured the pain and walked up to the middle-aged man, asking, "Now can you tell me who the employer is?"


    "Sorry, I, I won''t reveal the employer''s identity even if I die!"


    "You don''t have to say it; I can guess! Since you won''t say, can you at least tell me your name?"


    "Sure, my name is Zhou Dafu, nicknamed Iron Fist!"


    "Oh, what level is your strength in the martial world?"


    "I''m at the upper-middle level of second-rate masters!"


    "Upper-middle second-rate? So my strength should also be upper-middle second-rate! One last question, what style of boxing do you use?"


    "Hong Fist!"


    "Thank you for telling me so much. Goodbye!"


    "Ah! You''re not going to kill me?"


    "No need!"


    "Alright, thank you! This time my mission failed, but the next person might be stronger than me, so be careful!"


    "Okay, goodbye!"


    "Remember to practice your punches more; I''ll come looking for you again!"


    Wang Bin waved his hand and walked away briskly.


    Actually, Zhou Fu didn''t mention one thing. He took on this task because he heard there was a martial arts master here and wanted to spar. Of course, if the opponent was worth his effort, he wouldn''t mind earning an extra half a million.


    But throughout the fight, Wang Bin shocked him more and more, casting a shadow in his heart. If he couldn''t dispel this shadow, it would be difficult to progress further in the future.


    Watching Wang Bin''s back, he silently vowed to return.


    Wang Bin returned to the city, hailed a cab, and went home.


    He initially planned to find Young Master Li, but he didn''t know where he was, and it was getting dark. He needed to go back and prepare for the Apocalypse. Officer Miao and the others were probably getting a bit anxious.


    When he reached the entrance of the community, he noticed the ice cream in the small shop''s freezer, his eyes lighting up. He thought to himself that he could bring some over.


    He quickly ran to the small shop and took out more than thirty various ice creams from the freezer.


    The shop owner was quite nice, seeing Wang Bin taking so many at once, she reminded him, "Young man, can you finish all this? Be careful it doesn''t spoil!"


    "Thanks, I''ll put it in the fridge and eat it slowly!"


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 61 - Long-lost ice cream

    Chapter 61: The Long-Awaited Ice Cream


    As soon as Wang Bin got home, he immediately put all the ice cream in the fridge and then applied some herbal oil to his wounds. This time, the fight with Zhou Fu left him quite injured.


    Finally, when the apocalypse time began, Wang Bin quickly stored the ice cream in the system space and entered the post-apocalyptic world.


    The moment he arrived in the apocalypse, Wang Bin excitedly ran out of the room.


    Everyone knew today was the day Wang Bin would return, but they didn''t know the exact time, so they just sat in the living room waiting.


    "Everyone''s here, huh? You''ll never guess what good stuff I brought for you this time!" Wang Bin ran out and saw everyone was present, saving him the trouble of gathering them.


    "Uncle Wang, you''re back?"


    "Uncle Wang, what delicious treats did you bring us this time?"


    Bao and Little Nan saw Wang Bin return, seemingly bringing something good, and excitedly jumped up, grabbing his arms on either side.


    "Take a guess?" Wang Bin teased them, keeping them in suspense.


    "I guess it''s beef jerky!"


    "Little Nan, you foodie!"


    "Bao, what''s your guess?"


    "Hmm, I guess it''s chocolate!"


    "Tch! You call me a foodie, but look at you!"


    "Alright, alright, this time I brought you ice cream!"


    "Ice cream?"


    "Uncle Wang, I want ice cream!"


    "Yes, yes, everyone will get some, and you''ll have your fill this time!"


    With that, Wang Bin magically produced a bag of ice cream, and everyone''s eyes widened at the sight.Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon.


    Shortly after the apocalypse began, the city lost power, making ice cream a rare commodity.


    Seeing the ice cream Wang Bin brought out, everyone was moved to tears, speechless.


    "Eat up, don''t just stand there, it''ll melt soon!"


    "Yes, yes, everyone, hurry and eat!"


    Even Li Chengping, who was nearly fifty, didn''t hold back and took an ice cream, savoring it slowly.


    Officer Miao and the others ate with some decorum, but Bao and Little Nan devoured theirs ravenously, finishing in no time, then looked at each other.


    Seeing them finish so quickly, Li Xiaolu teased them while eating hers slowly.


    "Oh, it''s so sweet, I''ve never had such delicious ice cream!"


    "You ate too fast, didn''t even get to taste it properly!"


    "Me too!"


    Bao and Little Nan watched Li Xiaolu eat her ice cream and regretted eating theirs so quickly. They should have taken small bites like her.


    Seeing Bao and Little Nan watching Li Xiaolu eat, Wang Bin smiled and took out two more from the plastic bag for them.


    "Ah! Uncle Wang, wasn''t it one per person?" Bao and Little Nan asked incredulously as they took the ice cream.


    "Other items can be stored for a long time, but not ice cream. Plus, I bought a lot this time, so eat as much as you can, until you''re full!"


    "Yay! Uncle Wang, you''re the best!"


    Hearing this, Bao and Little Nan didn''t hold back and started eating the ice cream in big bites again.


    Li Xiaolu, hearing that she could have more, also sped up and finished hers, then took another from the bag.


    "One is enough for me, the rest is yours!" Li Chengping said after finishing his ice cream, planning to give his share to Bao and the others.


    "I''ll give mine to you too!" Seeing Li Chengping do so, Li Dazhu also decided to give his share to the younger ones.


    Li Dazhu had gotten along well with everyone recently, treating Bao and Little Nan as his siblings, often considering their needs.


    "I''ll have one more!" Guan Xiaoyue didn''t hold back, grabbing another ice cream of a different flavor after finishing one.


    The adults mostly had one or two, leaving the rest for Li Xiaolu and the others. In the end, Bao and Little Nan were stuffed, yet there were still two left in the bag.


    "Come on, eat up, there are still two left, they''ll melt soon!" Wang Bin urged everyone when he saw the two remaining.


    "I, uh, can''t eat anymore!"


    "Me neither!" Bao and Little Nan said, patting their full bellies and burping.


    Wang Bin asked around, but no one wanted more. He had one himself and didn''t want another.


    "Since no one else wants them, I''ll put them in a bowl for Bao and the others to have tomorrow!"


    "Okay!"


    After Sister Liu put the remaining ice cream in a bowl, Wang Bin smiled and said, "Don''t worry, once we settle down, I''ll get you a generator and a fridge, so you can have ice cream every day!"


    "Wow, Uncle Wang, you''re amazing!"


    Bao and Little Nan, moved by his words, hugged Wang Bin and cried.


    In the apocalypse, only Officer Miao and Li Chengping had kindly taken them in. Even so, they had suffered a lot. Now, with Wang Bin providing them with endless food and a promising future, the two little ones were overwhelmed with gratitude.


    The others were also moved, feeling just as grateful to Wang Bin, though they were older and didn''t express it as openly as Bao and Little Nan.


    Officer Miao came over to comfort the two, and they eventually stopped crying.


    "Officer Miao, Xiaoyue, Uncle Li, and Dazhu, I have something else for you." Wang Bin said, taking out four military watches from the system space and handing them over. "Without a watch, it''s inconvenient for you to act. From now on, every combat member will have one."


    "Yes!" Li Dazhu nodded in agreement.


    Once everyone had put on their watches, Wang Bin synchronized the time for them and asked if anything had happened recently.


    Officer Miao reported that nothing major had occurred, but the zombies seemed to have become more aggressive. Occasionally, they would see some zombies attacking their companions, and after killing them, they would start devouring the flesh.


    Wang Bin frowned upon hearing this, unsure if it was good or bad. Logically, zombies attacking each other would reduce their numbers, but he felt it wasn''t that simple.


    After discussing, Bao and Little Nan asked Wang Bin to teach them guitar. He didn''t refuse and began teaching them, while the others sat quietly listening.


    The night passed like this, and the next day, after breakfast, everyone packed up to move.


    Due to his injuries, Wang Bin didn''t drive but let Officer Miao take the wheel.


    Wang Bin noticed more zombies along the way, and they seemed much faster than before, giving him a sense of impending trouble.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 62 - Found the Troops

    ### Chapter 62: Found the Troops


    For the next two days, nothing much happened. The group traveled in the Jinbei van, but due to the increasing number of zombies on the roads, they often had to stop and clear a path, which significantly slowed their progress.


    On this day, as they approached a small town, they heard continuous gunfire coming from within, suggesting a sizable number of people were involved.


    "Officer Miao, stop the car quickly. Let''s find a place to hide and see what''s going on ahead!"


    "Okay!"


    Officer Miao was already looking for a hiding spot as soon as she heard the gunfire, even before Wang Bin spoke.


    The car soon pulled up in front of a house, and as soon as it stopped, everyone swiftly jumped out and ran inside to hide.


    Once everyone was out of the car, Wang Bin quickly stored the van in the system space.


    With the system''s recent upgrade, the space had expanded to 200 cubic meters, leaving plenty of room even after storing the Jinbei van.


    The group rushed to the top floor, hiding behind the windows to observe the firefight, but they couldn''t see clearly due to the distance.


    Wang Bin quickly retrieved binoculars from the system space to take a closer look, and what he saw left him stunned.


    "Wang Bin, what''s going on?"


    "It''s... it''s the military!"


    "The military? Let me see!"


    Officer Miao, upon hearing it was the military, excitedly grabbed the binoculars from Wang Bin and looked towards the battle, and she too cried out in excitement.


    "Sister Miao, let me see too!"


    "Here!"


    Guan Xiaoyue was equally thrilled upon hearing it was the military. For them, the military represented hope, indicating they were not far from a safe zone.


    Everyone eagerly took turns looking through the binoculars, and upon confirming it was indeed the military, they were so overwhelmed with emotion that they began to cry.If you stumble upon this tale on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it.


    "Brother Wang, what should we do next?"


    "Don''t rush. Let me observe a bit more first."


    The binoculars returned to Wang Bin''s hands, and he continued to observe intently.


    "It seems there are civilians too!"


    "Civilians?"


    "Yes, it looks like the military is clearing out zombies and rescuing civilians."


    "Ah, then let''s hurry over and join them!"


    "Yes, but before we go, everyone except the combat personnel should hand over their guns. We can''t let them suspect us, and also, please keep my secret safe."


    "Don''t worry, Brother Wang, I won''t reveal your secret!"


    "Me neither!"


    "You can count on us!"


    Hearing everyone''s assurances, Wang Bin felt relieved.


    Of course, if anyone did betray his secret, he could escape when the time came, and they would lose their source of food, so he knew they wouldn''t sell him out.


    Moreover, after spending so much time together, their bond had become like family. Whether for food or for emotional reasons, he believed they wouldn''t betray him.


    Under Wang Bin''s leadership, the group quickly approached the battlefield.


    "You there, hurry over! We''re about to leave!" A soldier waved them over upon seeing Wang Bin and his group.


    Wang Bin responded and led everyone inside quickly.


    "Impressive, you even have guns. Join us in clearing out the zombies. The elderly and children should gather in that building; we''ll be leaving soon!" An officer noticed Wang Bin''s group was armed and instructed them to join the combat unit.


    Wang Bin agreed immediately. Li Chengping also wanted to stay and fight, but Wang Bin asked him to take the women and children to the rear.


    Not knowing the full situation here, Wang Bin wanted Uncle Li to take care of Bao and the others so they could fight without worries.


    Li Chengping was emotional upon seeing the troops again after so many years. Before becoming a police officer, he had served in the military.


    Like Officer Miao, he had never forgotten his mission as a police officer. Seeing the military stirred his emotions, and he wanted to fight alongside them, but he knew protecting Bao and the others was equally important. So, with some regret, he led them into the building.


    Several soldiers were guarding the entrance and let them in immediately.


    Inside, they saw hundreds of civilians, all looking pale and anxious.


    Li Chengping surveyed the surroundings and led Bao and the others to a corner.


    After about half an hour, the gunfire gradually subsided.


    An officer shouted loudly, "Attention everyone, prepare to return to base and protect the civilians!"


    "Yes!"


    The surrounding soldiers responded in unison and, under the officer''s leadership, began carrying out their tasks.


    The officer, after giving orders, approached Wang Bin''s group with a smile and said, "You guys are impressive; your shooting is even better than many of our soldiers!"


    "We had no choice!"


    Wang Bin stopped Li Dazhu from saluting the officer with a glance.


    Not knowing the full situation, he didn''t want to reveal their strengths, and he was worried that if Li Dazhu mentioned he was a former scout, the officer might recruit him.


    He wasn''t afraid Li Dazhu would betray his secret, but his foundation was still weak, and Li Dazhu was a strong fighter. He didn''t want to lose a valuable ally.


    "Oh, that''s still impressive! Where are you guys from?" The officer recognized Wang Bin as the leader and knew he was holding something back, but given the circumstances, he didn''t press further and just wanted to understand the situation elsewhere.


    "The three of us are from H City, and my friend here is from D City. We met on the road and fought many zombies together to get here."


    "Oh! Did you notice anything unusual along the way?"


    "What do you mean specifically?"


    "For example, any changes in the zombies compared to before?"


    "Yes, recently we''ve noticed the zombies seem more aggressive, often attacking each other, and they seem a bit faster too."


    "Sigh!"


    "Why the sigh?"


    "It''s nothing. We''re heading back to the base. If we encounter large groups of zombies, can we count on your help?"


    "Of course! By the way, where are we headed?"


    "We''re going to K City, where a division is stationed. You''ll be safe there!"


    "Oh, that''s great!"


    Hearing there was a division''s worth of troops, Wang Bin and the others were thrilled, though Wang Bin noticed the Company Commander seemed worried.


    The group soon set off, with the Company Commander sending a squad ahead to scout while the rest protected the civilians in the center. Wang Bin and his group returned to Li Chengping''s side.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 63 - Migration

    Without any vehicles, everyone had to walk. As for Wang Bin''s Jinbei van, he didn''t dare to take it out; otherwise, he wouldn''t be able to explain where the gasoline came from.


    These soldiers were quite considerate towards the civilians, even sparing some of their own to care for the elderly, weak, and disabled.


    The troop''s pace was slow, which left Company Commander Zhao somewhat frustrated, but there was nothing he could do. Civilians weren''t soldiers, and he couldn''t hold them to military standards. Besides, his mission this time was to find survivors.


    Everyone followed the main road heading east. As night fell, Company Commander Zhao led them to a sheltered hillside to spend the night.


    They traveled light, so they didn''t have tents and had to sleep on the grass.


    Not long after nightfall, soldiers came to distribute food, giving each person a steamed bun.


    Watching everyone around them devour the food, Wang Bin and his group were a bit taken aback, unsure whether to eat or not.


    After some thought, Wang Bin quietly handed each of his group two pieces of bread and a bottle of water, while collecting the army-issued steamed buns to distribute to others nearby.


    It wasn''t that Wang Bin was stingy and unwilling to share his food; it was just that his supplies were limited and couldn''t feed everyone. The main issue was that he couldn''t explain where the food came from, so the best he could do was redistribute the army''s food to help others.


    People gathered plenty of firewood and huddled in groups around the fires.


    Wang Bin and his group also made a fire, forming a circle. To lighten the mood, Wang Bin took out a guitar and played "Adios Andalucia."


    The exotic melody was beautiful, drawing the attention of those nearby.


    But before he could continue, Company Commander Zhao rushed over with his men.


    "Stop playing, put your guitar away!"


    "Why?" Wang Bin asked, puzzled, looking up at Company Commander Zhao.


    Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon.


    "You''ll attract zombies!" Company Commander Zhao said, displeased.


    "Is it really that serious?" Wang Bin was confused. They had played almost every night before, so why couldn''t they play here? Besides, most of the zombies along the way had been dealt with.


    "I can''t explain it to you, but just try not to make too much noise at night! Sergeant Li, take some people and inform everyone not to make too much noise tonight!"


    "Yes, sir!"


    Seeing Company Commander Zhao''s serious expression, Wang Bin realized he wasn''t joking and put his guitar away, then quietly approached Company Commander Zhao to inquire about the situation.


    "Company Commander Zhao, what''s going on?" he asked, offering a pack of cigarettes.


    "Sorry, I can''t accept your things!" Company Commander Zhao was startled by the sight of the cigarettes, instinctively wanting to take them, but his strong military discipline held him back.


    "It''s fine, I have more!"


    "Thank you, but the army has rules; we can''t take civilians'' belongings!"


    "It''s not taking, it''s a gift!"


    "Even gifts are not allowed!"


    "How about this, can I at least offer you one?"


    "Thank you!"


    In the end, Company Commander Zhao couldn''t resist and took a cigarette, but he didn''t light it immediately. Instead, he held it under his nose, taking a deep sniff.


    "It smells so good, it''s been years since I last smoked!" Company Commander Zhao admitted honestly.


    "Are your supplies really that scarce?" Wang Bin picked up on the issue from his words.


    "Yes, we''ve been cultivating a plot of land to barely sustain ourselves, but there''s no tobacco. Only when we go out on missions, if we''re lucky, we might find some, but we haven''t found anything in the past two years!"


    "I see, we stumbled upon these by chance on our way here!"


    "Cigarettes are valuable now; I''d suggest keeping them. When you get to the base, you can trade them for quite a few good things!"


    "Thank you! By the way, you mentioned that noise at night could attract zombies. What''s that about?"


    "This isn''t something I should be telling you, as it might cause panic. But seeing as you seem capable, I''ll give you a heads-up. Recently, we''ve noticed that zombies seem to be getting smarter, attacking us in groups at night."


    "Really, zombies are getting smarter?"


    "I can''t be sure, it''s just a feeling! Bear with it for now, once you''re at the base, you can sing and dance all you want!"


    "Alright, thank you!"


    "You''re welcome, I have other matters to attend to. By the way, if we need your help, I hope you can lend a hand?"


    "Don''t worry, just let us know if you need anything!"


    Company Commander Zhao seemed to have urgent matters and quickly left after waving goodbye.


    Once he was gone, Wang Bin sat down and signaled everyone to gather around.


    "I just spoke with Company Commander Zhao. He said zombies seem to be getting smarter and attack in groups at night. We must be prepared to fight and relocate at any moment. If zombies attack, don''t panic. Stay together, hold hands, and don''t separate. Stick close to Uncle Li, and the combat personnel should protect everyone and not split up. Understood?"


    "Yes!"


    "Got it!"


    "Brother Wang, should we post guards?"


    "No need, Company Commander Zhao will handle that. We just need to wake up quickly and prepare to fight if zombies attack."


    "Understood!"


    Hearing Wang Bin''s words, everyone looked a bit tense.


    Some civilians, unhappy with Company Commander Zhao''s orders, argued with the soldiers, but were quickly silenced by his firm words.


    "Those who don''t follow orders can leave. We are only responsible for the safety of civilians who comply!"


    Hearing Company Commander Zhao''s strong stance, those people fell silent.


    The army was their hope, and they wouldn''t leave. Their arguments were just a test of the army''s limits, hoping to gain more after receiving food from them.


    In essence, they were testing the army''s bottom line, hoping for concessions to gain the most benefits.


    But they miscalculated. It was the apocalypse, and they faced a soldier like Company Commander Zhao, who had a firm attitude.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 64 - Respectable soldier

    When it was time to sleep, Wang Bin arranged for everyone to sleep together, placing Sister Liu and Bao in the middle, while Officer Miao and the others slept on the edges.


    A gentle breeze occasionally swept by, providing a refreshing coolness.


    Wang Bin felt uneasy, his mind occupied with thoughts, and it wasn''t until nearly midnight that he finally fell asleep.


    Company Commander Zhao had set up sentries around the area, and soldiers occasionally patrolled quietly among the civilians to prevent theft or other misdeeds during the night.


    Of course, this patrolling also meant that some couples who wanted some private time couldn''t do so, though some thrill-seekers might still try.


    For safety, Company Commander Zhao divided the soldiers into pairs, with two soldiers at the bottom of the slope chatting quietly as they patrolled.


    Suddenly, one of the soldiers stopped and said in confusion, "Wait, I think I hear something?"


    The other soldier quickly stopped and listened intently.


    "Yeah, it does sound like something!"


    "Yeah, it sounds like the rustling of grass below!"


    "Stay alert, let''s go check it out!"


    "Okay!"


    The two soldiers cocked their rifles and moved cautiously downhill, soon spotting a large shadowy mass rushing towards them.


    "It''s a horde of zombies!"


    "Fire a warning shot!"


    "Rat-a-tat-tat!"


    The sound of gunfire jolted everyone on the slope awake from their sleep.


    Chaos erupted on the slope as people ran around like headless chickens, screaming in panic.


    "Get up quickly!"


    Wang Bin was the first to stand up upon hearing the gunfire, hurriedly waking the others.


    Thanks to Wang Bin''s prior arrangements, although everyone was scared, they didn''t panic excessively. They quickly packed their belongings and held hands, while Wang Bin and a few others stood guard with guns.This narrative has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road. If you see it on Amazon, please report it.


    Company Commander Zhao was anxious seeing the civilians in such a panic. Panic could spread, and their chaotic running could disrupt his plans. He also had to allocate some people to calm them down.


    "Bang!"


    "Stop running around! Gather in the middle here!" Company Commander Zhao fired a shot into the air and shouted loudly.


    The gunshot immediately calmed the panicked crowd, who gathered together under the guidance of the surrounding soldiers.


    "Sergeant Li, take your men down to see what''s happening!"


    "Yes!"


    "Sergeant Wu, take your men to check the other directions, everyone else stay alert!"


    "Yes!"


    After giving his orders, Company Commander Zhao had a flare fired downhill. As it illuminated the sky, everyone gasped in shock at the sight of a massive horde of zombies charging up the slope.


    Wang Bin estimated that there were at least tens of thousands of zombies visible, with unknown numbers behind them. He knew that Company Commander Zhao''s hundred soldiers couldn''t hold back so many zombies.


    If they had enough ammunition and defensive structures, they might barely hold them off, but the soldiers were low on ammo, and the few trenches dug on the slope were insufficient.


    "Squad Leader Li, hold off the zombies here, everyone else escort the civilians to safety!"


    "Yes!"


    Squad Leader Li received the order, knowing full well that staying meant death, but he didn''t hesitate. He stepped forward and saluted.


    Company Commander Zhao and the others, eyes slightly red, saluted Squad Leader Li and his men, who returned the salute with equal emotion.


    "Everyone, about face!"


    Squad Leader Li ordered his men to turn around, not looking back at the people behind them.


    "First squad, come with me to the front, second squad to the left rear, third squad to the right rear. Don''t let a single zombie through!"


    "Yes!"


    None of the soldiers in the squad flinched or showed fear. Since the apocalypse began, they knew this day would come.


    Were they afraid of death?


    Yes, everyone fears death, but they were soldiers, bearing the responsibility of defending their country. Even knowing it was a certain death, they had to buy every last second for the civilians and their comrades to escape.


    Seeing these brave soldiers fighting to buy them time to escape, the eyes of the hundreds of soldiers turned red, some quietly weeping.


    "What are you standing around for? Hurry up and evacuate!"


    Company Commander Zhao shouted at the civilians who were staring at Squad Leader Li and his men, snapping them back to reality. They followed the soldiers and ran to the other side of the mountain.


    "Let''s go!"


    Wang Bin, seeing these admirable and respectable soldiers, led Bao and the others to follow the main group to the other side of the mountain. This was not their battlefield; staying would only lead to unnecessary casualties.


    Soon, the squad engaged the zombies, and gunfire erupted, with zombies falling one after another, but more surged forward.


    Initially, the intense firepower suppressed the zombies, but as time went on, the soldiers ran out of bullets, and the zombies quickly closed in.


    After exhausting their ammunition, the soldiers fixed bayonets to their rifles to fend off the zombies, while some shouted and charged into the zombie horde with grenades.


    With a loud explosion, the grenade detonated, taking the soldier and the zombies with it.


    The battle continued, but the gunfire gradually weakened until it ceased altogether.


    The absence of gunfire felt like a stab to Company Commander Zhao''s heart, and he gripped his gun tightly.


    Led by the soldiers, the group quickly reached the bottom of the slope and headed towards a mountain pass.


    As they neared the pass, Company Commander Zhao stopped and had another flare fired back towards the slope. As it illuminated the sky, they saw the slope swarming with zombies.


    Company Commander Zhao''s eyes turned red; at this rate, they would eventually be caught.


    "Second squad, stay with me to hold off the zombies, third squad, escort the civilians to safety!"


    "Yes!"


    The second squad''s spirits lifted at the order, knowing it was their turn to sacrifice for the country and its people.


    "Commander, let us handle this. You and the third squad should retreat."


    The second squad leader hurried over, urgently pleading with Company Commander Zhao to leave.


    "This is an order! Squad Leader Zhang, what are you waiting for? Take the civilians and leave!" Company Commander Zhao''s words were firm, leaving no room for argument.


    "Yes!"


    Though reluctant to leave, the third squad leader knew their duty was to safely escort the civilians to the base.


    With red eyes, the third squad saluted Company Commander Zhao and the second squad, and after receiving a return salute, they escorted the civilians away.


    At that moment, the third squad leader couldn''t hold back his tears, knowing it was the last time he would salute his commander. After this farewell, they would never meet again.


    He also made a decision in his heart: if the zombies caught up, he would be the first to stand and fight, buying as much time as possible for the civilians to escape further.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 65 - River channel sniping

    Chapter 65: River Sniper


    "Push all the rocks down from the mountain pass, and send some people to blow up the big trees and throw them down to block the zombies!"


    "Yes!"


    Company Commander Zhao glanced around and quickly figured out how to stop the zombies from advancing.


    Soon, the zombies rushed to the mountain pass, and the soldiers stopped to shoot at them.


    Wang Bin heard gunfire from behind and knew that Company Commander Zhao and his team were engaging the zombies.


    "Hurry, hurry, speed up!"


    The third platoon leader kept encouraging the civilians around him. He was very anxious now. The moment Company Commander Zhao decided to stay behind, the heavy burden of escorting these civilians fell solely on him.


    Those who have survived until today have mostly experienced countless zombie chases. When it comes to running for their lives, they are not slow at all.


    The gunfire grew more intense, but Wang Bin knew they wouldn''t hold out for long.


    After more than ten minutes, the gunfire gradually weakened and finally fell silent.


    The third platoon leader took off his hat fiercely, clenched his fist, and punched his chest. He knew that his respected Company Commander Zhao and the second platoon had sacrificed themselves.


    "Push on, once we cross the river ahead, we''ll be safe!"


    After a brief moment of grief, the third platoon leader quickly recovered and immediately led everyone towards the big river ahead.


    Some children and elderly with weak stamina collapsed, and Wang Bin quickly said to Li Dazhu, "Dazhu, help carry them!"


    "Okay!"


    Dazhu agreed, picked up an elderly person, and followed Bao and the others towards the front. Wang Bin, Officer Miao, and Guan Xiaoyue also each carried a child, staying close to the group.


    Some soldiers also joined in, carrying the children and elderly with weak stamina towards the river.


    "Run, the zombies are catching up!"


    The third platoon leader fired a flare into the sky behind him and saw that some zombies had already caught up, shouting urgently.The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement.


    Hearing that the zombies were catching up, everyone sped up.


    Fortunately, the river wasn''t far, and everyone soon reached the riverbank.


    "The river is a bit deep, don''t rush in. Soldiers and adults stand on the sides, protect the elderly and children in the middle, and we''ll cross together!"


    Seeing the crowd getting a bit chaotic, the third platoon leader quickly organized the team, but his words were a bit late. Some people ignored the warning and entered the river alone, and a few were quickly swept away by the current due to exhaustion.


    The river wasn''t deep, but it reached an adult''s chest. Without help, the elderly and children couldn''t cross.


    Seeing some people swept away, others dared not cross alone anymore.


    The surrounding soldiers and adults quickly formed two lines, protecting the elderly and children in the middle, and carefully entered the river.


    The third platoon leader didn''t cross but stayed behind with a few soldiers, watching the zombies.


    The zombies advanced quickly, and their figures were already visible.


    "Fire!"


    At the command of the third platoon leader, the soldiers beside him opened fire.


    Hearing the gunfire, those crossing the river panicked again, but the soldiers quickly calmed them down.


    Wang Bin saw that at this rate, they wouldn''t all make it across before the zombies caught up. He gritted his teeth and said to Dazhu and the others, "Dazhu, Xiaoyue, Officer Miao, let''s help the third platoon leader hold them off!"


    "Alright!"


    The three agreed without hesitation.


    "Uncle Wang!"


    "Sister Xiaoyue!"


    "Officer Miao!"


    "Brother!"


    Seeing Wang Bin and the others step out of the crowd, Bao and the others panicked.


    "Don''t worry, we''ll be back soon!" Wang Bin smiled faintly and led Dazhu and the others towards the third platoon leader.


    "You guys should return to the group, we''ve got this!" A soldier nearby was very grateful to see Wang Bin and the others step up, but their duty was to protect the civilians, and they didn''t want to see civilians sacrifice themselves. If anyone had to sacrifice, it should be them.


    "It''s okay, let us be comrades today, and we''ll hold off the zombies together!" Wang Bin walked over and patted the soldier''s shoulder lightly.


    "Alright!"


    Hearing Wang Bin''s words, the soldier nodded solemnly and didn''t stop them anymore.


    After reaching the third platoon leader, Wang Bin handed him two grenades and some bullets.


    "Wow, you guys actually have these?" The third platoon leader was very surprised to see the grenades.


    "Found them on the way in an underground casino!" Wang Bin explained with a smile.


    "Thanks, you''re really lucky!" The third platoon leader smiled as he accepted the grenades and bullets from Wang Bin. These were desperately needed in such critical times.


    Li Dazhu and the other two also joined the soldiers, firing at the zombies, easing a lot of pressure on the soldiers.


    Wang Bin distributed a grenade and some bullets to each soldier who stayed behind. The soldiers smiled and thanked Wang Bin.


    After distributing the grenades and bullets, Wang Bin lay on the ground and used his rifle with a night vision scope to shoot the zombies.


    Through the night vision scope, Wang Bin saw countless bright spots in the distance. Seeing so many zombies, he couldn''t help but swallow nervously before joining in the shooting.


    The third platoon leader noticed Wang Bin''s rifle and was very envious, but he wouldn''t ask for it.


    In the apocalypse, gun control wasn''t as strict, and everyone could own guns as private property.


    Even with Wang Bin and the others joining, the zombies continued to close the distance.


    "Second squad leader, get your people moving faster, we''re barely holding on!" The third platoon leader got anxious seeing some people still hadn''t entered the water and even swore.


    "Everyone move faster, hold hands, be careful, and get in the water quickly!" The second squad leader was also anxious, but it was indeed difficult to get so many people into the water at once.


    "Throw the grenades!"


    Seeing the zombies getting close, the third platoon leader quickly ordered the soldiers to throw grenades.


    The soldiers were well-trained. Hearing the platoon leader''s order, two soldiers immediately stood up, pulled the pins, and threw the grenades into the densest area of zombies.


    Boom! Boom!


    Two explosions instantly killed many zombies.


    After throwing the grenades, the two soldiers immediately picked up their guns and continued shooting. Then, two more soldiers stood up, pulled the pins, and threw their grenades.


    Seeing these soldiers so orderly and maximizing the grenades'' power, Wang Bin couldn''t help but admire the third platoon leader.


    When he heard the third platoon leader say to throw grenades, he was worried the soldiers would throw them all at once. He was about to remind them but realized he didn''t need to say anything.


    With the support of grenades, many zombies in front were eliminated. Combined with others shooting, they quickly cleared a large area, but countless zombies still rushed forward. All they could do now was slow the zombies'' advance; stopping them was impossible.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 66 - Disturbance

    "Retreat!"


    After holding them off for a while, the crowd had already entered the water, and the zombies were closing in fast. The third platoon leader quickly ordered a retreat. Wang Bin got up, threw a grenade, and followed the others, fighting as they retreated.


    Since everyone was fighting while retreating, their firepower weakened a bit, and soon zombies were upon them.


    "Platoon leader, go quickly!"


    Seeing the zombies closing in, two soldiers decisively stepped up to hold the rear, firing madly at the zombies!


    "A-Qiang, Old Cat, come back!"


    "Platoon leader, go quickly!"


    "Let go of me!"


    "Platoon leader, you can''t go!"


    "Platoon leader, go quickly, don''t let our sacrifice be in vain!"


    The third platoon leader''s eyes turned red as he saw the two soldiers stepping up to buy them time. He struggled to stand with them, but was quickly grabbed by the two soldiers and dragged back.


    Wang Bin felt terrible at this moment, but there was nothing he could do. He could only silently follow the others to the opposite side.


    "Rat-a-tat-tat!"


    The two soldiers fired wildly, taking down many zombies that got close, but soon more zombies rushed forward, and the two soldiers were overwhelmed.


    "A-Qiang!"


    "Old Cat!"


    The members of the third platoon cried out in grief as they saw the two soldiers being overwhelmed by zombies.


    The zombies behind them bypassed the two soldiers and rushed into the river. The water was deep, reaching their shoulders, making it impossible to shoot. Terrified, everyone swam frantically forward.


    Perhaps because the zombies were too light and the river current was fast, as soon as the zombies entered the river, they were quickly swept away.


    When Wang Bin and the others reached the opposite bank, they were all exhausted, lying on the riverbank, watching the zombies being swept away by the river with a smile.


    But thinking of their fallen comrades, they couldn''t smile anymore, staring blankly as the foolish zombies were swept away one by one.


    Enjoying this book? Seek out the original to ensure the author gets credit.


    After watching for almost half an hour, the zombies continued to rush into the river, only to be swept away again.


    "Let''s go!" The third platoon leader didn''t want to watch anymore, stood up, and led the way forward.


    Hearing this, everyone said nothing and followed silently.


    Originally, there were over a hundred soldiers in this battle, but now only about thirty survived, and everyone felt deeply saddened.


    They walked and stopped, finally halting at noon to rest.


    Now most of their food was lost, and at noon, everyone only got a little thin porridge. Wang Bin knew their food supply was running low.


    Wang Bin had everyone cover him, secretly taking out half a bag of rice from the System and putting it in his backpack.


    Everyone understood Wang Bin''s intentions and his helplessness, so no one said anything.


    Wang Bin, carrying the rice, found the third platoon leader, who was discussing with a soldier how to find food along the way. Their only option now was to find wild vegetables and tree bark, and everyone was in low spirits.


    "Platoon Leader Liu, I need to talk to you about something!"


    "Oh, it''s Wang Bin, what''s up?"


    Seeing Wang Bin approaching, Platoon Leader Liu quickly smiled to welcome him.


    Yesterday, Wang Bin and his group lent a helping hand, and all the soldiers of the third platoon admired them greatly. Along the way, Platoon Leader Liu and Wang Bin talked a lot and became familiar with each other.


    "Platoon Leader Liu, how far are we from the base?"


    "At our current speed, we should reach it in about two days!"


    "Oh, are we out of food?"


    "Yes, today''s porridge was the last of our rice. Tonight, we''ll have to find wild vegetables, maybe even eat tree bark!"


    "We collected some food on the way here, and we still have half a bag of rice. Do you think it''s enough?"


    "What, you have rice! Thank you, thank you, on behalf of everyone!"


    "You''re welcome! I also have a few packs of cigarettes here, I''ll give them to you too!"


    "Oh, we can take the rice, but we can''t take the cigarettes. I appreciate the gesture!"


    "No, listen to me. The soldiers are exhausted and need something to relieve the pressure. We still have two days to go, and who knows if the road ahead will be safe. Let them have a smoke!"


    "But cigarettes are precious, you could trade them for a lot at the base."


    "No matter how precious, they aren''t as valuable as a soldier''s life. As long as we''re alive, there''s hope. I believe we''ll defeat the zombies one day and return to the beautiful life we once had!"


    "Well said, I''m glad to call you a friend!"


    "Haha, I thought we were already friends!"


    "Haha, my mistake!"


    "I''m just joking!"


    "Thank you! Li Hao, take the cigarettes and give one to each brother!"


    "Cigarettes! Alright, thank you, Platoon Leader!"


    "Don''t thank me, thank Wang Bin. It''s from them, along with this half bag of rice!"


    "What, rice too, thank you!"


    "You''re welcome!"


    Wang Bin chatted with Platoon Leader Liu for a while before returning to Officer Miao and the others, saying everything was settled.


    Liu Hao handed out a cigarette to each comrade, then gave the remaining cigarettes to the platoon leader, deciding not to take more than one.


    The soldiers were thrilled when they received the cigarettes, lighting up and enjoying the smoke.


    "Feels good, haven''t had a smoke in a long time!"


    "Yeah, Wang Bin is really generous!"


    "Yes, he gave us grenades and bullets across the river, and now cigarettes and rice. We, the third platoon, won''t forget this kindness and will repay him when we can!"


    "Yes!"


    As the soldiers enjoyed their cigarettes, a few fierce-looking men saw them smoking and approached with a smile to ask for some.


    "Sorry, we only have one each. If you don''t mind, you can have mine," a soldier reluctantly offered half a cigarette.


    One of the men thanked him and was about to take the cigarette, but another man stopped him.


    "Are you looking down on us?"


    "What are you talking about? We really don''t have any more!"


    "Who are you kidding? I saw that guy just now with half a pack of cigarettes!"


    "Those were given to us by Wang Bin, and we have to hand over the rest!"


    "So, you''re not giving us any?"


    The man then strode into the crowd, loudly proclaiming, "Everyone, they have food and smokes but won''t share with us! What do they give us to eat? Porridge that''s more water than rice. Is that fit for humans? Do you think they''re right to do this?"


    Many civilians, not knowing the truth, stood up and angrily sided with the man, glaring at the soldiers.


    "Don''t listen to their nonsense, we''re really out of rice!"


    "Nonsense, what''s in that bag over there, and what are you holding?"


    "The rice and cigarettes were given to us by Wang Bin!"


    "Who believes that?"


    "What''s going on?" Platoon Leader Liu jogged over to inquire about the commotion.


    "Platoon leader, they''re accusing us of hoarding rice and not sharing!"


    "Comrade, we just finished our last bit of food. That bag of rice was just given to us by Wang Bin!"


    "Hmph, who believes you? You can say whatever you want!"


    "How can you say that?"


    "I''m just stating the facts!"


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 67 - Decisive in killing and cutting

    "What do you want?" Wang Bin was furious after hearing the big man''s unreasonable demands. He said a few words to Li Dazhu and the others before walking alone to confront the big man.


    The leader of the thugs glanced at Wang Bin, feeling a twinge of fear as the scenes of Wang Bin fighting yesterday flashed in his mind. However, seeing Wang Bin approach alone, he regained his confidence.


    "It''s simple. We want white rice and cigarettes!"


    "You think you''re worthy of eating my rice and smoking my cigarettes?"


    "Why wouldn''t we be? We''re all in the same boat. If there''s any benefit, we should get a share. Don''t think you can hog it all!"


    "So you know we''re in the same boat? Why didn''t you help when the zombies attacked, only running for your lives? Look at you, big and strong, with guns in your hands. Are you weaker than women? Our soldiers bled and sacrificed for us, and I just used some of the cigarettes we collected to reward our benefactors. Does that make you jealous? Aren''t you ashamed? And you all, following their lead and causing a ruckus, do you think this is fair to the soldiers who died for us?"


    With every word Wang Bin spoke, the people around him lowered their heads a little more. When he reached those who had been following the big man''s lead, they shamefully retreated several steps, distancing themselves from the thugs.


    "Hmph, sweet talk! You''d better give us what we want today, or don''t blame us for getting rough!" With that, the thugs pulled out their guns and aimed them at Wang Bin.


    Seeing the guns pointed at Wang Bin, the crowd gasped and stepped back. The third platoon leader and others also raised their guns at the thugs.


    "I warn you, don''t act recklessly. Put down your guns!" the third platoon leader shouted loudly.


    Seeing the third platoon leader''s reaction, Wang Bin sighed inwardly. He understood why Platoon Leader Liu was still just a platoon leader in his thirties¡ªhe lacked the decisive ruthlessness of Company Commander Zhao.


    Wang Bin didn''t want to waste words with these people. He smiled faintly and made a gesture as if to touch his head.


    "Bang! Bang!"


    As soon as Wang Bin''s hand touched his head, Officer Miao and her team, hidden in the shadows, opened fire, instantly killing the thugs with headshots, giving them no chance at all.


    When he saw the thugs causing trouble, Wang Bin had already decided to kill them. The reason he spoke those words earlier was to separate the thugs from the crowd, allowing Officer Miao and her team to shoot.


    Platoon Leader Liu didn''t expect Wang Bin to act without a word. It wasn''t until Wang Bin turned to leave that he snapped back to reality.


    "Wang Bin, wait a moment!"


    "Platoon Leader Liu, is there something else?"This story originates from Royal Road. Ensure the author gets the support they deserve by reading it there.


    "Wang Bin, thank you!"


    "No need to thank me. You should learn from Company Commander Zhao and be more decisive in your actions!"


    Hearing Wang Bin mention Company Commander Zhao, Platoon Leader Liu felt a pang in his heart. In the past, Company Commander Zhao had been there to lead them, so he never had to worry about situations like today. Now that Company Commander Zhao was gone, all the responsibility fell on his shoulders.


    At that moment, he realized the vast difference between himself, Company Commander Zhao, and the young man in front of him, who seemed barely in his twenties. He had so much to learn.


    From Wang Bin''s demeanor and words, he could tell Wang Bin was disappointed in him, which made him feel terrible.


    If he could trade his life for Company Commander Zhao''s, he would gladly do it, so Zhao could lead everyone.


    But that was impossible, and he had to bear it all.


    "Platoon Leader?"


    Seeing Platoon Leader Liu staring blankly at Wang Bin''s back, the soldiers approached him.


    "Ah! I... I''m sorry, everyone!"


    Looking at the soldiers who trusted him so much, Platoon Leader Liu cried, feeling unworthy of being their leader.


    "Platoon Leader, what are you saying? You''ll always be our leader!"


    "Yeah, he''s just a kid. How can he lecture you?"


    "Dare to lecture our leader? We won''t smoke his cigarettes anymore!"


    "Yeah, no more of his cigarettes!"


    Hearing this, the soldiers threw their unfinished cigarettes on the ground.


    "What are you doing? Do you know how hard it is to get those cigarettes? Pick them up, quickly!"


    "But Platoon Leader!"


    "That''s an order!"


    "Yes, Platoon Leader!"


    "Don''t worry, I may not have done well before, but from now on, I''ll be a competent leader!"


    "Yes!"


    Seeing Platoon Leader Liu regain his fighting spirit, the soldiers were happy and nodded in agreement.


    In just a few seconds, Platoon Leader Liu thought a lot. He knew he couldn''t escape, and since he couldn''t, he had to face it bravely. So he decided to be a qualified leader and lead everyone back to the base.


    After that, Platoon Leader Liu seemed like a changed person, acting decisively. He gathered everyone and instructed them to collect wild vegetables and any edible food on the way back.


    Previously, he thought only his soldiers should collect food since their duty was to protect the civilians back to the base. But Wang Bin''s scolding woke him up.


    If they didn''t show some toughness, people would take their kindness for weakness, encouraging their ambitions.


    Life was hard for everyone. Why should they do all the work? If they wanted to survive, they had to contribute.


    Seeing Platoon Leader Liu change so quickly, Officer Miao gave Wang Bin a thumbs-up.


    Wang Bin smiled faintly and said, "He has a lot of responsibility now. He has to grow up quickly!"


    Officer Miao laughed at Wang Bin''s words.


    "What are you laughing at?"


    "Your tone makes it sound like you''re older than Platoon Leader Liu!"


    "Haha, now that Sister Miao mentions it, I do think Brother Wang Bin often sounds like an old man!"


    "Xiaoyue, do you still want Bouncy Gummies?"


    "Oh no, Brother Wang, I''m sorry! I won''t say you sound old anymore!"


    Seeing Guan Xiaoyue tease him, Wang Bin threatened her with his trump card. Hearing she wouldn''t get any Bouncy Gummies, Xiaoyue quickly grabbed Wang Bin''s arm, shaking it desperately, making everyone laugh.


    "Wang Bin, I think you did the right thing."


    "What do you mean?" Wang Bin was puzzled by Officer Miao''s comment.


    "By not giving them more food."


    "Oh, why do you say that?"


    "People are hard to satisfy!"


    Hearing Officer Miao''s words, everyone nodded in agreement.


    If Wang Bin''s abilities were exposed, they might unite against them, forcing Wang Bin to keep providing food.


    After resting, the group set off again. Since they were taking the mountain path, they found quite a few wild vegetables.


    At dinner, Platoon Leader Liu had a pot of porridge and a pot of wild vegetable soup prepared.


    After the afternoon''s events, no one dared to cause trouble anymore. They knew the food was limited, and in the apocalypse, having rice porridge was already a blessing.


    Once everyone received their food, Platoon Leader Liu stood in the middle of the crowd and said loudly, "The rice porridge is only enough for one meal. If you want more, find more wild vegetables on the way back tomorrow. We''re not far from the base, and we should arrive by noon the day after tomorrow. I hope everyone works together during this time to get through this tough period! That''s all I have to say. Enjoy your meal!"


    Platoon Leader Liu made it clear: if you want to eat, find your own food. How much you find is how much you eat. If you don''t find any, we''ll all go hungry together.


    "Wang Bin, after what you said, I think this Platoon Leader Liu has really gotten smarter!" Officer Miao teased Wang Bin with a smile after hearing Platoon Leader Liu''s speech.


    "Do you still want to drink beer?" Wang Bin pretended to be angry.


    "Ha! I''m not Platoon Leader Liu. If you don''t give it to me, I''ll just take it!" Officer Miao wasn''t intimidated by Wang Bin, acting like a rogue, leaving Wang Bin helpless.


    "Haha!" Everyone laughed heartily at the exchange.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 68 - Zombies are attacking again

    After last night''s zombie attack, everyone was as tense as a bowstring.


    To prevent another surprise attack by zombies at night, Platoon Leader Liu specifically chose a terrain that was easy to defend and difficult to attack, and also dug many trenches.


    This time, without hesitation, he mobilized all the able-bodied young men to work together. Wang Bin also brought Li Dazhu and others to help. Everyone worked hard to ensure their survival, and it didn¡¯t take long to complete the fortifications.


    To avoid attracting zombies'' attention at night, Platoon Leader Liu ordered that no bonfires be lit and no loud talking.


    After witnessing the horror of last night''s zombies, no one dared to object.


    After arranging everything, Platoon Leader Liu walked up to Wang Bin and said seriously, "Are you satisfied?"


    Wang Bin looked up at him, smiled, and said, "Sit down, you''ve made great progress."


    Hearing Wang Bin''s praise, Platoon Leader Liu''s eyes welled up with tears.


    He didn¡¯t know why, but after being reprimanded by Wang Bin, he felt as if Wang Bin was like Company Commander Zhao, making him want to prove himself in front of Wang Bin. Proving himself in front of Wang Bin was equivalent to proving himself in front of Company Commander Zhao.


    But he also understood from Wang Bin''s words that there was still room for improvement, and he hadn¡¯t yet met Wang Bin''s expectations.


    "Could you tell me where I still fall short?"


    "You did well in mobilizing the civilians, but defense shouldn''t be left entirely to you. I noticed that quite a few people in the crowd have guns. I think you should organize them. Also, even if some young and strong people don¡¯t have guns, you can give them sharpened wooden sticks as weapons. That way, even if zombies attack, at least we have the power to fight back!"


    "Oh, why didn''t I think of that? Thank you for the reminder!"


    Hearing Wang Bin''s words, Platoon Leader Liu suddenly realized and quickly stood up to mobilize the young and strong.


    Soon, Platoon Leader Liu had mobilized over a hundred young men, taking them to the woods to cut trees and make wooden sticks. They also inserted some sharpened sticks into the ground at an angle, ready to be used if zombies attacked.


    By the time they finished, it was gradually getting dark.


    Platoon Leader Liu divided the organized young men into two groups: one with guns and one with wooden sticks. He also selected some men and women with good stamina from the crowd to gather everyone together in case of a zombie attack to prevent panic and accidents.Stolen content warning: this tale belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences elsewhere.


    Seeing Platoon Leader Liu''s arrangements, Wang Bin was very satisfied. This not only strengthened the team but also reduced the need to divert forces to take care of the civilians.


    To survive, everyone had to unite.


    People either sat or lay down, gathered on a not-too-large hill.


    The hill had steep slopes on three sides, making it impossible for zombies to climb. They only needed to defend a narrow passage.


    Wang Bin lay on the grass, gazing at the starry sky. The stars were bright tonight, twinkling beautifully.


    In the past, due to studying and playing games, he hardly ever looked at the stars. But now, with plenty of time at night, it was hard not to look.


    Perhaps everyone was scared by last night''s events, and many didn¡¯t dare to sleep, just staring blankly at the stars.


    But after ten o''clock, many people became sleepy and gradually fell asleep.


    Before the apocalypse, ten o''clock at night was the time when young people were having the most fun. But now, with no entertainment, people gradually developed the habit of going to bed early.


    If you¡¯re hungry, going to bed early is a good way to avoid hunger and conserve stamina.


    "Zombies are attacking!"


    Around one in the morning, a soldier on watch suddenly shouted loudly, waking everyone from their sleep.


    "Hurry, everyone to defense! Those with guns, go to the sides of the passage. Those without, throw trees down to block the passage!" Platoon Leader Liu, upon hearing of the zombie attack, quickly organized everyone for defense.


    Having already planned the division of labor, everyone moved in an orderly manner.


    Women and children were terrified upon hearing of the zombie attack, but were quickly calmed by those organized by Platoon Leader Liu, and they spontaneously helped carry wood.


    When making the wooden sticks, Platoon Leader Liu had arranged to cut many trees and place them on the hill. If zombies attacked, they would throw the wood down the passage to block them. If no zombies attacked, the wood would remain, saving them the trouble of clearing it when they left.


    Platoon Leader Liu fired a flare, revealing that there were fewer zombies attacking this time than last, but still at least ten or twenty thousand.


    On the plains, they would have no choice but to flee, but now with the natural barrier, they could attempt to defend.


    "Open fire!"


    At Platoon Leader Liu''s command, everyone immediately opened fire.


    A volley of gunfire brought down a large number of zombies, but more swarmed forward.


    After more than ten minutes of shooting, everyone was running low on bullets.


    Wang Bin, having distributed many bullets earlier, now had only a little over a thousand rounds in his system space, which was not enough to make a significant impact. He quickly went to find Platoon Leader Liu.


    "Platoon Leader Liu, we can¡¯t keep firing. We need to conserve some bullets!"


    "But there are still many zombies coming. What should we do?"


    "It''s simple. We take turns using wooden sticks to attack the zombies climbing up."


    "That''s the only way! Cease fire, cease fire, everyone cease fire, and grab wooden sticks to hold the passage!"


    Hearing Platoon Leader Liu''s order, everyone stopped firing and went to the back to get wooden sticks.


    They stood on either side of the passage and behind the woodpile, fiercely attacking the incoming zombies.


    Zombies surrounded the hill densely, rushing towards everyone through the passage in waves.


    Zombies fell in batches, only to be replaced by more, filling the passage with countless zombie corpses. The zombies behind climbed over the dead bodies, continuously advancing.


    The people in the passage kept retreating, throwing down wood to block the way. Although this slowed the zombies'' advance, they kept pushing forward.


    An hour later, many were so exhausted that they could barely lift their arms, yet the zombies kept coming.


    Seeing the exhaustion of those at the front, the elderly and women in the back voluntarily stepped forward to replace them, allowing them to rest for a while.


    They didn¡¯t refuse, giving up their positions.


    After resting for over ten minutes, the men returned to the front to fight the zombies. Seeing the relentless advance of the zombies, people began to fear, as the passage was nearing its end. If they couldn¡¯t stop the zombies by then, the zombies would overrun the hill, leading to a massacre.


    At this moment, Wang Bin realized that individual strength was insignificant against the zombies. Only by everyone becoming stronger could they resist the zombie horde. He urgently needed a team of his own, one capable of standing against the zombies.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 69 - Eliminate Zombies

    "I have a way to stop the zombies! Everyone, quickly throw the remaining wood and branches into the passage!" Just when everyone was about to despair, Wang Bin stepped forward and shouted loudly.


    His shout instantly reignited hope among the people. Without questioning his plan, they all rushed to move the wood and branches. Even the children joined in at this point.


    Seeing that it was almost ready, Wang Bin immediately took out gasoline from the system space, poured it over the branches, and then lit it with a torch.


    In an instant, the branches and wood in the passage were set ablaze, which then ignited the zombies'' bodies.


    As the zombies caught fire, they let out painful wails, scaring many children into the arms of nearby adults.


    Zombies aren''t just skeletons; they have flesh too, albeit rotten, but still made of fat, which is flammable. The fire crackled as it consumed them.


    The zombies behind didn''t care about the ones in front and kept pushing forward, each getting ignited in turn. This chain reaction quickly set the zombies at the back on fire as well.


    For a while, the wailing of the zombies was deafening, even the adults couldn''t help but cover their ears.


    Guan Xiaoyue couldn''t resist moving next to Wang Bin, wrapping her arms around his.


    Wang Bin smiled faintly, holding Guan Xiaoyue''s shoulder, as they quietly watched the burning zombies.


    The fire burned for over an hour before gradually dying down. Although there were still some zombies around, their numbers had dwindled to just a few scattered ones, maybe a hundred or two, which no longer posed a threat.


    "We won!"


    As the fire was about to go out, someone shouted excitedly, and everyone joined in with enthusiastic cheers.


    "We''re victorious!"


    "We survived!"


    "We defeated the zombie horde!"


    Everyone was overwhelmed with excitement, shouting to vent their recent frustrations.


    Many couldn''t help but cry, having once again escaped death and defeated the grim reaper.


    Platoon Leader Liu rubbed his reddened eyes and led all the soldiers from the third platoon to Wang Bin.


    "Wang Bin, thank you, you''ve saved us once again! Salute!"Help support creative writers by finding and reading their stories on the original site.


    With that, Platoon Leader Liu led the soldiers in a salute to Wang Bin, and the more than thirty soldiers behind him followed suit in unison.


    "It''s nothing, I was just saving myself too!" Wang Bin smiled faintly, not feeling particularly heroic for using gasoline to burn the zombies.


    When the civilians noticed the commotion, they gathered around to applaud after learning what had happened.


    Guan Xiaoyue, holding Wang Bin''s arm, felt a sense of pride seeing her brother so respected, and she secretly glanced up at Wang Bin.


    Wang Bin felt a bit embarrassed and waved his hand, saying, "Now is not the time to celebrate. There are still some scattered zombies below. To ensure everyone can sleep soundly tonight, let''s go down and clear them out!"


    "Alright!"


    Everyone was very excited upon hearing this, raising their wooden sticks.


    For safety, Platoon Leader Liu didn''t let everyone go down, but selected a hundred young people to clear out the zombies. In no time, the scattered zombies were all dealt with.


    "Everyone is tired, and we have to travel tomorrow. We''ll stand guard for you, so rest up!" After clearing the zombies, Platoon Leader Liu smiled and told everyone.


    Hearing this, everyone lay down and quickly fell asleep.


    The next day, when Wang Bin woke up, it was already ten-thirty in the morning. He got up and looked around, finding many people still asleep, but Platoon Leader Liu was already awake, seemingly getting people to prepare breakfast.


    Seeing Wang Bin awake, Platoon Leader Liu said something to the soldier preparing breakfast beside him and walked over.


    "Did you sleep well?"


    "Not bad, and you?"


    "Pretty well. Do you smoke?"


    "No, thanks, I don''t smoke."


    "Thanks for your help last night!"


    "No need to thank me, you already said it many times last night!"


    "So, we''re friends then!"


    Hearing this, Wang Bin smiled faintly and extended his right hand. Platoon Leader Liu quickly extended his hand to shake Wang Bin''s, and they both smiled.


    "Thank you! This time, I''m not only thanking you on my behalf but on behalf of everyone! If you hadn''t made me realize in time, I wouldn''t have thought of building so many defenses last night, and we might all have been doomed!"


    Wang Bin didn''t respond to Platoon Leader Liu''s words, just smiled faintly. He wouldn''t tell Platoon Leader Liu that he had a Jinbei van in his system space and that if they really couldn''t hold out, he would have taken Bao and the others to break through. Fortunately, that didn''t happen, and everyone survived.


    At eleven o''clock, Platoon Leader Liu had everyone woken up to line up for breakfast.


    Breakfast was still thin porridge, but everyone ate it with gusto, and Platoon Leader Liu took the opportunity to say a few words while they ate.


    "Now that we''ve run out of food, we''ll have to rely on everyone to gather wild vegetables. But don''t worry, we''ll reach the base by noon tomorrow, so don''t lose hope. As long as we stick together, we''ll make it to the base alive!"


    Platoon Leader Liu clearly explained the current situation: there was no more food, so everyone should stop thinking about it. Whatever they wanted to eat at night would depend on how many wild vegetables they could gather. He also gave them hope, saying that they only needed to hold on for one more day to reach the base.


    Hearing that it was only a day''s journey to the base, everyone was very excited and full of energy. They gathered quite a few wild vegetables along the way. Although it wasn''t enough to fill everyone up, it was enough to sustain life.


    As night fell, Platoon Leader Liu found another easily defensible spot to settle down. This time, everyone was even more enthusiastic, with women and children joining in.


    The fortifications were completed quickly, in just over an hour, and this time everyone had a wooden stick.


    As night fell again, people quietly watched the sky. Perhaps due to the fear from the previous two zombie attacks, many people didn''t sleep that night, only falling asleep when the sky began to lighten.


    Everyone was puzzled as to why there was no zombie attack that night, but no one complained, as it was a good thing, and no one hoped for a zombie attack.


    The next morning, Platoon Leader Liu had people get up early to prepare the leftover wild vegetables from the previous day. Without rice, there weren''t many wild vegetables either, but drinking a little wild vegetable soup could still replenish some stamina.


    Hearing that they would reach the base by noon, everyone was excited and set off after breakfast.


    After crossing a mountain, Platoon Leader Liu pointed to the buildings at the foot of the mountain ahead and said, "That''s our base!"


    Hearing this, everyone cheered, but Wang Bin felt a bit disappointed, as the base didn''t seem very large.


    Platoon Leader Liu noticed Wang Bin''s disappointed expression and quickly walked over to explain, "Before the apocalypse, that was our division headquarters. After the apocalypse broke out, it was converted into a temporary shelter. Don''t be fooled by its size; it houses fifty to sixty thousand people, and we''ve fenced off the fields around the camp to grow our own vegetables and grains, feeding quite a few people!"


    "Why are there so few people?"


    "Every year, we send a group of civilians from here to the gathering place, which is our real home. This is just a temporary base."


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 70 - Arrive at the station

    When Wang Bin heard this, he immediately understood. No wonder there were so few people left after four or five years; they had all been relocated.


    For humanity to continue, survivors must be gathered together, and human settlements are the hope for mankind.


    "Oh, Platoon Leader Liu, can you tell me about the situation in the human settlements?"


    "No problem, we can talk as we walk. Currently, there are five major settlements in our country: two along the coast, one in Shangjing, another in the Central Plains, and one more on the Qinghai-Tibet Plateau."


    "These places seem to be the locations of the five major military regions, right?"


    "You''re quite sharp, you got it right away."


    "Oh, so how do you get civilians to Fuzhou?"


    "Every year, a unit from the settlement is dispatched to pick up civilians by car."


    "Do the settlements have gasoline?"


    "Yes, not only gasoline but also electric lights. Basically, everything that existed before the apocalypse is there, though some resources are restricted and not available to ordinary civilians."


    "Don''t you have vehicles?"


    "We do, but extracting gasoline is very difficult, and during transport, we often face zombie attacks, so we don''t have much gasoline here and won''t use it unless absolutely necessary."


    "I see!"


    "Some civilians, upon learning that Fuzhou is a settlement, sneak over there. But let me tell you, you absolutely must not go there alone with your people. There are countless zombies along the way, and without military escort, it''s a death sentence!"


    "Understood, thank you for the warning!"


    "You''re welcome!"


    Wang Bin and Platoon Leader Liu chatted as they walked, and Wang Bin gathered a lot of useful information from him. It seemed that as long as they reached Fuzhou, they would be safe.


    After all, there was an army group defending it, so no matter how many zombies there were, they wouldn''t be afraid.If you spot this narrative on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation.


    They had only walked halfway when the base sent a company to meet them. When the civilians saw the troops coming to pick them up, they rushed into the soldiers'' arms, crying with relief.


    "Folks, you''re safe with us now. Hurry and follow us back to the base!"


    Company Commander Li shouted, and the soldiers began leading the civilians towards the base.


    Once the civilians started moving, he found Platoon Leader Liu and asked, "Where is your Company Commander Zhao?"


    Platoon Leader Liu''s eyes reddened, and he started to cry.


    "Why are you crying? Quickly tell me what happened. Who is he?" Company Commander Li noticed Wang Bin standing beside Platoon Leader Liu and, seeing that they seemed to have a good relationship, asked.


    "Oh, his name is Wang Bin. Without him, we would''ve been killed by zombies long ago!"


    "Comrade, hello, hello, I''m Li Aiguo. On behalf of the 89th Division, I thank you for your help!" Company Commander Li was very excited, shaking Wang Bin''s hand vigorously.


    "You''re welcome. I was saving myself too. If we hadn''t helped, we wouldn''t have survived either!"


    "We?"


    "Yes, on the way here, I met many great friends, and we formed a team. We''ve weathered storms together to make it this far!" As Wang Bin spoke, he turned and pointed to Guan Xiaoyue, Officer Miao, and the others following behind him.


    "Well done! Platoon Leader Liu, quickly tell me about Company Commander Zhao. Rest assured, I''m prepared for anything, just like him, ready to sacrifice for our country!"


    Hearing Company Commander Li''s words, Wang Bin admired him greatly. He was a true soldier.


    "Company Commander Zhao, along with our first and second platoons, have all sacrificed themselves!" Platoon Leader Liu choked out.


    "How could the casualties be so severe? Quickly tell me the details!" Company Commander Li gasped, knowing that there would be casualties whenever they went out, but he hadn''t expected them to be this severe.


    Platoon Leader Liu then recounted the events in detail, and Wang Bin and the others listened to what had happened before.


    "It seems the zombies are becoming more dangerous. You need to return with me quickly to report this to the division commander! Comrade Wang Bin, follow the main force slowly; Platoon Leader Liu and I will go ahead!"


    "Alright, take care!"


    Company Commander Li sensed the urgency of the situation and hurriedly took Platoon Leader Liu back to the base.


    Watching Company Commander Li and Platoon Leader Liu run ahead, Wang Bin admired Company Commander Li''s decisiveness.


    Wang Bin approached Officer Miao and the others, sharing the information he had gathered from Platoon Leader Liu. Everyone was excited to hear that they would be safe once they reached Fuzhou, but Wang Bin poured cold water on their enthusiasm.


    "The next time the base sends vehicles to transport people is in half a year, and supposedly, they can only transport 30,000 people at a time. This means we might have to stay here for a year and a half. Even though there''s a division''s worth of troops here, you''ve seen how the zombies are becoming more aggressive. I''m a bit worried whether the 89th Division can hold out that long!"


    "Since we know where the settlement is, why don''t we go ourselves?"


    "Company Commander Li said it''s ten thousand miles to Fuzhou, a long and dangerous journey. We can''t act alone unless absolutely necessary. For now, we can only stay here and observe the situation before making any decisions!"


    There was a plane in the system space, but it was too expensive for him to afford, and even if he could, he didn''t know how to fly it. For now, they could only take it one step at a time.


    Fortunately, there was a division''s worth of troops here, making it difficult for zombies to break in, so everyone was safe for the time being.


    Wang Bin shared these thoughts to remind everyone that they weren''t completely safe and needed to remain vigilant.


    Afterwards, Wang Bin and the others followed the main force to the base. The surrounding area was enclosed by walls to keep zombies out, but if faced with a large number of zombies, those walls could easily be toppled.


    The base''s defenses were decent, with trenches and many bunkers, and the walls had places for people to stand and shooting holes. He guessed the division commander''s strategy was to concentrate the troops inside, likely due to insufficient manpower.


    The civilians inside the base, hearing that more survivors had arrived, put down their work to come and see. Wang Bin looked over and saw a sea of people.


    Seeing so many people, Wang Bin finally felt a sense of human society again.


    Upon entering the base, everyone queued up to register. After registration, soldiers led them to the rest area.


    In recent years, a few temporary buildings had been erected, but housing was still tight. The twelve of them were assigned to a ninety-square-meter house with only three rooms, so they had to squeeze several people into one room.


    For those accustomed to living in the apocalypse, having such a clean and safe place to stay was already satisfying. As for the lack of beds, they could just sleep on the floor.

 Chapter 71 - Recognition Conference

    ### Chapter 71: Commendation Ceremony


    The meals here are served twice a day, each consisting of a steamed bun and some soup. For the survivors who fled here, this is already quite decent, but for Wang Bin and his group, it feels a bit meager.


    After eating in the cafeteria, everyone returned to their room to prepare a little extra food. Afraid of being discovered cooking, they could only enjoy some instant food, which they found quite delicious.


    What were others eating? Just steamed buns and soup. But what did they have? Bread, braised chicken legs, beef jerky, various canned goods and snacks, and of course, beer and cigarettes.


    The only regret was that they probably wouldn''t be able to enjoy hot pot for a long time. But even so, they were quite content.


    During the lunch break, Platoon Leader Liu found Wang Bin and took him aside for a private conversation.


    "Tomorrow, the division commander will gather everyone for a commendation ceremony. You will receive a medal, so be prepared!"


    "A medal for me? I''m not even a soldier. What''s the point of giving me a medal?"


    "Even though you''re not a soldier, you''ve made a significant contribution this time. We lack resources here and have nothing else to offer as a reward, so we can only express our gratitude with a medal. Please don''t refuse!"


    "Well, alright."


    "I''ve just been promoted to Company Commander!"


    "Oh, congratulations!"


    "Thank you. Without you, I wouldn''t have become a Company Commander! Are you interested in joining the army? I can get you a platoon leader position. With your talents, I''m sure you could become a Company Commander or even higher!"


    "Well, I''ll pass for now. I don''t plan on joining the army."


    Wang Bin was tempted by Company Commander Liu''s proposal, but joining the army would limit his actions. In the apocalypse, he needed to become stronger by scavenging more gold, and he didn''t want to be restricted.


    Company Commander Liu didn''t expect Wang Bin to refuse and felt quite disappointed. With Wang Bin''s help, he believed he could rise several ranks higher. Unfortunately, he couldn''t force Wang Bin, so he had to let it go for now. Before leaving, he reminded Wang Bin to reconsider, promising that a platoon leader position would always be available for him.


    Back in the room, Guan Xiaoyue couldn''t help but ask what Company Commander Liu wanted. Wang Bin didn''t hide anything and explained the situation. Everyone was shocked to hear that he refused the platoon leader position, especially Li Dazhu, who had just retired from the army when the apocalypse broke out and still longed for a military role.This text was taken from Royal Road. Help the author by reading the original version there.


    "Dazhu, how about I talk to Company Commander Liu and let you take the platoon leader position?" Wang Bin noticed Li Dazhu''s envy and understood his past.


    "Ah, me? No, I swore to follow you for life. I won''t take any platoon leader position!" Li Dazhu was shocked that Wang Bin would consider him for the role. Although he longed for it, he valued loyalty and gratitude. Wang Bin had been kind to him and his sister, and he had already decided to stay by Wang Bin''s side for life.


    Wang Bin didn''t press Li Dazhu further. It was better if he stayed to help.


    The next morning, everyone was awakened by the sound of a loud bugle. Then, the broadcast announced for everyone to gather at the playground.


    Solar generators provided limited electricity here, mainly for military use. There were lights in the square, so people could gather there at night if needed.


    Hearing the broadcast, everyone came out of their rooms.


    Gathering five or six thousand people was a bit crowded, but with the soldiers maintaining order, everyone was divided into formations and stood in place without chaos.


    Around nine o''clock, a group of officers arrived, all appearing quite senior. Although Wang Bin couldn''t see their shoulder insignias clearly, he knew they must be the leaders of the 98th Division.


    "Salute!"


    An officer shouted loudly as the leaders arrived.


    The soldiers, upon hearing the command, snapped to attention and saluted the leaders on the platform in unison.


    The leading officer, appearing to be in his fifties with graying hair, stood at the front of the platform and said loudly, "Yesterday, we welcomed another group of survivors. On behalf of all the officers and soldiers of the 98th Division, I welcome you!"


    With that, the leader began to clap, and the crowd followed suit.


    "In this rescue operation, we lost many soldiers, including our Company Commander Zhao and all the soldiers of the first and second platoons. Let us observe a three-minute silence for them."


    Upon hearing this, everyone bowed their heads in silent tribute to the fallen soldiers.


    Most of them had been rescued by the soldiers, and many had been attacked by zombies during the rescue. They were genuinely grateful to those who sacrificed their lives for them.


    After the moment of silence, the leader recounted the heroic deeds of Company Commander Zhao and others, then moved on to the commendation segment.


    "In this rescue operation, our soldiers demonstrated great bravery and fulfilled their duties as soldiers. After discussion, we have decided to award a collective second-class merit to the entire third platoon of the second company, third battalion, first regiment. Platoon Leader Liu Feng will receive an individual second-class merit, and the squad leaders of the first, second, and third squads will receive individual third-class merits. Let''s welcome them to the stage with warm applause!"


    Company Commander Liu, with red eyes, led the entire third platoon to the stage, greeted by enthusiastic applause from the crowd.


    After awarding medals to all the soldiers of the third platoon, the leader announced loudly, "In this rescue operation, some survivors also stood out. They selflessly donated the ammunition they painstakingly collected to our soldiers and fought alongside them to buy time for hundreds of survivors. If it weren''t for them, the hundreds of survivors and our soldiers you saw yesterday wouldn''t have made it here alive."


    "Now, please welcome Wang Bin and his companions Guan Xiaoyue, Miao Ruyun, and Li Dazhu to the stage for their commendation!"


    As soon as the leader finished speaking, the crowd erupted in applause again.


    After their arrival yesterday, their deeds had spread, but no one knew who Wang Bin was, so many didn''t recognize them.


    Now, hearing that the military was commending them, everyone was full of admiration, especially the soldiers who learned that Wang Bin had saved their third platoon. They clapped vigorously.


    Guan Xiaoyue, Officer Miao, and Li Dazhu were stunned to be recognized, especially Li Dazhu, who, as a former soldier, deeply yearned for a medal.


    The three of them looked at Wang Bin in surprise, and Wang Bin shrugged, indicating he didn''t know either.


    In fact, the decision to commend the three of them was made later. Company Commander Liu''s attempt to recruit Wang Bin was at the division commander''s suggestion, but Wang Bin had refused.


    They felt they should compensate Wang Bin and his group, so they added their names to the commendation list.


    "Let''s go, why are you still standing there smiling?" Wang Bin reminded them with a laugh and strode towards the platform.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 72 - Knocked away with a single palm

    When Wang Bin and the other three stepped onto the stage, no one was happier than Bao, Little Nan, and Li Xiaolu. The three of them clapped excitedly, tears streaming down their faces.


    The three quickly reached the stage, and as they got closer, Wang Bin noticed that the rank of the officer was two bars and four stars, which meant he was the division commander, Li Junshan.


    Before Wang Bin and the others reached the center of the stage, Li Junshan hurriedly stepped forward to shake their hands, saying thank you with each handshake.


    Although Wang Bin didn''t care much for the honor, he felt quite pleased with the warm welcome from the division commander.


    Guan Xiaoyue felt similarly to Wang Bin. Both of them were ordinary people, and being warmly received by someone as important as the division commander made them feel proud and honored.


    Officer Miao and Li Dazhu, however, cherished this honor immensely. Officer Miao was a police officer, and Li Dazhu was a veteran. For them, honor was more important than life itself. Being recognized by the military and receiving a medal felt like a dream come true.


    In the end, Wang Bin received a second-class personal merit medal, while Guan Xiaoyue, Officer Miao, and Li Dazhu each received a third-class personal merit medal.


    Wang Bin was invited by Division Commander Li Junshan to speak on behalf of the group, and he did not refuse. He stepped forward and looked at the crowd below.


    "I am very grateful to the military for giving me and my companions such great honor. I just want to say one thing: it''s not easy for any of us to survive until today. For ourselves and for the continuation of civilization, I hope everyone can put aside personal grievances and gains, unite together, and overcome the difficulties! Thank you, that concludes my speech!"


    "Well said, we should do as Comrade Wang Bin suggested, put aside personal grievances and gains, and unite together..."


    Li Junshan gave another speech, and the commendation ceremony finally concluded.


    As Wang Bin and the others stepped down from the stage, Bao and Little Nan immediately rushed over to surround them.


    "Uncle Wang, can I see your medal?"


    "Sister Miao, can I see your medal?"


    "Brother, let me see your medal?"


    Wang Bin and the others exchanged smiles and took off their medals to show Bao and Little Nan, who examined them as if they were treasures.


    "Alright, let''s go back and look at them. If we don''t leave now, we''ll be treated like gorillas on display!" Wang Bin noticed many people approaching them, so he quickly led everyone away.The story has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation.


    He didn''t like trouble, and if they got surrounded, it would be a hassle to deal with.


    Back at the house, Wang Bin directly pinned the medal onto Bao''s clothes.


    "It''s yours now!"


    "Ah, Uncle Wang, are you really giving me the medal?"


    "Yes, if you like it, take it!"


    "Thank you, Uncle Wang!"


    "Ah, Uncle Wang, I want one too!"


    "Here, Little Nan, you can have mine!"


    "Thank you, Sister Xiaoyue!"


    As soon as Wang Bin pinned the medal onto Bao''s clothes, Little Nan became envious and tugged at Wang Bin''s clothes, ready to pout. Seeing this, Guan Xiaoyue quickly pinned her own medal onto his clothes.


    After putting on the medals, the two felt like heroes and happily ran around showing off to everyone.


    "Little sister, let me pin this on you!" Li Dazhu, seeing Bao and Little Nan showing off, quickly wanted to pin a medal on his sister.


    "No, brother, I know how important this is to you. I can''t take it!" Li Xiaolu knew how deeply her brother felt about the military and understood how important the medal was to him, so she didn''t accept it.


    Officer Miao also offered her medal to her mentor, Li Chengping, but he didn''t accept it either. For Li Chengping, seeing his disciple receive such an honor was enough to make him happy. The medal was just a formality, and he didn''t care much for it.


    The group held a celebratory feast in the house, though it was a pity they couldn''t have hot pot, which would have made everything perfect.


    After lunch, Wang Bin began practicing the Diamond Palm, Tai Chi, and Crossing the River on a Reed. Previously, he had been too troubled by zombies to practice, but now that he had the time, he wanted to make the most of it.


    Zhou Fu, who was only an upper-level second-rate expert, had already given him a hard time. If Young Master Li brought even more formidable assassins, it would be truly dangerous. So now, whenever he had time, he would practice diligently.


    Through combat, he realized his shortcomings. Although he had already trained the Diamond Palm to the second level, his understanding and application of the moves were not yet proficient, and he couldn''t fully utilize his strength.


    When he checked the system, he found that the progress bars for Shooting Specialization and Diamond Palm had reached 8901/10000, not far from the next level. From this data, it was clear that his fire had burned nearly 8,000 zombies that night.


    Seeing Wang Bin practicing martial arts, Li Dazhu wanted to spar with him and walked over.


    "Wang Bin, I''d like to spar with you."


    "Sure, what martial art do you practice?" Having someone to spar with made him very happy, so he readily agreed.


    "I learned military combat techniques. This set of techniques emphasizes simplicity and decisiveness, defeating the enemy in one move!"


    "That impressive?"


    "Yes, in the military, when facing the enemy, the goal is to defeat them in one move, leaving no chance for the enemy!"


    "Then please go easy on me!"


    "Don''t worry, I won''t use my full strength. We''ll stop when necessary!"


    "Alright, please!"


    Wang Bin was excited to hear Li Dazhu talk about how impressive the military combat techniques were and was eager to see their power.


    "Hey! Is Uncle Wang going to fight Uncle Li?"


    "What are you talking about? It''s called sparring, not fighting!"


    "Uh, okay!"


    "Bao, Little Nan, you two little rascals, be quiet and don''t disturb us watching!"


    Wang Bin and Li Dazhu''s sparring was quickly noticed by Bao and the others upstairs, and soon the window was crowded with people eager to see who was stronger.


    The sparring began quickly. Wang Bin didn''t dare to be careless and used fifty percent of his inner strength right from the start, employing the Diamond Palm.


    To everyone''s surprise, with just one move, Li Dazhu was sent flying by Wang Bin.


    "Ah, brother!" Li Xiaolu screamed in shock when she saw her brother being sent flying and rushed downstairs, followed quickly by the others.


    Wang Bin was bewildered. He hadn''t expected that using just fifty percent of his inner strength would send Li Dazhu flying.


    In reality, it wasn''t Wang Bin''s fault. Hearing Li Dazhu''s words, he thought the military combat techniques were formidable, so he used fifty percent of his inner strength, not expecting this outcome.


    "Dazhu, are you alright?"


    Waking up from his daze, Wang Bin quickly used his lightness skill, Crossing the River on a Reed, to reach Li Dazhu and check his injuries.


    "I''m fine, just... ouch, I think my arm is dislocated!"


    Li Dazhu initially wanted to say he was fine, but when he tried to lift his arm, he found he couldn''t exert any strength, and it hurt a lot. That''s when he realized Wang Bin''s palm strike had dislocated his arm.


    "Sorry, I..."


    At this point, Wang Bin didn''t know what to say. He felt that no matter what he said, it would hurt Li Dazhu''s pride, so he decided to say nothing at all.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 73 - Baby feels wronged

    "Brother, how are you?" As soon as Li Xiaolu ran out of the building, she rushed towards Li Dazhu.


    "I''m fine!" To avoid worrying his sister, Li Dazhu forced a smile despite the pain.


    "Fine? You were knocked flying by Uncle Wang, and you still say you''re fine!" Li Xiaolu rolled her eyes at her brother, then turned to Wang Bin with a look of reproach, "Uncle Wang, you hit too hard. How could you send my brother flying?"


    "Ah, I''m really sorry, I didn''t control my strength!" Wang Bin felt bitter under Li Xiaolu''s reproachful gaze. Damn it, how was I supposed to know your brother was so weak? Of course, he couldn''t say that out loud, as it would be too hurtful.


    Hearing his sister''s words, Li Dazhu''s face turned red with shame. He had just been bragging about how great his army''s combat skills were, claiming he could defeat an enemy in one move, yet he was sent flying by Wang Bin in one hit. Damn, it was so embarrassing.


    He knew Wang Bin was being considerate by not mentioning it, but he didn''t expect his sister to bring up his embarrassment right away. This time, he was utterly humiliated.


    Officer Miao and a few others quickly ran over to Li Dazhu. Officer Miao had learned some first aid at the police academy, so everyone stepped aside to let her check Li Dazhu''s injuries.


    After a while, Officer Miao smiled lightly and said, "It''s nothing serious, your hand is dislocated, just need to reset it! But I can''t tell if there are any internal injuries, you''ll have to ask Wang Bin about that."


    "Internal injuries? Uncle Wang, please check my brother!"


    "Ah, I''m really not good at diagnosing internal injuries, but don''t worry, I have a master who''s an expert in internal martial arts. I''ll ask him for advice when I go back and bring some medicine next time. For now, it''s best to go to the hospital."


    "Alright, let''s hurry and get Dazhu to the hospital!"


    "Wait a moment, let me reset his hand first!"


    "Thank you, Officer Miao!"


    "Don''t mention it, we''re like family!"


    After Officer Miao helped reset Li Dazhu''s hand, Wang Bin quickly carried him on his back and ran towards the hospital, with the others jogging behind.


    At the military hospital, the X-rays showed no issues, and they just prescribed some medicine for Li Dazhu before letting him go.


    Everyone was relieved to hear that Li Dazhu was okay, but Wang Bin still felt guilty, and he was sure that Li Dazhu had suffered internal injuries.


    If internal injuries aren''t treated in time, they could become chronic and serious when they flare up.Stolen story; please report.


    He wanted to help Li Dazhu, but he didn''t know how to treat internal injuries, and the military doctor couldn''t find any problems, which made him a bit frantic.


    "I got it, wait for me a moment!"


    Wang Bin suddenly thought of the system marketplace, which had all sorts of things. Maybe he could find medicine to treat internal injuries there.


    He hurried back to his room and entered the system marketplace to check. After a search, he quickly found a bunch of pills.


    "Minor Rejuvenation Pill, five thousand kilograms of gold each, can instantly heal internal injuries upon consumption!"


    Previously, Wang Bin had spent twenty thousand kilograms of gold to deal with Zhou Fu, and now he only had fifteen thousand kilograms of gold left in his system space. He was very short on gold, but to heal Li Dazhu, he gritted his teeth and bought a Minor Rejuvenation Pill.


    "Dazhu, quickly take this pill!"


    Wang Bin got the pill and excitedly ran out.


    "What, what kind of medicine is this?" Li Dazhu asked in confusion.


    "Minor Rejuvenation Pill, specifically for treating internal injuries."


    "Ah, there''s such a miraculous pill!"


    "Hurry up and take it to see if it works."


    Li Dazhu agreed, took the Minor Rejuvenation Pill from Wang Bin, and immediately put it in his mouth.


    The pill melted instantly, and Li Dazhu felt a cool sensation spread through every pore of his body, making him moan in comfort.


    "Brother, is this medicine that amazing?" Li Xiaolu asked in disbelief, seeing her brother''s exaggerated expression.


    "This pill is incredible, I don''t feel any pain at all, and it seems like there''s a stream of energy flowing inside my body, it''s very comfortable!"


    "Really?"


    "Of course, don''t you believe your brother? By the way, Wang Bin, do you have more of this pill?"


    "I do, but it''s very expensive!"


    "How expensive?"


    "Five thousand kilograms of gold each!"


    "Ah, five thousand!"


    "Oh my, that''s too expensive!"


    Li Dazhu thought the pill was amazing and wanted to keep one for himself, but he didn''t expect it to be so expensive, leaving him speechless for a while.


    Before the apocalypse, everyone knew how expensive gold was, and five thousand kilograms would be worth billions.


    But this pill was worth its price. After taking it, not only did Li Dazhu''s recent internal injuries heal, but even the old injuries from his time in the army were cured.


    Everyone decided not to talk about the pill anymore to avoid awkwardness and shifted the topic to the sparring match between the two.


    "Wang Bin, what martial art did you use just now? It''s amazing!"


    "I used the Diamond Palm, which is a form of internal martial arts!"


    "Ah, so you have the legendary inner strength?"


    "Yes!"


    "No wonder you sent me flying!"


    "Haha, I''m really sorry, I heard you talking about how great your army''s combat skills were, so I just..."


    "Uh, let''s not talk about that! Wang Bin, how much inner strength did you use just now?"


    "Full strength!"


    "Oh!"


    To avoid hurting Li Dazhu''s feelings, Wang Bin kindly lied. He didn''t dare to say he only used fifty percent of his inner strength.


    Bao and Little Nan got excited when they heard Wang Bin was a martial arts master and knew the legendary Diamond Palm. They immediately clung to his arm, begging him to teach them.


    Wang Bin thought for a moment and said, "The Diamond Palm is difficult to master, and it''s too aggressive. I think it''s better if you don''t learn it!"


    Bao and Little Nan were anxious, saying they could endure any hardship.


    "Don''t worry, it''s not that I won''t teach you, but the Diamond Palm isn''t suitable for you. How about I teach you Tai Chi?"


    "Is Tai Chi powerful too?"


    "Of course, it''s comparable to the Diamond Palm! Besides self-defense, it also strengthens the body. I recommend you all learn it; it''s very beneficial for your health!"


    "Wow, Wang Bin, you''re amazing, you know two such powerful martial arts?"


    "Uh, not really!"


    Hearing Li Dazhu''s words, Wang Bin didn''t dare to say that he also knew the lightness skill "Crossing the River on a Reed." If he did, Li Dazhu might be so shocked he''d spit blood.


    Everyone got interested when they heard Tai Chi was so powerful and expressed their desire to learn. They had just seen Wang Bin send the burly Li Dazhu flying with one palm, and Wang Bin said the Tai Chi he taught was comparable to the Diamond Palm.


    In the apocalypse, having more strength means a better chance of survival.


    Seeing everyone''s interest, Wang Bin was also eager and first explained the principles of Tai Chi to them, then demonstrated it in the living room.


    But Bao and Little Nan felt Wang Bin was deceiving them when they saw him moving so slowly. They thought such slow movements couldn''t be martial arts and would get them knocked down in a fight.


    Seeing the disbelief on the youngsters'' faces, Officer Miao smiled and stepped forward, saying, "Wang Bin, how about a sparring match with me, but you can''t use your inner strength?"


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 74 - Brothers Gather Together

    "Don''t worry, I was top of my class in grappling and combat when I graduated. Of course, that''s assuming you don''t use your inner strength!" Seeing Wang Bin hesitate a bit, Officer Miao added another remark.


    "Alright!" With Officer Miao saying this much, Wang Bin had no choice but to agree. Besides, he did need some real combat to hone his martial arts.


    The crowd dispersed, giving the two some space.


    Officer Miao half-clenched her left hand in front of her, while her right hand was claw-shaped, both hands effectively protecting her body. Her steps moved quickly left, right, forward, and back, constantly looking for an opportunity.


    Wang Bin assumed the starting stance of Tai Chi Baguazhang, intently watching Officer Miao''s movements.


    Officer Miao knew Wang Bin didn''t want to make the first move, so she didn''t hesitate. Her right shoulder twisted forward, and her right hand changed from a claw to a fist, striking towards Wang Bin.


    Just as Wang Bin was about to block, Officer Miao suddenly stopped her punch and swiftly spun around, kicking out with her right foot.


    Officer Miao''s series of moves were as fast as lightning. If it were an ordinary person, they would have been hit. But Wang Bin''s agility attribute was very high, already reaching 65 points. Seeing Officer Miao''s sudden change in tactics, he immediately adapted, grabbing her ankle. With a gentle pull, Officer Miao almost lost her balance.


    She hadn''t expected to lose the first move, but being a proud person, she wouldn''t admit defeat easily. After adjusting her emotions, she launched a fierce attack on Wang Bin.


    Officer Miao executed a set of combination punches, the moves flowing seamlessly and at great speed, which would be hard for the average person to handle.


    Wang Bin blocked while seizing the openings, grabbing her hand and pulling, then slamming his right shoulder into her. Officer Miao was knocked back several steps.


    "Hmph, you win!" Officer Miao''s face flushed slightly. Wang Bin''s shoulder had hit her chest, which now ached faintly. She cursed him silently for not being gentle and ran into the house.


    "Oh, Uncle Wang won!" Seeing Officer Miao run inside, Bao and the others cheered excitedly.


    "Now you see the power of Tai Chi, right?"


    "Yes, we want to learn Tai Chi!"


    "Alright, then I''ll start teaching you. From now on, you must practice for at least an hour every morning."


    "Okay!"


    With that, Wang Bin began instructing everyone. Before long, Officer Miao also opened the door and joined in learning with the others.If you discover this tale on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the violation.


    The next morning, everyone got up early to learn Tai Chi from Wang Bin. Later, Li Dazhu sparred with Wang Bin again. This time, without using inner strength, Wang Bin found they were evenly matched, gaining a new appreciation for Li Dazhu''s abilities.


    With Li Dazhu''s skills, he would definitely be a top soldier in the army. It''s a pity he doesn''t have inner strength; otherwise, he might become a martial arts master.


    That night, it was time for him to return to the real world. Having brought Officer Miao and the others to a safe place, he no longer needed to be as anxious as before.


    As soon as he returned to the real world, his phone started ringing incessantly. It was You Hongfei and Li Chengping calling.


    Wang Bin called them back separately. You Hongfei had found a warehouse for him, and Li Chengping had located three veteran craftsmen who would be arriving soon. He also had You Hongfei rent an apartment near the factory for the three masters to stay in.


    Hearing the good news from both of them, Wang Bin was delighted. Since they were both in the city, he invited them over for drinks.


    Even though they had money now, they didn''t act like wealthy people at all, choosing to meet at the Old Soldier BBQ. For a satisfying drink, this kind of place was the best.


    In the sweltering summer heat, the three of them each opened a bottle of chilled beer and downed it in one go.


    "Ah, refreshing!"


    As they drank and ate BBQ, they discussed the company''s future development, casually talking about billions.


    At a nearby table, a few burly men overheard Wang Bin and the others, thinking they were bragging. They were displeased, wondering why people who talked about billions would come to such a small place to drink.


    "Hey, have you three had too much to drink?"


    "No, we just started. What''s up?"


    "Bragging without considering the place. If you''re so rich, why come to a small place like this to drink?"


    "So what? Can''t rich people drink here? Do you even know what nostalgia is?"


    "Wang Bin, ignore them. They look like uneducated people who probably can''t even spell nostalgia!"


    "How dare you talk like that, looking for trouble?"


    "What do you mean, how dare we? We''re just talking among ourselves. What''s it to you?"


    "You¡¯re bragging in front of us, and we can''t stand it!"


    "Short-sighted, watch this!"


    Wang Bin, having seen too much life and death in the apocalypse, didn''t want to be involved in constant fighting in the real world. He chose not to argue, simply taking out his car keys and pressing a button. The Mercedes parked at the BBQ entrance beeped twice.


    The burly men were instantly dumbfounded. When they came in, they had taken photos of the three sports cars parked outside and posted them on social media, boasting about their luck in seeing luxury cars. They never imagined these three cars belonged to the three casually dressed young men in front of them.


    "Oh, we''re really sorry, gentlemen. It was my mistake! No, you''re the gentlemen, we''re the underlings. If you ever need anything, please remember us. Here''s our card!"


    The leader of the men handed a business card to Wang Bin. Wang Bin glanced at it and casually agreed, not paying them any more attention.


    The burly men knew they couldn''t afford to offend Wang Bin, so they quickly finished their food and left.


    In the past, Wang Bin might have started a fight immediately, but he had matured a lot now and wouldn''t resort to violence unless absolutely necessary.


    While eating BBQ, Wang Bin noticed a man in his late twenties sitting in a corner. The man looked disheveled, but Wang Bin observed that he was physically strong. Although his eyes seemed a bit dazed, a closer look revealed a sharp gaze.


    Since returning from the apocalypse, Wang Bin found he could read people more accurately. The man in the corner was definitely not simple.


    He was paying attention to this man mainly because Young Master Li had recently been hiring assassins to kill him, so he was extra cautious about those around him.


    As Wang Bin and his friends were eating, the landlady approached the man with a bottle of beer and sat down beside him.


    "A-Kai, how have you been lately?"


    "Just got fired," the man said quietly.


    "What, got into a fight with your boss again?"


    "Yeah."


    "You need to work on that temper of yours!"


    The man didn''t respond, just shook his head helplessly.


    The landlady didn''t blame him, instead pulling out a wad of cash and placing it in his hand.


    "A-Kai, I''ve made some money over the years. I know you''re having a hard time, so take this."


    "No, sis, I can''t take your money!"


    "Don''t be silly. After your class leader died, if it weren''t for the money you all sent me, I wouldn''t have been able to open this BBQ place. Technically, you all have shares in it, so why can''t I give you a share?"


    "No, no, sis, I really can''t take your money! I have to go now, I''ll visit you another time!"


    The man didn''t take the money, instead hurriedly standing up and limping out of the shop, revealing a limp as he walked.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 75 - Soldier Xiao Kai

    The lady boss watched the man stride out of the barbecue shop and sighed helplessly.


    After Wang Bin''s body was strengthened, his hearing became exceptional. He heard the conversation between the two clearly and realized that the lady boss''s husband used to be a soldier but seemed to have sacrificed his life.


    The man earlier also seemed to have been in the military, but for some reason, he had become a cripple.


    Confirming that the man wasn''t an assassin, Wang Bin felt relieved.


    "We''ve almost finished eating. How about we go sing some songs?"


    "Sure, let''s go!"


    You Hongfei loved singing and was in a great mood today, so he suggested they go sing. Wang Bin hadn''t sung with them for a long time and readily agreed.


    As soon as Wang Bin and his friends stepped out of the barbecue shop, they saw the man from earlier surrounded by seven or eight burly men.


    "Let''s go over and take a look!"


    Ever since his interaction with Li Dazhu, Wang Bin had developed a fondness for soldiers. Seeing the man surrounded, he felt a sense of sympathy.


    "Boss, this guy''s been meddling!"


    "Kid, I''ll give you a chance. Just kneel and apologize to my brother, and I''ll spare your life!"


    "Cut the crap, if you want to fight, then fight!"


    "Oh, you''re quite bold, huh? Brothers, get him!"


    The thugs held clubs in their hands, while the man had no weapon and was a cripple. Many thought he was doomed.


    Wang Bin was a bit far from them and hadn''t reached them before the fight broke out.


    Despite being a cripple, the man was agile and his punches were powerful. He took a few hits but managed to knock down several men with just a few punches.


    Unfortunately, he was alone. One of the men sneaked up behind him and hit his other leg, causing him to fall to the ground with a scream.


    Seeing the man fall, the thugs rushed over and started punching and kicking him. The man could only use his hands to protect his head.


    "Stop!"


    If you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it.


    At this moment, Wang Bin arrived, shouted, and used his inner strength to punch one of the men, sending him flying. He then punched the remaining men one by one, knocking them all down.


    "Who are you, kid? How dare you meddle in Black Tiger Gang''s affairs?"


    "Black Tiger Gang again?"


    "What, scared?"


    "Scared? Do you know who I am?"


    "Who are you? If you dare leave your name, the Black Tiger Gang will definitely kill you!"


    "Wang Bin!"


    "What, you''re Wang Bin?"


    Hearing the name Wang Bin, the thugs turned pale with fear and scrambled to their feet, enduring the pain as they ran away.


    "Are you okay?"


    "I''m fine, thank you!"


    After driving the thugs away, Wang Bin extended his hand to help the man up, but the man simply thanked him and got up on his own.


    Wang Bin smiled awkwardly but didn''t mind, knowing that strong people usually have a strong sense of pride and won''t easily accept help from others.


    The man stood up, thanked Wang Bin again, and turned to leave.


    "Wait!"


    "What''s up?"


    "I have a job offer for you. Are you interested?"


    "Not interested."


    "Wait, I''ll pay you five thousand a month, and there are bonuses if you do well!"


    The man paused for a moment but then continued walking.


    Wang Bin could tell that he was interested in the five thousand but didn''t understand why he refused.


    Moreover, from the conversation with the lady boss earlier, he knew the man really needed a job.


    Wang Bin''s stubbornness kicked in, and he stepped forward to block the man''s path.


    "I want to know why you''re refusing me."


    The man still didn''t answer, trying to bypass Wang Bin, but Wang Bin moved a step and extended his hand, making it clear that he wouldn''t let the man pass without an explanation.


    "Is that sports car yours?" The man asked, pointing to the car parked outside the barbecue shop.


    "Yes!"


    After asking, the man said nothing more, as if that was his answer.


    After a while, Wang Bin finally understood.


    "Are you against the rich? I think you might have misunderstood me!"


    The man said nothing, but his attitude made his stance clear.


    "Brother, I think you really misunderstood me. I''m not a second-generation wealthy. The sports car was bought with my hard-earned money. Also, my two friends here aren''t second-generation wealthy either. They''re my classmates, and we earned our money through hard work!"


    "Really?"


    "Of course it''s true! We just started a company and really need someone with your skills to help us. If you find out I''m lying, you can just leave!"


    "Why are you helping me?"


    "It''s simple. I have a friend who''s also a soldier, and he''s a retired scout."


    "Then why don''t you ask him to help you?"


    "He can''t come!"


    Hearing that he couldn''t come, the man thought Wang Bin meant his friend had died, and his expression turned a bit sad.


    Actually, Wang Bin was referring to Li Dazhu. Li Dazhu was in the apocalypse, and the system space couldn''t carry living beings, so there was no way to bring Li Dazhu here.


    "Alright, I agree!"


    "That''s more like it. Let''s go sing, and I''ll tell you about the job!"


    "Okay!"


    The lady boss saw the fight and came out of the shop. She had witnessed everything from the crowd and felt relieved when A-Kai agreed to work for Wang Bin.


    Watching A-Kai get into Wang Bin''s car, a smile finally appeared on her face.


    Wang Bin drove to a proper KTV, got a private room and a case of beer, and everyone introduced themselves before starting to sing.


    The man''s name was Xiao Kai, a retired special forces soldier. He had to have his left leg amputated after being injured during a mission.


    He used his severance pay to try his hand at business in the city, but maybe because he was too honest and straightforward, he was soon swindled out of his money.


    Later, he had to work as a security guard, but many places wouldn''t hire him because he was a cripple. He finally found a few companies, but he couldn''t stand the bosses and eventually quit.


    Wang Bin also introduced their situation, saying they were college juniors. As for how he could afford a sports car, he explained he won a lottery worth several hundred million, not because he was a second-generation wealthy.


    Xiao Kai appreciated Wang Bin for not forgetting his friends after becoming wealthy, as he and his comrades were the same way.


    At first, Xiao Kai didn''t sing because he wasn''t familiar with the others, but after Wang Bin and the others made him drink a few bottles, he loosened up and grabbed the mic. Unfortunately, the songs he sang were either military songs or old songs from the 80s and 90s, which made Wang Bin and the others cringe. They decided not to invite him next time they went singing.


    They sang until two in the morning, and by then, they were all a bit tipsy. Wang Bin didn''t dare let them drive, so he called a driver service.


    Instead of sending them to a hotel, Wang Bin took them to his home, as his villa had plenty of rooms.


    Before going to bed, Wang Bin set an alarm because he had to meet his master, Li Zhengguo, the next morning.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 76 - Dazhu is being bullied

    The next day, Wang Bin was woken up by his alarm clock. His head still ached a bit, so he quickly washed up and dashed out of his house, heading towards Emerald Lake for a run.


    As usual, after two laps, Li Zhengguo arrived. After a quick greeting, they continued running. After five laps, Wang Bin approached Li Zhengguo.


    "Master!"


    "Mm, take a break first."


    "Okay!"


    Wang Bin took a short rest and only stood up once his breathing steadied.


    "Come over when you''re ready!"


    After bowing respectfully, Wang Bin stood in front of Li Zhengguo, and the two began practicing Tai Chi push hands.


    To master Tai Chi, one must practice push hands extensively, which involves two people engaging in circular offense and defense, with offense in defense and defense in offense, providing excellent training.


    Initially, Wang Bin would be pushed away by Li Zhengguo after just two or three moves, but after an hour, he could withstand over twenty moves, which once again surprised Li Zhengguo with Wang Bin''s progress.


    "Let''s stop here for today."


    After practicing for so long, Li Zhengguo was also a bit tired.


    "Master, I have something I need your help with."


    "Oh, what is it?"


    "I accidentally injured someone with my inner strength. Do you have any remedies for internal injuries?"


    "Ah, you! Yes, tell me what happened first."


    "I had a match with someone. That person was quite skilled, and I wanted to win, so I went all out and ended up injuring them!"


    "Mm, getting injured in a match is normal. Take out your phone and note this down. I''ll give you a remedy."


    "Yes, thank you, Master!"


    After giving Wang Bin the remedy, Li Zhengguo left. Wang Bin bought some breakfast on his way back home.


    When he got home, Xiao Kai was already awake, sitting in the living room watching TV. To avoid disturbing You Hongfei and Li Xingping, the TV volume was very low.


    "You''re up, come have some breakfast."


    "Mm, thanks!"


    This story originates from a different website. Ensure the author gets the support they deserve by reading it there.


    Xiao Kai didn''t hesitate and took a portion of breakfast to eat.


    While Xiao Kai was eating, Wang Bin explained their company and Xiao Kai''s job. Xiao Kai''s job was simple: to work as a security guard at the processing plant, ensuring its safety.


    Xiao Kai was quite satisfied with the job. Typically, a security guard would earn only two to three thousand a month, but Wang Bin offered him five thousand, plus insurance and bonuses for good performance. Where else could he find such a job?


    Around noon, You Hongfei and Li Xingping finally woke up. The breakfast was already cold, but they didn''t mind and heated it up in the kitchen before eating.


    Wang Bin initially wanted to suggest skipping breakfast and going straight to lunch, but You Hongfei and Li Xingping just smiled and ate heartily once the breakfast was reheated.


    "No waste!"


    Xiao Kai was shocked to hear their words. Were they really wealthy people?


    After a short rest, Wang Bin and the others took Xiao Kai to the processing plant, where the renovation company was working.


    Xiao Kai glanced around and said to Wang Bin, "Haven''t you installed surveillance cameras yet?"


    "Didn''t have the time."


    "Oh, if you trust me, let me handle the installation of the surveillance cameras."


    "You know how to do that?"


    "Did you forget what I used to do?"


    "Right, you were..."


    With workers from the renovation company around, Wang Bin didn''t continue.


    Xiao Kai took a look around, then pulled out a piece of paper and pen to sketch.


    "Here, here, and these spots need surveillance cameras to eliminate blind spots."


    "A professional is indeed a professional. I''ll leave the cameras to you. Calculate how much it''ll cost."


    "If you want night vision and high definition, twelve cameras plus the system will cost about fifteen thousand. Add a computer, and twenty thousand should cover it!"


    "Twenty thousand isn''t enough. I''ll give you fifty thousand. Get the best equipment! Give me your bank account, and I''ll transfer the money now."


    "Ah, we just met last night. Aren''t you afraid I''ll run off with the money?"


    "It''s just fifty thousand. I don''t even care about that amount, and I trust my judgment."


    "Alright, since you trust me so much, I won''t let you down!"


    At this moment, Xiao Kai felt like he had found a confidant, and Wang Bin''s standing in his mind soared. After transferring the money, he went straight to purchase the cameras.


    Watching Xiao Kai walk away, You Hongfei playfully punched Wang Bin and said, "You''re getting better at winning people''s hearts. Just fifty thousand, and you''ve got a former special forces soldier following you loyally!"


    "This isn''t about winning hearts; it''s about mutual trust! If you doubt someone, don''t use them; if you use them, don''t doubt them. That''s my way of doing things!"


    "Alright, you win!"


    "By the way, help me renovate my warehouse, buy a few larger refrigerators and some shelves. Every other day, help me procure some goods. Just have the vendors deliver them; I''ll send you the list later."


    "No problem."


    You Hongfei didn''t ask what Wang Bin needed the warehouse for or what he was buying. His trust in Wang Bin was just like Wang Bin''s trust in him. Whatever Wang Bin asked him to do, he would do.


    After giving instructions, Wang Bin left. This time, the procurement couldn''t wait for You Hongfei, so he had to go buy things himself.


    From Company Commander Liu, he learned that the base had electricity and a signal tower, so he planned to buy some walkie-talkies. With these, he could stay in touch with them promptly.


    Since cooking wasn''t possible recently, Wang Bin reduced the purchase of meat and fresh vegetables, focusing on instant foods, snacks, beer, and drinks. He also went to the pharmacy to buy some Chinese medicine prescribed by Master Liu Zhengguo.


    The items in the system mall were too expensive, so he avoided buying from there unless necessary. As for the remaining ten thousand kilograms of gold, he didn''t plan to spend it yet; he could exchange it when needed.


    Additionally, he bought a lot of gasoline this time, finding it more effective against zombies than guns.


    When the time came, Wang Bin re-entered the apocalypse. As he stepped out of his room, everyone was sitting in the living room, quietly waiting for his return.


    "Wang Bin, you''re back?"


    "Mm!"


    Wang Bin replied with a smile and took out ice cream and chocolate from the system space for everyone. This time, there wasn''t as much ice cream as before, but at least everyone got two.


    Bao and Little Nan enjoyed their treats, while the others ate one and saved the rest for Bao and the others.


    "Has anything happened recently?"


    "Yes, Uncle Wang, you have to avenge Uncle Dazhu. He was bullied!"


    Before anyone else could respond, Bao spoke up first.


    "What happened?" Wang Bin immediately grew concerned.


    "It''s nothing much. I encountered a skilled fighter in the army and got defeated by him."


    "Oh, what kind of fighter?"


    "Uncle Wang, that person is really strong. He broke six bricks with one palm!"


    "Oh, what martial art did he use?"


    "I found out it was Iron Palm."


    "How did you end up fighting him?"


    "After you left, we practiced the Tai Chi you taught us every day. A squad leader saw us and, being a martial artist himself, wanted to spar with me. I defeated him, and the news spread. Then the squad leader brought their battalion commander, and I was no match for him!"


    "I see. That''s a minor issue. Tomorrow, arrange a meeting for me. I''ll spar with him in the afternoon."


    "Ah, are you really going to step in?"


    "My brother was bullied. Do you think I''d just stand by and do nothing?"


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 77 - Challenge

    Li Dazhu had suffered some internal injuries this time, but fortunately, Wang Bin had brought some traditional Chinese medicine for treating such injuries. He prepared a dose and asked Sister Liu to help brew it for Li Dazhu to drink.


    Besides Li Dazhu being bullied, Wang Bin also learned that three teams that had gone out to search for survivors had returned recently. However, these teams suffered heavy casualties, with many soldiers dead, and they only managed to bring back over five hundred people. It''s rumored that one team hasn''t returned, and people are speculating that they might have perished.


    Hearing this, Wang Bin couldn''t help but ponder deeply. Is this place really safe if things continue like this?


    The next morning, Wang Bin led everyone in practicing Tai Chi. Some passersby saw them practicing and mocked them, almost provoking Li Dazhu to rush over and beat those guys up.


    Ever since he was defeated by the army''s top soldier, some people would mock them whenever they saw them practicing the seemingly gentle Tai Chi.


    After an hour of practice, Wang Bin sent Li Dazhu to deliver a challenge.


    Thinking about the chance for revenge, Li Dazhu ran excitedly and soon reached Battalion Commander Zhang''s headquarters.


    "Stop, this is the headquarters, unauthorized personnel are not allowed inside!"


    Seeing Li Dazhu running over, two soldiers on guard immediately aimed their guns at him.


    "I''m here to see Battalion Commander Zhang!"


    "What do you want with our commander?"


    "To deliver a challenge!"


    "Oh, so you''re the Li Dazhu who was defeated by our commander a few days ago. Have you mastered some divine skills in such a short time and come for revenge?"


    Hearing that Li Dazhu was here to deliver a challenge, the two soldiers immediately recognized him and started teasing.


    "Don''t underestimate people. This time, it''s my brother Wang Bin who wants to challenge your commander!"


    "Oh, wait here, I''ll go inform him!"


    The sentry quickly relayed the message to Battalion Commander Zhang. Upon hearing it, Zhang immediately perked up. Being a martial arts enthusiast, he was eager to accept a challenge from a skilled opponent and rushed out.


    "Li Dazhu, is what you said true?"


    "Of course it''s true. Do you dare to accept the challenge?"


    "Why wouldn''t I? But I wonder how Wang Bin''s martial arts compare to yours. If he''s not as good as you, I''m not interested!"This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere.


    "Don''t worry, my brother Wang Bin is several times better than me. You''re definitely not his match!"


    "Oh, several times better, that''s quite a boast!"


    "Whether it''s boasting or not, you''ll find out after the match!"


    "Alright, I accept. You choose the time and place!"


    "See you at the playground at two this afternoon!"


    "Alright, I''ll be there on time!"


    Seeing that Battalion Commander Zhang had agreed, Li Dazhu didn''t linger and jogged back.


    As soon as he left, the headquarters was abuzz, and the news quickly spread. Many people knew that Wang Bin was going to have a martial arts match with Battalion Commander Zhang that afternoon, and everyone was talking about it.


    At noon, when Wang Bin led everyone to the cafeteria for lunch, many people were whispering behind their backs, not optimistic about Wang Bin.


    They had all witnessed Battalion Commander Zhang''s skills, breaking six bricks with a single palm strike. If that strike landed on a person, it would surely break all their bones.


    The news quickly reached Commander Li Junshan. Political Commissar Wang Shun slammed the table, calling it nonsense, and wanted to find Battalion Commander Zhang, but Li Junshan stopped him.


    "Old Wang, sit down, don''t get excited!"


    "How can I not be? Last time, he injured our hero Li Dazhu, and I haven''t settled that account yet. Now he''s going after our second-class hero. How can I not be upset? I must stop this!"


    "I don''t think Wang Bin will necessarily lose, and I think this is a good thing. We can take advantage of this..."


    "You, I think you should become a politician!"


    "What? Leading troops into battle also requires brains, you know?"


    "Haha, alright, alright!"


    What Wang Bin didn''t know was that he was already on Commander Li''s radar.


    Despite the whispers around them, Guan Xiaoyue almost went up to beat those people several times, but Officer Miao kept pulling her back.


    Wang Bin didn''t care at all about what these people thought. Soon, they would naturally shut up.


    After lunch, Wang Bin took everyone back. To adjust his state, he sat cross-legged in his bedroom until there was a knock on the door, and then he got up and came out.


    "Let''s go!"


    Seeing Wang Bin in good spirits, everyone gave him encouraging looks and followed him to the playground.


    When Wang Bin arrived at the playground, he was startled by the scene before him. There were two to three thousand people present, including over two thousand soldiers.


    These soldiers had brought their units over under the guise of training, but in reality, they were there to watch the match. Seeing Wang Bin and his group approaching, they quickly led their units to sit around the competition area, claiming to be resting.


    "Wow, isn''t this a bit over the top!"


    "Yeah, there must be at least several thousand people, right?"


    Guan Xiaoyue and the others were taken aback by the large crowd, whispering as they followed behind Wang Bin.


    Seeing so many people, Wang Bin felt that things were a bit out of his control. He had originally just wanted to vent some anger for Li Dazhu and gain some combat experience, but he hadn''t expected so many people to show up.


    What he didn''t know was that Commander Li was orchestrating things behind the scenes, which is why the event was so grand.


    At this point, Wang Bin had to show his true skills.


    As Wang Bin and his group approached, the crowd started buzzing.


    Wang Bin saw a man sitting in the middle of the grass, seemingly meditating, with a large area of grass cleared around him. The crowd was sitting around this open space, and he knew that the man sitting there must be Battalion Commander Zhang.


    "Brother Wang, good luck!"


    "Uncle Wang, go for it!"


    "Wang Bin, you can do it!"


    Everyone shouted words of encouragement to Wang Bin and sat on a patch of grass in the front, while Wang Bin walked straight over.


    Hearing footsteps, Battalion Commander Zhang slowly opened his eyes.


    Wang Bin noticed that Battalion Commander Zhang''s eyes were extremely sharp, and he could feel the presence of energy around him, realizing that Battalion Commander Zhang was also someone with deep inner strength.


    Knowing that Battalion Commander Zhang was an internal martial arts expert, Wang Bin felt a bit uneasy. Things didn''t seem as simple as he had imagined, and he wasn''t sure if he could defeat Battalion Commander Zhang today.


    Battalion Commander Zhang was a bit disappointed when he saw Wang Bin. He had adjusted himself to his best state, only to see a young man who seemed to lack fighting spirit.


    Wang Bin saw the look of disappointment in Battalion Commander Zhang''s eyes and realized he was being underestimated. This ignited a nameless fire within him, making him eager to have a proper match with Battalion Commander Zhang.


    Battalion Commander Zhang didn''t expect that the seemingly unmotivated young man would suddenly exude an aura that surged towards him.


    "Interesting!"


    Battalion Commander Zhang also sensed the presence of energy around Wang Bin, making him even more interested in this match.


    "Wang Bin, here to seek guidance!" Wang Bin stopped about three meters away from Battalion Commander Zhang, cupped his fists, and saluted.


    "Zhang Sheng, at your service!" Seeing Wang Bin perform the martial salute, Battalion Commander Zhang didn''t dare to be negligent and returned the salute.


    A showdown between experts was about to begin!


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 78 - Martial Arts Competition One

    "The show is about to begin!"


    Commander Li and Political Commissar Wang were very interested in the upcoming martial arts match, but unfortunately, they weren''t suited to watch it live. So, they hid in a nearby building, watching through binoculars.


    "Who do you think will win?" Political Commissar Wang asked with a smile.


    "I''m betting on Wang Bin!" Commander Li replied with a grin.


    "How about a wager?"


    "Sure, what do you propose?"


    "I bet Zhang Sheng will win. If I win, you have to bring out that half bottle of wine for us to share today."


    "Alright, and if you lose?"


    "If I lose, I''ll give you my treasured pack of cigarettes. How about that?"


    "Deal!"


    The guards behind them found the two leaders'' childishness amusing but didn''t dare to laugh out loud.


    In these times of scarcity, the two leaders were usually reluctant to indulge in smoking or drinking, only bringing out their treasured items for particularly joyous occasions. Now, for this martial arts match, they were willing to stake their prized possessions, showing how much they valued the event.


    The match soon began, with Battalion Commander Zhang''s Iron Palm technique being incredibly fierce, launching a relentless assault on Wang Bin.


    Wang Bin didn''t dare to be careless, using fifty percent of his inner strength to counterattack with the Diamond Palm against Battalion Commander Zhang.


    Both moved with incredible speed, exchanging over ten blows in an instant, neither gaining the upper hand.


    Even those unfamiliar with martial arts could tell from their movements and the sound of their strikes that both were highly skilled.


    After exchanging a blow, both retreated three steps.


    Initially, both sides were merely testing each other, not using their full strength. After the initial probing, they gained some understanding of each other, and the real fight was about to begin.


    "I didn''t expect you to be even more formidable than I imagined. From now on, I''ll be going all out!"


    "So will I!"


    If you find this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the infringement.


    Wang Bin smiled faintly. The feeling of being evenly matched was exhilarating, greatly aiding his mastery of martial arts.


    "Ha!"


    Battalion Commander Zhang shouted, leaping forward with a kick, followed by a spinning back kick, then a storm of palm strikes aimed at Wang Bin.


    Wang Bin remained calm, focusing intently on every move Battalion Commander Zhang made.


    His master, Li Zhengguo, had taught him that every move could be anticipated. For instance, the twist of a joint could reveal the opponent''s next move. For ordinary people, this was extremely difficult, but Wang Bin''s agility was exceptionally high, far surpassing Battalion Commander Zhang''s. He could predict many of his opponent''s moves, allowing him to defend in advance.


    However, Battalion Commander Zhang''s palm technique was incredibly fast, with seamless movements. Even when Wang Bin spotted an opening, he often had no chance to counterattack, spending most of his time on defense.


    To outsiders, it seemed Wang Bin had no chance to fight back, being pushed back by Battalion Commander Zhang, leading many to believe Battalion Commander Zhang would win again.


    Especially Guan Xiaoyue, who was deeply concerned for Wang Bin. Seeing him only defending made her heart race with anxiety. If she could, she would have jumped in to fight in his place.


    Officer Miao, who was somewhat skilled in combat, could see more clearly than others. Although Wang Bin was constantly on the defensive, he wasn''t hurt at all. She also knew that such aggressive attacks consumed a lot of stamina.


    Martial arts weren''t just about who had the hardest fists. Besides personal strength, intelligence was crucial.


    Just like when we watch NBA or soccer games, we often praise outstanding players by saying they play smart, using their brains.


    The same goes for martial arts; it requires strategy and intelligence.


    Seeing Guan Xiaoyue so tense, Officer Miao smiled and put an arm around her shoulder, saying, "Don''t worry, he''ll definitely win!"


    "Really?" Guan Xiaoyue asked excitedly.


    "Of course, haven''t you noticed Wang Bin hasn''t been injured yet? Fighting isn''t just about brute strength; it requires brains too!"


    "Yes, Brother Wang will definitely win!"


    Hearing Officer Miao''s words, Guan Xiaoyue finally smiled happily.


    However, an unpleasant voice came from nearby.


    "Ha, that''s just self-consolation. Wang Bin is bound to lose!"


    "What did you say? Are you looking for a beating?" Officer Miao snapped, turning angrily to face the speaker.


    "You think you can take me?" The person, seeing it was a woman, wasn''t afraid and provocatively smirked.


    "Stone, are you looking for trouble? Do you know who she is?" A young man nearby couldn''t stand it and quickly warned his companion.


    "Who is she?"


    "Officer Miao, her skills are on par with Li Dazhu''s!"


    "Ah!"


    The person exclaimed in surprise, then shrank back, not daring to speak again. He had seen Li Dazhu''s match with Battalion Commander Zhang before. Although Li Dazhu lost, he had shown impressive skills. Against someone untrained like him, Li Dazhu could easily take on ten of him.


    "Hmph!" Officer Miao snorted coldly, seeing the person back down, and turned her attention back to Wang Bin and Battalion Commander Zhang''s match.


    Some might say that Wang Bin was evenly matched with Li Dazhu when not using inner strength, and since Li Dazhu was defeated by Battalion Commander Zhang, wouldn''t that mean Wang Bin was inferior to Battalion Commander Zhang?


    The answer is no. Wang Bin was evenly matched with Li Dazhu because he wasn''t using inner strength, and Li Dazhu was very skilled in combat techniques. Wang Bin''s mastery of the Diamond Palm and Tai Chi wasn''t yet sufficient, leading to an even match.


    If Wang Bin used inner strength, he could send Li Dazhu flying with just fifty percent of his power.


    Battalion Commander Zhang defeated Li Dazhu largely due to his inner strength.


    Now, compared to Battalion Commander Zhang, Wang Bin''s shortcoming was his mastery of martial arts.


    However, as time passed, Wang Bin''s combat talent began to shine. Battalion Commander Zhang noticed that Wang Bin seemed to become more adept at applying martial arts, and his stamina was depleting rapidly, making it difficult to maintain such a high-speed fight.


    After exchanging another dozen moves, Wang Bin seized an opening and struck Battalion Commander Zhang''s chest with a palm.


    Battalion Commander Zhang hurriedly blocked, but he wasn''t fully prepared and didn''t use his full strength, causing him to stagger back several steps from Wang Bin''s strike.


    "Wow!"


    Seeing Battalion Commander Zhang stagger back, the crowd gasped in surprise, not expecting the match to turn out this way.


    Guan Xiaoyue, seeing Wang Bin push Battalion Commander Zhang back, also shouted excitedly.


    Beside her, Bao and Little Nan, along with others, cheered loudly for Wang Bin.


    Battalion Commander Zhang hadn''t expected Wang Bin to be so tough, defending flawlessly despite his relentless attacks. However, he wasn''t ready to admit defeat so easily.


    Just as he prepared to attack again, he noticed Wang Bin changing his stance.


    Wang Bin calmly made a move, drawing circles with his hands and feet, then fixed his gaze on him.


    "Tai Chi"


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 79 - Martial Arts Competition II

    Upon seeing Wang Bin''s movements, Battalion Commander Zhang immediately recognized the martial arts technique Wang Bin was about to use.


    Battalion Commander Zhang was extremely puzzled. Just a moment ago, Wang Bin was using the Diamond Palm, and now he switched to Tai Chi. How many martial arts techniques does this guy actually know?


    "Am I being underestimated?"


    With this thought, Battalion Commander Zhang angrily clenched his fists and charged at Wang Bin once again.


    In fact, Battalion Commander Zhang misunderstood Wang Bin. The reason Wang Bin switched to Tai Chi was that he felt he had almost mastered the Diamond Palm, and Battalion Commander Zhang was a rare sparring partner. How could he miss such a good opportunity to improve his Tai Chi?


    As soon as they clashed, Battalion Commander Zhang felt very uncomfortable, as if he were hitting cotton, making him extremely unaccustomed.


    Previously, when Wang Bin used the Diamond Palm, it felt great. The hard-hitting sensation made his blood boil, but now he couldn''t exert any strength, leaving him very frustrated.


    All of Battalion Commander Zhang''s punches were neutralized by Wang Bin. To be precise, most of the force was dissipated, and Wang Bin would occasionally seize the opportunity to use the opponent''s strength against him. When Battalion Commander Zhang''s punch was at its weakest, Wang Bin would lightly guide it, instantly disrupting Battalion Commander Zhang''s rhythm. If Battalion Commander Zhang wasn''t careful, Wang Bin''s fist would strike, leaving him in a sorry state.


    The more Battalion Commander Zhang fought, the more stifled he felt, growing increasingly impatient. Gradually, he lost a bit of his composure, allowing Wang Bin to seize the opportunity to land a heavy punch, forcing him back five or six steps before he could steady himself.


    He wanted to continue attacking, but as soon as he took a step, he felt a sharp pain in his abdomen. He realized he had suffered internal injuries, and not minor ones at that.


    Battalion Commander Zhang was astonished to find a circular mark under Wang Bin''s feet, shocked at the thought that Wang Bin hadn''t stepped out of that circle the entire time!


    He had heard of the power of Tai Chi before, saying that masters of Tai Chi didn''t need to step out of their circle while performing. He had encountered Tai Chi practitioners before, but none were as skilled as him, so he had never seen this legendary phenomenon. Now, he had witnessed it firsthand and experienced its power.


    He was defeated, utterly defeated!


    "I lost!"


    Although Battalion Commander Zhang didn''t want to admit it, a man must own up to his losses.


    "Wow!"


    If you stumble upon this tale on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it.


    "Brother Wang won!"


    "Uncle Wang is amazing!"


    "Wang Bin, well done!"


    The moment Battalion Commander Zhang admitted defeat, Guan Xiaoyue and the others, who were sitting on the grass, jumped up excitedly and rushed toward Wang Bin.


    As everyone gathered around Wang Bin, they lifted him up and tossed him into the air, catching him and tossing him again.


    Wang Bin was also very excited, but seeing Battalion Commander Zhang''s desolate figure, his heart softened, and he quickly shouted.


    "Battalion Commander Zhang, wait a moment!"


    Hearing Wang Bin''s shout, Battalion Commander Zhang stopped, turned around to look at Wang Bin, and Li Dazhu and the others put Wang Bin down.


    Wang Bin walked over to Battalion Commander Zhang with a smile and said, "I''m sorry, that punch probably hurt your internal organs. I have a remedy for internal injuries; you can give it a try."


    "Thank you, but there''s no need!"


    "Why not?"


    "There''s no traditional Chinese medicine here; even with a remedy, I can''t find the herbs!"


    "Oh, that''s not a problem. I have the medicine in my backpack; I''ll go get it for you."


    "Ah! Thank you!"


    "You''re welcome; I''ll bring it to your camp later!"


    "Okay, thanks!"


    Battalion Commander Zhang didn''t expect Wang Bin to be so kind, offering to treat his internal injuries.


    Earlier, when he heard that Wang Bin shared grenades and bullets with Company Commander Liu, he was a bit skeptical. But seeing him selflessly offer precious medicine for his internal injuries, he believed it.


    Soon, Wang Bin was surrounded by people, all expressing their desire to become his disciples.


    Guan Xiaoyue noticed one person sitting nearby who had said Wang Bin would lose. She held grudges and coldly said to him, "Didn''t you just say my brother would lose?"


    The person felt embarrassed upon hearing this and said with a smile, "I was just talking nonsense; don''t take it seriously!"


    "Hmph!"


    As everyone surrounded Wang Bin, eager to become his disciples, a military officer strode over and said loudly.


    "Wang Bin, our commander would like to see you!"


    "Ah, okay!"


    Hearing the officer''s words, everyone stepped aside, making way for Wang Bin.


    "You all go back first; I''ll be there shortly."


    "Okay, we''ll wait for you!"


    Guan Xiaoyue felt a bit nervous seeing Wang Bin being taken away, as they all thought the commander was unhappy about Wang Bin defeating Battalion Commander Zhang and wanted to give him a hard time.


    On the way, Wang Bin tried to ask the officer why the commander wanted to see him, but the officer was tight-lipped and wouldn''t reveal a word. Soon, Wang Bin was brought to the command office.


    "Report!"


    "Come in!"


    "Wang Bin, I''ve brought him!"


    "Very well, you may leave!"


    "Yes!"


    "Wang Bin, please have a seat!"


    "Thank you!"


    When Wang Bin entered, he saw only two people in the office: Commander Li Junshan and Political Commissar Wang Shun.


    Commander Li Junshan seemed pleased, but Wang Shun had a stern expression, leaving Wang Bin unsure if this was good or bad news.


    "We watched your match with Battalion Commander Zhang just now. Your martial arts skills are impressive, defeating our top soldier!"


    "Just lucky, just lucky!"


    "Not bad, winning without arrogance. Are you interested in becoming an instructor?"


    "Instructor?"


    "In martial arts terms, a master instructor, to be precise!"


    "Ah, my skills aren''t worthy of such a position, and I''ve never taught anyone before. I think I''ll pass!"


    "Don''t be so quick to refuse. To be honest, the current situation is unfavorable for us. The zombies are becoming more aggressive, faster, and more agile. We''ve just received intelligence that zombies from the surrounding areas are converging on us. We''re nearing a critical moment of life and death, and we need someone like you to help us defend our home!"


    "Ah, is that so?"


    "Yes, so I want to select young and strong individuals from the civilians and have you train them to help us resist the zombie attacks!"


    "I''d like to, but my martial arts skills aren''t suitable for fighting zombies!"


    "That''s not a problem. I''ve found an assistant for you. We have a Company Commander Li in our unit who knows a traditional family gun technique. He''ll teach you some basic shooting skills to pass on to the civilians."


    "Ah, then why not have him teach?"


    "He has his duties, and since you defeated our top soldier, your reputation among the civilians is very high. It''s more appropriate for you to lead their training!"


    "Alright, I agree!"


    "Thank you! You can go back now; I''ll have Company Commander Li find you later!"


    "Okay, I''ll take my leave then!"


    "Yes, and for now, don''t mention the zombie situation to others to avoid causing panic!"


    "Understood!"


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 80 - Teach gun skills

    When everyone saw Wang Bin return safely, they finally breathed a sigh of relief. They had been speculating about why Wang Bin was called.


    After all, it was too much of a coincidence. Wang Bin had just defeated Battalion Commander Zhang, and then the Commander sent someone to find him.


    "Brother Wang, they didn''t give you a hard time, did they?"


    "No, they didn''t!"


    "That''s good. So, what did they want from you?"


    "They want me to be the Chief Instructor!"


    "What, Chief Instructor?"


    "Did you agree?"


    "I did!"


    "Wow, Uncle Wang is the Chief Instructor now!"


    "By the way, what rank is the Chief Instructor?"


    "I didn''t ask, and I don''t really care about the rank!"


    "Uh, okay then!"


    Hearing that Wang Bin had become the army''s Chief Instructor, everyone was excited, especially Bao and Little Nan, who were jumping around the room joyfully.


    Wang Bin then recounted the events of Commander Li summoning him, and he also mentioned the zombies converging on the base. He had nothing to hide from Guan Xiaoyue and the others.


    When everyone heard about the zombies gathering towards the base, their expressions turned serious. Had the brief period of peace come to an end, forcing them back into a life of wandering?


    "In any case, everyone should be prepared and make the most of the time to train."


    "Yes!"


    No one dared to slack off after hearing this, and they all nodded in agreement.


    After discussing the matter, Wang Bin remembered he still needed to deliver medicine to Battalion Commander Zhang. He retrieved two packets of herbal medicine for internal injuries from the system space and went to find Battalion Commander Zhang.


    As soon as Wang Bin stepped out of the building, many people recognized him. They nodded and smiled at him, no longer pointing fingers like they did in the morning.


    Waving along the way, he arrived at Battalion Commander Zhang''s headquarters. As soon as he reached the entrance, two guards saluted him.


    "Comrade Wang Bin, our Battalion Commander is waiting for you inside!"Stolen novel; please report.


    "Oh, alright!"


    Without any obstruction, Wang Bin strode into the headquarters. If Li Dazhu knew about Wang Bin''s treatment, who knows what he would think.


    When Wang Bin found Battalion Commander Zhang, he had already been to the hospital, where the doctor prescribed some painkillers and medication to reduce bruising.


    Seeing Battalion Commander Zhang lying on the chair, his upper body covered in bruises, Wang Bin felt a bit guilty. If the Minor Rejuvenation Pill from the system store wasn''t so expensive and he wasn''t currently short on money, he would have considered exchanging one for Battalion Commander Zhang.


    "Battalion Commander Zhang, I''m really sorry!"


    "Ah, you''re here. Please, have a seat!"


    Hearing Wang Bin''s words, Battalion Commander Zhang immediately stood up from his chair.


    "This is a prescription passed down from my master. I''m not sure about its efficacy, but try it for a while and see if it helps!"


    "Ah, alright, thank you! You''re so skilled, your master must be amazing too, right?"


    "Yes, I can only withstand about twenty moves under his guidance!"


    "That''s impressive. What''s your master''s name? Maybe I know him?"


    "My master''s name is Li Zhengguo, he''s over seventy now. He''s a low-key person, so you probably haven''t heard of him!"


    "Indeed, I haven''t heard of him, but he must be a remarkable person!"


    "Let''s not talk about this. Take the medicine three times a day; one packet lasts three days, and this is a two-day supply!"


    "Ah, thank you! By the way, once I recover, can we spar again?"


    "Of course, once you''re healed, I''ll be ready anytime!"


    "Thank you!"


    After chatting with Battalion Commander Zhang for a while, Wang Bin headed back. Shortly after he got home, Commander Li issued an order, dispatching many soldiers and survivors to cut down trees and sending many others to reinforce the city defenses.


    Upon learning that the zombies were approaching, Guan Xiaoyue and the others intensified their training, with no one slacking off.


    While everyone was fervently training inside, there was a knock on the door. Bao ran over to open it and saw an officer holding two wooden sticks.


    Seeing the sticks, Bao immediately became nervous.


    "You, what are you doing? Are you here to fight Uncle Wang?"


    "Uh, little one, don''t misunderstand. I''m not here to fight your Uncle Wang; I have business with him. Is he home?" Company Commander Li was taken aback by Bao''s words. He considered himself quite handsome, so how did he end up being seen as a bad guy?


    "Yes, but don''t call me little one. I''ve killed over a hundred zombies already, and I''m going to be a man like Uncle Wang!" Bao was very displeased with being called little one and stood with his hands on his hips, ready to pounce if Company Commander Li dared to call him that again.


    "Alright, alright, you''re a man!" Company Commander Li was amused and exasperated.


    "Bao, stop messing around and invite him in!" Wang Bin, hearing the conversation outside, quickly scolded Bao.


    "Oh, please come in, sir!" Bao quickly put on a smile and welcomed Company Commander Li inside after hearing Wang Bin.


    "Hello, I''m Li Zhengyi. Commander Li sent me."


    "Oh, hello, hello. You''re the Company Commander Li here to teach me marksmanship, right? Please, come in and sit!"


    "Thank you, but there''s no need to sit. Let''s get started, shall we?"


    "Alright, thank you for your guidance."


    "It''s not guidance; we''re here to learn from each other!"


    Company Commander Li was very humble, leaving a good impression.


    Everyone was excited to hear he was going to teach Wang Bin marksmanship, and they quickly made space for the two.


    As for why they weren''t going outside to teach, the reason was simple. Commander Li wanted to support Wang Bin and didn''t want others to know that the marksmanship Wang Bin was going to teach was passed down by Company Commander Li.


    Company Commander Li first explained his family''s ancestral marksmanship to Wang Bin, then demonstrated it in front of everyone.


    His marksmanship was indeed impressive, leaving everyone in awe.


    Then, Company Commander Li began teaching Wang Bin each move, while Guan Xiaoyue and the others listened attentively from the side.


    After more than an hour, Wang Bin had memorized the entire set of marksmanship.


    "This marksmanship is a bit complex; I''m afraid others might not be able to learn it quickly!"


    "Don''t worry, before I came, I thought of some simpler moves. Just teach them these, and it will be enough!"


    "Ah, that''s great!"


    Wang Bin was a bit worried about whether there was enough time with the zombies approaching, but Company Commander Li had thought it through thoroughly.


    Next, Company Commander Li taught Wang Bin the moves he needed to teach the others, most of which were basic moves that Wang Bin quickly mastered.


    After teaching Wang Bin, Company Commander Li didn''t stay long and left after a brief farewell.


    In fact, if it were just about having Wang Bin teach others marksmanship, Company Commander Li wouldn''t have needed to teach Wang Bin his family''s ancestral marksmanship. But Commander Li wanted to win Wang Bin over, so he had Company Commander Li pass it on to him.


    Company Commander Li understood that in the apocalypse, there was no room for the old mindset of keeping skills secret. Instead, he was eager to pass on his family''s marksmanship. He had already planned that if he retired from the army, he would open a martial arts school to promote his ancestral marksmanship. Unfortunately, the apocalypse broke out before he could retire.


    Now, with a talented individual like Wang Bin to help fulfill his wish, he was more than willing to pass it on.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 81 - Chief Instructor

    The next morning at seven, Wang Bin was once again woken up by the sound of the broadcast, and everyone gathered on the playground.


    Not long after everyone had assembled, Commander Li Junshan and Commissar Wang Shun arrived.


    Li Junshan wasted no time. As soon as he got on the platform, he loudly announced, "Comrades, although we are safe now, it doesn''t mean we will be safe in the future. We must have a sense of crisis even in times of peace! To enhance the survival ability of every survivor, we have decided to gather men aged sixteen to forty to form a team to fight against zombies. For this, we have specially invited Comrade Wang Bin to be the Chief Instructor of our team, with Company Commander Liu as the Deputy Instructor to assist Comrade Wang Bin. Now, let''s welcome Chief Instructor Wang Bin to speak!"


    Although Guan Xiaoyue and the others knew about this yesterday, being appointed as the Chief Instructor by Commander Li Junshan in front of so many people still made them very excited, and they clapped with all their might.


    Wang Bin felt a bit helpless; that''s just how the military is¡ªeverything requires a speech.


    He didn''t think about it much; many people want to speak on stage but don''t have the qualification. To be honest, Wang Bin just found it a bit troublesome.


    Amidst the enthusiastic applause, Wang Bin jogged up to the platform, saluted Li Junshan and Wang Shun, and then turned to salute the crowd below.


    Although he wasn''t a soldier, he had been receiving military training since middle school, so these moves weren''t difficult for him.


    Li Junshan and Wang Shun were very pleased to see Wang Bin''s standard and crisp movements, exchanging a satisfied glance.


    "Comrades, do you want to survive?"


    "Yes!"


    "Very well, those who can say this, I believe you will live longer than others because you have a strong desire to survive! In the apocalypse, if you give up the will to survive, it''s no different from being dead! But to live longer in the apocalypse, having the will to survive is not enough; you also need survival skills. Our greatest enemy is the zombies, so you must learn to kill zombies!"


    "Some might say, how do we kill zombies without guns?"


    "I want to say that guns will eventually run out of bullets. What do you do when the bullets are gone? Wait to die? No! At that time, we need good physical fitness and the ability to fight zombies in close combat, and today I will teach you close combat techniques!"


    With that, Wang Bin gestured, and Company Commander Liu ran up with a wooden gun that had been prepared in advance, handing it to Wang Bin with both hands.


    This book''s true home is on another platform. Check it out there for the real experience.


    Without saying a word, Wang Bin immediately demonstrated the spear technique Li Zhengyi taught him yesterday. Although he wasn''t as skilled as Li Zhengyi, Wang Bin performed it quite well.


    "Did he really just learn it yesterday?" Seeing Wang Bin perform so smoothly, Wang Shun couldn''t help but ask Li Junshan quietly.


    "Yes, Li Zhengyi reported the situation to me after teaching him. He indeed learned it in just one day!" Li Junshan couldn''t help but marvel.


    "This Wang Bin is truly a martial arts prodigy!" With his doubts confirmed, Wang Shun also sighed in admiration.


    As soon as Wang Bin finished the spear technique, thunderous applause erupted from below.


    Wang Bin held the wooden stick and gave a martial salute to the crowd, then continued loudly, "Is my spear technique impressive?"


    "Impressive!"


    "Do you want to learn it?"


    "Yes!"


    "Very well, then men aged sixteen to forty, please stay. The rest can leave! I''m not discriminating against the elderly, women, and children, but you have more important tasks to complete, as you need to finish their previous work to make our city defenses stronger! And when the zombies attack, these men will stand in front of you to shield you from the zombies. Are you willing to complete the work they left unfinished?"


    "Willing!"


    Initially, the elderly, women, and children who didn''t meet the requirements were very disappointed, but after hearing Wang Bin''s words, they became very excited.


    They weren''t being abandoned; rather, their strength was being enhanced to protect them. Since that was the case, what was there to say? They would do all the work left for them!


    Soon, the elderly, women, and children went to reinforce the city defenses, while Guan Xiaoyue and the others stayed behind to train as Wang Bin had arranged with them beforehand.


    Wang Bin wasn''t a saint, but he would certainly take care of his family when he could.


    Soon, the eligible young men were gathered together, and Company Commander Liu and his men divided them into several formations, with two soldiers in charge of each formation.


    The most frustrated among them was Company Commander Liu. Just last week, he wanted to invite Wang Bin to be a platoon leader, but now he had become Wang Bin''s assistant.


    However, Company Commander Liu had no complaints about this decision. Firstly, it was an organizational arrangement, and secondly, he had personally witnessed Wang Bin''s skills. He believed that even as an assistant, he would learn many useful things.


    After counting, there were a total of 13,251 young men left. For ease of management, they were divided into groups of 500.


    Wang Bin didn''t immediately teach them the stick technique but had the soldiers lead them in a five-kilometer run to warm up.


    After the run, Wang Bin let everyone rest for a while before handing each person a wooden gun.


    The wooden guns had sharpened tips on both ends, making them effective for piercing zombie skulls.


    Once everyone had a wooden gun, Wang Bin stood on the platform and taught them move by move.


    Company Commander Liu and the others also took a wooden gun each and practiced earnestly with Wang Bin.


    Li Zhengyi''s family spear technique included eighteen key moves such as thrust, stab, sweep, strike, entangle, circle, block, grab, pounce, point, flick, and flower dance. However, due to time constraints, it wasn''t necessary to learn all the moves. Wang Bin selected the main moves like thrust, stab, point, and block to teach everyone, planning to teach the rest once they had mastered these.


    Soon it was time for lunch. Wang Bin gave everyone an hour and a half to eat and rest, then resumed training in the afternoon.


    It was still summer, and everyone was hot and sweaty, but no one complained because they knew that in order to survive in the apocalypse, the more skills they mastered, the greater their chances of survival.


    Moreover, the elderly, women, and children were tirelessly repairing the city defenses, so as men, how could they complain in front of them?


    Training continued until it was almost time for lunch, and after dinner, Wang Bin didn''t schedule any more training, mainly considering that they shouldn''t be exhausted on the first day, or it would be difficult to train in the following days.


    After dinner, Wang Bin went back to practice alone because his Crossing the River on a Reed lightness skill and Tai Chi were about to level up.


    When Master Li Zhengguo taught him Tai Chi, the system automatically incorporated it into Wang Bin''s martial arts system. As soon as it was incorporated, Tai Chi rewarded Wang Bin with 3 strength points and 2 agility points.


    And after Li Zhengyi taught him the Li family spear technique yesterday, the system also incorporated this spear technique into the martial arts system, rewarding him with 1 strength point and 1 agility point. Now, his attributes far exceeded those of many second-rate masters.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 82 - Company Commander Liu, seeking progress

    ### Chapter 82: Company Commander Liu''s Quest for Improvement


    While Wang Bin was practicing at home, Company Commander Liu went to the training ground alone to practice the shooting techniques Wang Bin had taught them earlier that day.


    In his mind, Company Commander Liu imagined a zombie standing in front of him, and he continuously thrust his weapon at the zombie''s head. One thrust, two thrusts, before he knew it, he had thrust over a hundred times. His arms were starting to feel sore, but he didn''t stop, relentlessly attacking his imaginary enemy with full force.


    As a deputy instructor, he needed to perform better than others. He was starting from the same point as everyone else, and he knew he didn''t have Wang Bin''s extraordinary martial arts talent. Therefore, he had to work harder to set an example for others.


    Due to restricted electricity usage at the base, there wasn''t much to do at home in the evenings. As a result, the square and the training ground became popular spots for people to relax and unwind.


    Soldiers from the third platoon were also resting on the training ground. One soldier noticed Company Commander Liu practicing the shooting techniques alone in a corner.


    "Isn''t that Company Commander Liu?"


    "Yeah, that''s him!"


    "It''s so late, and he''s still training instead of resting. How can we, as his soldiers, waste time here?"


    "You''re right. Let''s go get our wooden guns and train too!"


    "Let''s go!"


    In no time, Company Commander Liu found over thirty soldiers standing behind him.


    "Why are you all here?"


    "Commander, we''re here to train with you!"


    "Alright, let''s train together! Follow my lead, attack!"


    "Attack!"


    With each shout of "attack" from Company Commander Liu, the soldiers echoed the call, thrusting their wooden guns forward with force.


    Their commotion quickly attracted the attention of those playing on the training ground, including those who had participated in training earlier that day.


    "They''re still training so late; they''re really dedicated!"


    "Yeah, it looks like we have hope against the zombies!"


    "Shall we go train too?"


    "Yes!"The genuine version of this novel can be found on another site. Support the author by reading it there.


    Soon, many people on the training ground ran back home, grabbed their wooden guns, and returned to train with Company Commander Liu.


    In no time, over a thousand people were on the training ground, and more were on their way.


    The commotion quickly spread, and the young adults playing in the square, upon hearing the news, also returned home to grab their wooden guns and join the training.


    As more people joined, the training ground was filled with the sound of shouts. Li Junshan, sitting in his office, also heard the commotion and stood up with interest to look out the window at the training ground.


    "Xiao Li, come in."


    "Commander, what''s the matter?"


    "Go find out what''s going on."


    "Yes, sir!"


    Guard Xiao Li quickly ran to the training ground and soon returned with a full report for Li Junshan.


    "It seems Liu Feng has made quite some progress since he returned?"


    "Yes, he''s been quite proactive lately!"


    "Is Instructor Wang on the training ground?"


    "No, should I call him?"


    "No need. If he goes to the training ground, it changes the nature of the activity!"


    "I don''t understand!"


    "It''s simple. Right now, it''s rest time, and everyone''s actions are voluntary. If Instructor Wang goes, it becomes mandatory training, which isn''t as effective!"


    "I see!"


    "Keep an eye on the situation there, and report any new developments to me!"


    "Yes, sir!"


    After Guard Xiao Li left, Li Junshan returned to his seat, contemplating the possibility of promoting Liu Feng. However, the issue of personnel was a headache. He had people, but lacked firearms and ammunition. Years of consumption had left them with no extra guns to arm new troops, and the next batch of ammunition wouldn''t arrive for another six months.


    Organizing the young adults to learn shooting techniques was a last resort.


    Li Junshan rubbed his aching head, stood up, and studied the defense map, pondering how to further strengthen their fortifications.


    Wang Bin also heard the shouts from the training ground. Using binoculars, he clearly saw everything happening there. Seeing Company Commander Liu leading the training made him very happy; Company Commander Liu had done something that pleased him once again.


    "Wang Bin, what''s going on?" Officer Miao and the others also came to the window to look.


    "See for yourself!" Wang Bin smiled and handed the binoculars to Officer Miao.


    Officer Miao and the others took a look through the binoculars and saw thousands of people on the training ground practicing shooting techniques.


    "Wang Bin, they''re working so hard. Aren''t you going to praise them?"


    "Now''s not the right time. I''ll do it tomorrow."


    "Oh, should we go over?"


    "Up to you. As long as you work hard, it doesn''t matter where you train."


    "Oh, then we won''t go. Here, we can ask you questions anytime!"


    In the end, none of Wang Bin''s group went to the training ground. Instead, they trained at home, not practicing shooting techniques but Tai Chi.


    This was Wang Bin''s requirement. Shooting techniques were for daytime training, while Tai Chi was for the evening. He had consulted the system and learned that practicing Tai Chi could also enhance their physical fitness.


    Moreover, as long as he was around, they wouldn''t run out of bullets. Daytime was sufficient for practicing shooting techniques, so improving physical fitness was the most cost-effective approach.


    While Company Commander Liu and his group were training, some elderly people, women, and children who hadn''t trained during the day also joined in. Without wooden guns, they used tree branches, hoes, brooms, or even empty hands to practice.


    Gradually, the number of people training exceeded twenty thousand, with more joining.


    Company Commander Liu never imagined that his unintended actions would trigger such a massive chain reaction.


    Under Company Commander Liu''s leadership, everyone trained until ten o''clock at night before ending the session. Having trained all day, they were exhausted by the evening session.


    The next morning at seven, everyone gathered on the training ground.


    Without a word, Wang Bin immediately ordered everyone to run five kilometers.


    During this time, Company Commander Liu kept glancing at Wang Bin, thinking he should say something about last night''s events. But Wang Bin remained silent.


    After everyone finished the five kilometers, Wang Bin still said nothing. Company Commander Liu felt he should remind Wang Bin to praise those who participated in last night''s training.


    Just as he was about to approach, Wang Bin ordered everyone to gather, and Company Commander Liu quickly organized the group.


    "I suppose many of you are waiting for me to praise you?"


    Wang Bin''s words made everyone smile.


    "I know many of you voluntarily came to the training ground last night. That''s great! When facing zombies, your survival largely depends on yourselves. Studying hard won''t be a bad thing. However, regarding extra training at night, I only want to say: know your limits. I neither support nor oppose it; participation is entirely voluntary!"


    "This morning, we''ll review yesterday''s techniques. If you do well, I''ll teach you new techniques in the afternoon! Now, each group, spread out and prepare to start training!"


    "Yes, sir!"


    Company Commander Liu saluted and then ran to the front to organize the groups, practicing yesterday''s techniques with Wang Bin.


    Perhaps it was the promise of learning new techniques if they practiced well, or maybe it was because everyone had diligently practiced yesterday''s techniques. Wang Bin was very satisfied and taught them several new techniques in the afternoon.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 83 - Zombie army is coming

    That night, many more elderly people, women, and children joined in. At Wang Bin''s suggestion, Li Junshan had prepared a lot of wooden rifles in the afternoon and placed them on the playground. Anyone interested in practicing could take one.


    Wang Bin didn''t show up that evening either, while Company Commander Liu led the training as he did the previous day.


    When he noticed that some of the newly joined elderly, women, and children were not performing the movements correctly, he went over to gather them together, explaining the key points of the movements. He shouted slogans while walking among them, correcting those who were not doing it right.


    Li Junshan''s people observed Company Commander Liu''s actions, and the news reached Li Junshan that night.


    To keep Wang Bin informed about the training, Li Junshan also had a guard report the situation on the training ground to Wang Bin.


    When the guard entered the room and saw everyone practicing Tai Chi, he was shocked. He realized that Instructor Wang and his companions were also working hard, just that their efforts went unnoticed by others.


    Li Junshan soon learned about this too and smiled faintly, saying, "Success is one percent talent and ninety-nine percent hard work. It''s absolutely true!"


    Under Wang Bin''s leadership, everyone trained their shooting skills for four days.


    Through Wang Bin''s efforts, his Crossing the River on a Reed and Tai Chi both leveled up, enhancing his strength and agility attributes. He was now considered at the pinnacle of second-rate experts.


    After a night of training, everyone went to rest after ten o''clock, and by eleven, the camp was silent.


    While everyone was asleep, the alarm sounded, waking everyone up. They quickly got up and went to the windows to look outside.


    Soon, whistles sounded from below, and many soldiers shouted, "Zombies are coming, everyone get up and prepare for battle!"


    Everyone was shocked awake, grabbed their wooden rifles, and rushed downstairs.


    "Everyone, gather on the playground quickly!"


    Under the officers'' guidance, everyone ran towards the playground.


    Wang Bin also led Guan Xiaoyue and others downstairs. Before going down, he had made arrangements for everyone to stay together at all times.


    Reaching downstairs, Wang Bin grabbed an officer''s arm and asked, "How many zombies are there?"If you spot this tale on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation.


    The officer initially wanted to shake off Wang Bin''s hand, but seeing it was Wang Bin, he replied politely, "I''m not sure of the exact number, but it seems there are at least two to three hundred thousand!"


    "So many!"


    "Yes, Instructor Wang, you''d better hurry to the playground and organize your people."


    "Okay, I''m on it!"


    Hearing about two to three hundred thousand zombies made Wang Bin''s scalp tingle.


    Although there were fifty to sixty thousand people in the camp, only over four thousand were soldiers. Even with the thirteen thousand people he brought, the number of combatants didn''t exceed twenty thousand, meaning they had to fight zombies ten times their number.


    Knowing the urgency, Wang Bin rushed to the playground at top speed.


    The playground was chaotic, with people running everywhere. Fortunately, Company Commander Liu had already started organizing his soldiers.


    The troops were soon mostly organized, although some were still arriving, most were already there.


    According to intelligence, the zombies surrounded them at night before launching an attack, meaning all four walls would be under assault.


    Knowing the urgency, Wang Bin left a soldier to organize those who hadn''t arrived yet and divided the current people into four groups to defend the four walls. He led three thousand to the east, where the zombies were reportedly most numerous.


    When he arrived at the eastern wall, Commander Li Junshan and Commissar Wang Shun were already there with binoculars, observing the zombies'' movements.


    Several flares still illuminated the sky. Looking into the distance, Wang Bin broke into a cold sweat, seeing a vast, endless mass of zombies.


    The zombies had launched their attack, howling as they charged towards the wall.


    Two to three hundred thousand zombies running together was like a massive army charging, causing the ground to tremble.


    Wang Bin glanced at those around him. Not only were his people nervous, but even the soldiers were tense seeing so many zombies.


    Despite the zombies'' approach, no one fired without Li Junshan''s order.


    The zombie horde drew closer, a thousand meters, eight hundred meters, five hundred meters.


    As the zombies approached, people grew more anxious, many wiping sweat from their foreheads.


    "Fire!"


    When the zombies were only two hundred meters from the wall, Li Junshan finally gave the order to open fire.


    Gunfire erupted from all four walls, countless bullets flying towards the charging zombies, felling countless in an instant.


    But as the front zombies fell, those behind kept coming.


    To make room for the soldiers, Wang Bin didn''t have his people immediately go up the wall but divided them into two groups to hide under the walls on either side, ready to defend once the zombies reached the wall.


    Wang Bin also took out his rifle with a night vision scope and started shooting. Through the scope, he saw bright spots everywhere.


    With his shooting specialization at level three and the night vision scope''s aid, his accuracy was impressive, almost every shot taking down a zombie.


    His marksmanship soon caught the attention of the surrounding soldiers, who envied his night vision scope, thinking it was the reason for his accuracy.


    What they didn''t know was that with his shooting specialization at level three, Wang Bin''s shooting skills were comparable to a special forces sniper, and the night vision scope was just an aid.


    The regular army was indeed different, with fierce firepower. Several heavy machine guns fired continuously, mowing down zombies in droves.


    Seeing the heavy machine guns, Wang Bin''s eyes lit up. If he had one, he could probably level up his shooting specialization and Diamond Palm in no time.


    After pondering for a long time, he couldn''t think of a reason to borrow one, so he reluctantly entered the system space to check out heavy machine guns.


    The system space had heavy machine guns from World War I to the modern era, with significant price differences. For example, a World War I Maxim heavy machine gun cost a thousand kilograms of gold, while a modern M61 "Vulcan" cost eight thousand kilograms of gold.


    He had about ten thousand kilograms of gold left. Seeing so many zombies, he really wanted a Maxim heavy machine gun, but suddenly pulling one out would probably scare others, so he decided against it and continued using his rifle to take down zombies.


    Half an hour later, ammunition supply started to lag, and due to continuous firing, the soldiers'' gun barrels were overheating. If they didn''t stop shooting, the barrels might melt, but the zombies kept charging at the wall.


    Seeing this, Li Junshan was very anxious and ordered the soldiers to fire in turns, also giving Wang Bin an order.


    "Instructor Wang, it''s up to you now!"


    "Understood! Brothers, get on the wall!"


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 84 - Eliminate the Zombie Horde

    Wang Bin gave the order, and over three thousand survivors holding wooden spears rushed to the walls, gripping their weapons tightly as they watched the zombies closing in.


    Because Li Junshan had the soldiers take turns firing, many of them had left the walls to make room for the survivors, allowing the zombies to advance more quickly.


    Before long, zombies reached the base of the wall, and the survivors thrust their spears at the zombies'' heads.


    The wall was just over two meters high, but it had been thickened to allow three people to walk side by side on top of it. There were also bunkers built into the wall where soldiers and survivors could shoot or stab zombies with their wooden spears.


    Initially, not many zombies charged forward, and they were quickly dispatched. However, as more zombies surged forward, the area below the wall became a sea of black, and no matter how many they killed, more kept coming.


    "Fire!"


    Li Junshan didn''t hesitate and ordered the mortar teams to fire.


    A company of mortar teams was divided into four groups, firing continuously in four directions. To maximize the destruction of the zombies, the shells landed in the densest clusters, sending countless zombies flying into the air.


    Hearing the sound of the shells, everyone was invigorated, putting all their energy into killing the zombies.


    Wang Bin once again felt the insignificance of the individual; only the collective strength could stand against such a massive horde of zombies.


    An hour later, everyone was exhausted from the killing, but the zombies kept coming. The pile of zombies at the base of the wall grew higher, and in many places, they were nearly able to climb over using the bodies of their fallen comrades.


    The elderly, women, and children were tirelessly transporting supplies to the soldiers. Seeing the increasingly dire situation and the exhaustion on the faces of those on the wall, they too picked up wooden spears and rushed to the wall to help fend off the zombies.


    "You go down and rest for a while; we''ll hold them off for a bit!"


    The soldiers and survivors were pleased to see them come to help, but none of them wanted to go down to rest. Wang Bin knew he had to step up; with so many zombies outside, if no one rested, they would all collapse from exhaustion.


    "Everyone, listen up! Half of the soldiers and survivors go down and rest for fifteen minutes. We have fresh comrades to take your place temporarily!" Wang Bin shouted, but seeing no one moving, he yelled, "That''s an order!"


    Hearing the word "order," the crowd finally began to retreat under the guidance of officers and team leaders.


    Li Junshan saw Wang Bin taking charge and didn''t reprimand him; instead, he admired Wang Bin''s decisiveness.This book''s true home is on another platform. Check it out there for the real experience.


    Before the fifteen minutes were up, some of the resting soldiers and survivors sneaked back up to the wall to kill zombies.


    After a round of rest, everyone''s stamina recovered slightly, but they were still very tired.


    Wang Bin never left the wall; he stood his ground, continuously killing zombies.


    After another two hours of fierce fighting, the zombies were finally mostly cleared, leaving only a few scattered ones outside the wall.


    "We did it!"


    "We won!"


    "We survived!"


    "Hooray!"


    Once the zombie horde was cleared, everyone shouted in excitement, with some even crying tears of joy.


    Wang Bin''s hands felt numb, but he didn''t care and sat down on the ground to rest.


    After nearly five hours of killing, they had finally wiped out the zombie horde, and dawn was breaking.


    After the excitement, everyone lay on the ground, staring blankly ahead.


    The thought of the massive zombie horde sent shivers down their spines. They had defeated this horde, but what about the next one?


    Wang Bin sighed softly, took out a pack of cigarettes from the system space, tore it open, and handed one to a soldier beside him.


    The soldier''s eyes lit up at the sight of the cigarette, and he gratefully accepted it.


    Seeing the cigarette, others quickly gathered around, and the pack was soon gone, leaving many still looking at him eagerly.


    There was another pack of cigarettes in the system space, but he couldn''t take it all out at once, or his secret would be exposed.


    As Wang Bin hesitated, a soldier smiled and said, "One puff each!"


    He then handed his cigarette to a nearby survivor.


    "Thank you!"


    The survivor thanked him, took a puff, and reluctantly passed it to the next person, reminding them to take just one puff each.


    Seeing everyone so united, Wang Bin felt happy. He walked to the other side of the wall and handed out another pack of cigarettes, telling them there were no extras, so they could only take one puff each.


    Many hadn''t smoked in years, and when Wang Bin handed out the cigarettes, they were overjoyed, thanking him and taking a puff before passing it on.


    Li Junshan, seeing Wang Bin''s generosity, was deeply moved and told a guard beside him, "Go, bring the cigarettes and alcohol from my office and share them with everyone!"


    Political Commissar Wang Shun laughed and said, "Forget the alcohol for now; we''ll bring it out for the celebration banquet later. I also have two packs of cigarettes in my office; bring those too!"


    Li Junshan laughed, "You sly fox, hiding two packs of cigarettes!"


    Wang Shun chuckled, "I was just worried you''d keep thinking about my cigarettes!"


    "Haha!"


    Everyone burst into laughter.


    Hearing the laughter, Wang Bin looked up to see Li Junshan and Wang Shun laughing, and he walked over with a smile, asking, "Commander Li, Commissar Wang, what are you laughing about?"


    Li Junshan laughed, "Chief Instructor Wang, you really stood out today. I saw that you killed the most zombies!"


    Wang Bin laughed, "I couldn''t have killed the most; the heavy machine gunners did. When they pulled the trigger, zombies fell in droves!"


    Wang Shun laughed, "That''s not a fair comparison, and they stopped when we ran low on ammo!"


    Wang Bin''s expression turned serious, and he asked quietly, "Commander Li, are we really low on ammunition?"


    Li Junshan nodded helplessly, "We can only support one more battle of this scale."


    Hearing this, Wang Bin couldn''t help but worry.


    "The outer wall can''t hold the zombies anymore. We have to retreat inside. If the last wall falls, we''re finished!"


    "Commander Li, I think we should evacuate as soon as possible!"


    "Yes, don''t worry, I''ll consider it. After dawn, I''ll send people to scout the area and make a decision. For now, let''s let everyone rest and have a good meal at noon! Company Commander Li, give the order for everyone to rest!"


    "Yes!"


    After giving the orders, Li Junshan and Wang Shun left, as they had many tasks to handle, such as assessing losses and organizing reconnaissance.


    Wang Bin found Officer Miao and the others, who were all exhausted and sleeping together. He quickly went over to wake them up.


    The place reeked of rotting corpses, and the air was terrible, which wasn''t good for their health.


    Hearing Wang Bin''s voice, Officer Miao and the others opened their eyes, but Bao and a few others couldn''t be woken up, so Wang Bin and the others had to carry them back to rest.


    This battle involved everyone, and although no one was injured thanks to the fortifications, everyone was exhausted, and it took over five hours to clear the zombies.


    If it happened again, Wang Bin couldn''t imagine if they could withstand it.


    With so many zombies, if even one spot was breached, the consequences would be unimaginable, possibly leading to total annihilation.


    Back home, Wang Bin quickly took out food and drinks to replenish everyone''s strength. They devoured the food ravenously, having been worn out from the night''s ordeal.


    After replenishing their strength, everyone returned to their rooms and fell asleep immediately.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 85 - High-level military conference

    After noon, everyone gradually woke up. After having a bit to eat, Wang Bin shared the news he had received from Commander Li with the group.


    Upon learning that the troops were running low on ammunition, everyone was filled with worry. Wang Bin had already prepared for the worst-case scenario, giving each person a bag containing some food and water to ensure they wouldn''t starve even if separated.


    Additionally, each person received a walkie-talkie and earpiece. Since the radar station at the headquarters was still operational and powered by solar energy, signals could be received in this area. However, these items couldn''t be taken out for now. Firstly, there was no way to explain their origin, and secondly, the troops were also short on communication equipment. If discovered, they would likely be requisitioned quickly. If Wang Bin had more, he wouldn''t mind giving some to the troops, but he had only prepared enough for each person this time.


    After greeting everyone, Wang Bin headed towards the headquarters. He needed to inquire about the zombie situation and, as the Chief Instructor managing thirteen thousand survivors, he also needed to discuss the next steps with Li Junshan.


    As Wang Bin stepped out of the building, passersby greeted him, and he waved back as he made his way to the headquarters.


    The guards at the gate recognized Wang Bin and didn''t stop him. However, when he went to see the commander, they asked him to wait at the entrance until they reported his arrival.


    "Chief Instructor Wang is here, please have a seat!" Li Junshan and a group of senior officers seemed to be discussing something. Upon seeing him enter, they quickly invited him to sit down.


    "Commander Li, just call me Wang Bin from now on; it''s more comfortable that way." Wang Bin didn''t stand on ceremony and pulled out a chair next to an officer to sit down.


    "That''s against military discipline!"


    "Alright then!" Hearing it was about discipline, Wang Bin didn''t argue further and accepted it.


    "The scouts I sent out have returned. I was just about to send someone to find you, but you came on your own, saving us the trouble!"


    "Commander Li, what''s the situation outside?" Wang Bin was very anxious upon hearing the scouts had returned.


    "The situation is grim. There are still a lot of zombies around us, about four hundred thousand. Moreover, in the west, a horde of a million zombies is heading our way!"


    "A million zombies?" Hearing the number, Wang Bin was so shocked he almost jumped up, but he managed to control his emotions in time. "What are your plans, Commander Li?"


    Are you kidding? With a million zombies, what are we waiting for? We should be running already.This book is hosted on another platform. Read the official version and support the author''s work.


    Twenty to thirty thousand zombies nearly breached their defenses; being surrounded by a million would mean certain death.


    Commander Li saw that Wang Bin was only slightly surprised by the million zombies before calming down, and his impression of Wang Bin improved. When he had just shared this news with the officers present, several had jumped up in shock.


    "The only option is to break through quickly. However, with so many civilians, ensuring everyone''s safety is very difficult, so we must come up with a solid breakout plan!"


    "Commander Li, I think we should immediately inform everyone and have them gather at the playground. Once we have a plan, we should evacuate right away, rather than waiting to gather people after the plan is ready!"


    "Yes, Chief Instructor Wang is right! Colonel Huang, I''ll leave this to you. Spread the word immediately, gather everyone at the playground, and prepare the supplies for evacuation at any time!"


    "Yes, sir!"


    Colonel Huang saluted and quickly jogged out.


    "Chief Instructor Wang, do you have any other suggestions?" After Colonel Huang left, Commander Li smiled and asked for Wang Bin''s opinion.


    "I''m not very familiar with military operations, so it''s not my place to comment. You all are the experts in this area, so I''ll listen to your opinions first!"


    "Alright, does anyone have a good plan?"


    "Commander, I have a plan!" As soon as Commander Li finished speaking, an officer sitting nearby stood up.


    "Oh, Staff Officer Li, please share your plan!"


    "Yes, sir!"


    As a staff officer, devising battle plans was his duty. Upon learning that a million zombies were heading towards the base, he knew they had to evacuate and had already been thinking about an evacuation plan.


    "Our main task is to ensure the safe evacuation of civilians and the security of supplies, so both should be placed in the middle. We currently have a company of tanks, totaling twelve. We can deploy three tanks in a triangular formation to clear the way, with an infantry regiment supporting them to create a breach. The most challenging part is protecting the civilians during evacuation, so we must assign six tanks to guard the flanks, with two battalions on each side for protection. The remaining three tanks and two battalions will cover the rear. Additionally, Chief Instructor Wang''s thirteen thousand survivors will be positioned on the sides of the convoy to protect the other civilians and supplies!"


    "I think Staff Officer Li''s plan is feasible. Does anyone have anything to add?" Commander Li was very satisfied after hearing Staff Officer Li''s plan. Although the plan wasn''t detailed enough, given the urgency of the situation, it would have to do for now.


    "I''d like to add that it would be best to assign two thousand able-bodied individuals to follow the vanguard. Since our ammunition is limited, zombies might break into the convoy, and having two thousand able-bodied individuals would be more secure!" As soon as Commander Li finished speaking, Wang Bin stood up to speak. Although this might offend Staff Officer Li, given the critical situation, he couldn''t worry about that.


    "Yes, Chief Instructor Wang''s suggestion is very good. Our ammunition is indeed running low, and having two thousand survivors to help will reduce our pressure significantly. Does anyone else have anything to add?"


    After a moment of silence, no one else spoke, and everyone agreed that the plan was feasible.


    Commander Li didn''t waste any time. Seeing that everyone agreed to the evacuation plan, he immediately issued orders and assigned tasks, then had everyone go about their respective duties.


    As Wang Bin walked out of the headquarters, the outside was in chaos, with people carrying large bags and rushing towards the playground.


    When he got home, he found a note on the door saying they had already gone to the playground.


    The handwriting was clearly Officer Miao''s. He hadn''t expected her to be so considerate, leaving a note so he wouldn''t worry about finding them.


    Since they were already at the playground, there was no need for him to go inside. He headed straight towards the playground.


    Along the way, he saw people running everywhere, some carrying all their belongings to the playground, while others were searching for family and friends.


    When he arrived at the playground, he found it packed with people, many carrying large bags, resembling a refugee exodus.


    Strictly speaking, they were indeed refugees fleeing.


    With fifty to sixty thousand people gathered, finding Li Dazhu and the others was extremely difficult, so Wang Bin simply went to the high platform and made a gesture of touching his ear.


    Then he turned on the walkie-talkie and put the earpiece in his ear.


    "Wang Bin, we''re in the second formation!"


    "Got it, is everyone there?"


    "Everyone''s here!"


    "Good, stay in contact at all times!"


    "Understood!"


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 86 - Breakthrough 1

    After contacting Li Dazhu and the others, Wang Bin felt relieved. He then focused his attention on the fifty to sixty thousand survivors. The more he observed, the angrier he became, and in a moment of frustration, he fired a shot into the sky.


    The gunshot startled everyone on the field, and they all stopped to look at Wang Bin on the high platform.


    "Look at yourselves! There are a million zombies about to attack from behind, and what are you carrying? Even blankets! Are you planning to wait for the zombies to catch up with you? Listen to my command now: throw away everything that isn''t related to weapons, ammunition, food, or medicine!"


    Wang Bin''s words caused an uproar among the crowd, unsure whether to drop their belongings or not.


    Colonel Huang was also startled by Wang Bin''s shot. He instinctively reached for his gun but relaxed when he saw it was Wang Bin who fired.


    After hearing Wang Bin''s words, he realized he had made a significant mistake and, seeing the hesitation among the survivors, immediately issued an order.


    "What are you all standing around for? Didn''t you hear Chief Instructor Wang? Throw away anything unrelated to weapons, ammunition, food, or medicine! Battalion Commander Li, lead your men to inspect personally. I want this task completed in fifteen minutes!"


    "Yes! Third Battalion, follow me!"


    The third battalion commander responded loudly and immediately led his soldiers to clear the survivors'' miscellaneous items.


    "You, throw this away!"


    "This, throw it away too!"


    "All of your stuff, throw it away!"


    "Don''t worry, we have food. As long as we break through, you won''t starve!"


    "In this heat, why are you carrying these things? It''s not going to kill you. Hurry up and throw them away!"


    The soldiers, upon receiving the order, rushed into the crowd to inspect the survivors'' luggage, and soon the sound of countless items being thrown to the ground could be heard.


    Colonel Huang felt guilty but also greatly admired Wang Bin. He hadn''t expected someone so young to be so decisive and thorough in his considerations.


    After the soldiers went to clear the survivors'' belongings, Colonel Huang quickly ran towards Wang Bin.


    "Chief Instructor Wang, I was negligent earlier. Please forgive me!"This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere.


    "Colonel Huang, there''s no need to say that. You''re also bound by military discipline, so your thinking is relatively conservative. Your mission is indeed to protect them, but special times call for special measures!" Wang Bin was a bit surprised that Colonel Huang, in his forties, would come over to admit his mistake.


    Normally, he wouldn''t have said these things, but now they were all in the same boat. If he didn''t speak up, the survivors carrying so much would definitely slow them down, which would not only endanger themselves but also make it impossible for him to escape.


    After Commander Li and Wang Shun arranged everything, they also walked towards the field. Just halfway there, they heard the gunshot from the field and immediately sent someone to investigate. Upon learning what had happened, Commander Li smiled and said, "Our Chief Instructor Wang is destined for great achievements!"


    Wang Shun also smiled and said, "I agree with you!"


    Soon, Commander Li and Wang Shun arrived at the high platform. After a few brief words, they shared their breakout plan with everyone, so all were aware of the army''s actions and their positions.


    Wang Bin took the newly promoted third platoon leader and two thousand young men to assist the vanguard in clearing the way, while he and Company Commander Liu each led the remaining young men to guard the flanks.


    In comparison, the vanguard was relatively less dangerous, while the flanks were the most vulnerable due to the large number of people, which would inevitably stretch the formation. During the breakout, the flanks were the most likely to be attacked, and because the personnel were relatively dispersed, their defense against zombies would be weaker.


    Seeing that the formation was ready, Commander Li immediately ordered the breakout.


    Three vanguard tanks moved out in a triangular formation, followed closely by a regiment and three thousand survivors.


    Next was the main force. To reduce the length of the formation, Commander Li arranged the middle troops in rows of twenty, but even so, the formation was still very long.


    Some elderly and children with mobility issues were placed on trucks carrying supplies, advancing rapidly towards the east.


    Commander Li and Wang Shun did not take vehicles but gave them to the elderly, weak, sick, and disabled, setting an example for the survivors, which also deterred those with ill intentions from targeting the vehicles.


    With the commander and political commissar walking alongside them, anyone daring to seize a vehicle would face public outrage, and in such special times, inciting public anger would only lead to death.


    Wang Bin placed Li Dazhu and a few others on his side, so that if anything happened, they could look out for each other.


    As always, Wang Bin was neither a saint nor a soldier. While taking care of the group, he naturally had to look after his own people.


    Soon, the vanguard engaged the zombies. With the tanks clearing the way, countless zombies were either blown up by shells or crushed by heavy machine guns or tanks.


    Of course, to avoid leaving the civilians behind, the tanks didn''t move too fast. Soon, some zombies slipped through and charged at them, but with the cooperation of the soldiers and young men, these zombies were quickly eliminated, although there were still casualties, they were not significant.


    Hearing the gunfire and explosions, the surrounding zombies went berserk and charged at the formation, increasing the pressure on the flanks and rear.


    At this point, the tanks unleashed their full firepower, continuously killing the approaching zombies, but there were too many zombies, and many broke through the defenses, infiltrating the lines.


    Wang Bin didn''t hesitate, immediately leading the armed young men to fight off the intruding zombies.


    "Ding! Congratulations, player, your Shooting Specialization has reached level five, permanently increasing agility by five points, shooting accuracy by 200 points, critical hit rate by 200 points, and shooting range to 400 meters. To upgrade to the next level, you need to kill 20,000 zombies. Current progress: 0/20,000."


    "Ding! Congratulations, player, your Diamond Palm has reached level three, permanently increasing strength by five points. Each strike now deals 100 (skill damage) + 78 (strength attribute) damage. To upgrade to the next level, you need to kill 20,000 zombies. Current progress: 0/20,000."


    As Wang Bin swung his wooden gun to kill a few zombies, the pleasant sound of the system echoed in his mind.


    The timing of these skill upgrades was perfect. Although these skills weren''t particularly effective against zombies, the upgrades awarded him many attribute points. Each attribute increase enhanced his physical condition. Now his strength reached 78, and his agility was 80.


    These attributes had already put him halfway through the door of becoming a first-class expert. Once he improved his strength and other attributes, he could become a quasi-first-class expert.


    The benefits of attribute enhancement were numerous; both his strength and speed had undergone a qualitative leap.


    Wherever he went, zombies fell. Wang Bin felt that if he had a white horse, he would be like Zhao Zilong, charging through the enemy ranks as if no one could stop him!


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 87 - Breakthrough II

    Chapter 87: Breakthrough Part 2


    Everyone around was stunned by Wang Bin''s ferocity. Was he even human? While they were still trying to avoid the zombies, Wang Bin was diving right into the densest clusters, and wherever he went, zombies fell in droves.


    With his agility attribute enhanced, Wang Bin felt he had gained a whole new understanding of the shooting techniques taught by Li Zhengyi. As he killed more zombies, his proficiency increased significantly.


    Not far away, Li Zhengyi was thrilled to see Wang Bin wielding his family-inherited shooting techniques so skillfully. He slung his rifle over his back, picked up a wooden gun, and began killing zombies alongside Wang Bin.


    Li Zhengyi''s shooting skills were even more adept than Wang Bin''s, but unfortunately, his strength and agility attributes weren''t as high, making him far less efficient.


    For a moment, everyone on the left flank watched as Wang Bin and Li Zhengyi wielded their wooden guns with precision, instantly killing any zombie that came near.


    Inspired by Wang Bin and Li Zhengyi, the morale on the left flank soared, and the zombies that had broken through were quickly cleared out.


    Even so, countless zombies were still charging toward the group from afar.


    The survivors being protected in the middle were tense, jogging to keep up with the group. Due to the large number of people and their high anxiety, a stampede occurred, and those who fell were trampled to death instantly.


    Commander Li and Political Commissar Wang saw the situation and shouted loudly for everyone not to panic, but it had no effect.


    Everyone was highly tense, focused only on running forward. As zombies continued to rush in, people crowded toward the center, causing chaos in the ranks.


    Although there were three to four hundred thousand zombies around, they were scattered around the perimeter of the base. Commander Li and his team chose a direction to break through, encountering fewer zombies.


    Half an hour later, the group finally broke through the zombie encirclement and rushed out.


    The three tanks at the front, seeing no zombies ahead, immediately revved up to support the flanks. The zombies attacking the flanks were instantly crushed by the tanks or killed by shells and heavy machine guns, significantly reducing the pressure on the flanks.


    "Speed up, we''ve broken through the zombie defense line!"


    Seeing the three tanks return to support, Commander Li quickly climbed onto a truck and shouted to the crowd.Did you know this text is from a different site? Read the official version to support the creator.


    The surrounding soldiers and survivors, hearing Commander Li''s call, were invigorated and accelerated their pace forward.


    Breaking through the zombie defense line didn''t mean they were safe. The zombies that had surrounded the base were now slowly converging and charging toward them. If they couldn''t shake off the zombie horde, they were still in great danger.


    "Company Commander Zhao, take your men and make a round through the zombie horde!" Commander Li, seeing how effective the tanks were against zombies, immediately ordered Company Commander Zhao to charge into the zombie horde behind them to buy the main force some time.


    "Yes!"


    Without hesitation, Company Commander Zhao gathered the tanks together, and twelve tanks charged mightily into the pursuing zombie horde.


    Wherever the tanks went, zombies were crushed to death. Soon, twelve cleared paths appeared in the zombie horde, but they were quickly filled with zombies again.


    Company Commander Zhao''s charge had another benefit: many zombies stopped chasing the main force and turned to pursue the tanks instead.


    Seeing the tanks'' prowess, everyone cheered loudly in excitement.


    However, after driving the tanks into the zombie horde, Company Commander Zhao realized something was wrong. The tanks'' speed was gradually slowing, indicating that the zombies were dense enough to create resistance against the tanks.


    "Everyone, turn around and head back!" Company Commander Zhao dared not delay, fearing that if the tanks were stalled and broke down, they would be trapped in the zombie sea with no chance of survival.


    "Yes!"


    The tank commanders, knowing the urgency, responded and began turning the tanks around to head back.


    But at that moment, one of the tanks broke down.


    "Commander, my tank''s stalled!"


    "Ah Hu, hold on, I''m coming to support you!"


    "No, Commander, it''s too late. You all retreat quickly, and remember to kill more zombies for us! Open fire, use up all the shells and bullets!"


    "Yes, Sergeant!"


    The soldiers in the tank, knowing they wouldn''t survive, fired relentlessly, killing countless zombies around the tank.


    Due to previous heavy consumption, the shells and bullets were soon exhausted.


    The tank sergeant, seeing the commander ignoring his advice and coming to rescue them, immediately took out the radio and shouted, "Commander, you must go back; you can''t save us!"


    "No, I can do it!"


    "Commander, we''re out of ammo, and there''s only one grenade left! Commander, comrades, farewell!"


    As soon as he finished speaking, a muffled explosion was heard over the radio, and then there was silence.


    "Ah Hu!"


    "Damn it!"


    Knowing that Ah Hu had chosen to commit suicide with a grenade to prevent Company Commander Zhao from rescuing them, the soldiers'' eyes turned red with fury. They continued to drive the tanks over the zombies, firing relentlessly to clear the path.


    "Turn the tanks around, head back!" Company Commander Zhao punched the hard steel plate, issuing the retreat order. Then he picked up the radio and shouted, "Cease fire, cease fire, save your ammo!"


    Most of the soldiers stopped firing, but one tank continued to fire indiscriminately. The sergeant in that tank was Ah Hu''s fellow villager and close friend. After learning of Ah Hu''s suicide, he was consumed with rage and couldn''t hear anything, firing the heavy machine gun continuously.


    "Da Yong, cease fire, that''s an order! Xiao Huang, what are you waiting for? Stop your sergeant!"


    Hearing the commander''s order, Xiao Huang and the others in the tank left one person to drive while the rest pulled their sergeant away. It took a while for the sergeant to calm down.


    Soon, the tanks broke out of the zombie horde and caught up with the main force, then resumed their formation to protect everyone as they charged forward.


    Seeing the tanks return, everyone cheered as if they had won a great victory. However, the soldiers inside the tanks were not happy at all, their faces cold as they drove silently.


    Wang Bin, seeing the tanks'' prowess, decided he must get one. With the current zombie attack power, as long as the tank had fuel, hiding inside would be absolutely safe, and he could kill zombies with ease. He could almost see all his martial arts techniques leveling up to the max.


    With that maneuver, the main force finally left the zombies far behind, but the tireless zombies made it difficult to completely shake them off.


    Commander Li took out a map, glanced at it, and immediately ordered Company Commander Zhao to lead the team toward a bridge five kilometers away, while sending engineers ahead to plant dynamite. As soon as they crossed the bridge, they would blow it up.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 88 - Ambushed

    Chapter 88: Ambushed


    This time, the main force finally crossed the bridge without any major incidents. With a few explosions, the bridge was blown up, leaving the zombies stranded on the other side of the river.


    After running such a long distance, Commander Li knew everyone was exhausted and needed to rest, so he ordered everyone to stop and take a break.


    Those who narrowly escaped didn''t cheer; instead, many began to cry, creating a heavy atmosphere.


    Although they had managed to escape, many had died along the way, either killed by zombies or trampled in the chaos. Those who died were their friends and family.


    After breaking through the encirclement, Wang Bin found Li Dazhu and the others. Seeing they were safe, he felt relieved.


    Everyone was saddened, but Bao and Little Nan were excited because they had just witnessed Wang Bin''s impressive display of power, and their admiration for him had reached a peak.


    As soon as Wang Bin sat down, the two of them each grabbed one of his arms, asking him to teach them how to shoot. It wasn''t the right time, so Wang Bin promised to teach them when he had the chance.


    During the break, Commander Li ordered a headcount and discovered that nearly ten thousand people were missing, most of whom were non-combat survivors.


    They hadn''t died from zombie attacks but were instead trampled to death by their own people, a truly tragic situation.


    To prevent this from happening again, Commander Li gathered a group of officers to discuss, also considering their next steps.


    Some suggested following the river, while others proposed heading to the next city for a brief rest before continuing.


    Both suggestions had pros and cons. Following the river was safer, but it was a winding path, three times longer than a straight line. Moreover, they had a serious issue with food supplies. Even if they started rationing now, it would be hard to reach the Fuzhou settlement in a straight line, let alone following the river. Ultimately, Commander Li decided to take the risk and go straight, hoping to find food in nearby towns.


    Half an hour later, the group set off again, moving noticeably slower since there were no zombies chasing them.


    As night approached, the main force was still advancing, only five or six kilometers from the nearest city. Commander Li planned to enter the city overnight to rest the troops.


    The base was already low on gasoline, and Company Commander Zhao reported to Commander Li that several tanks had run out of fuel and were stranded.


    They had no choice but to unload the ammunition from the stranded tanks onto others and consolidate the remaining fuel into three tanks, meaning they had to abandon eight tanks.This story has been unlawfully obtained without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon.


    Commander Li was reluctant but understood it was necessary and agreed.


    When Wang Bin heard the tanks were out of fuel, his eyes lit up, knowing his opportunity had come.


    Once everyone left, he sneaked over, took out the Jinbei Van, and stored two tanks inside before catching up with the main force.


    "Brother Wang, where did you go just now?"


    "Hehe, I traded the Jinbei Van for two tanks!"


    "What? Weren''t you supposed to go back in a few days?"


    "Not going back, just ditched the Jinbei Van and got two tanks."


    "Wow, you can do that?"


    "Keep it down, don''t let others hear!"


    "Okay!"


    "Does anyone know how to drive a tank?"


    "I do!"


    "Alright, Dazhu, the tanks are yours to drive from now on!"


    "No problem!"


    "Officer Miao, do you know how to drive a tank?"


    "No, do you think I''m a special forces soldier?"


    "Uh, okay!"


    "Actually, driving a tank is simple, but driving well takes some practice. If you want to learn, I can teach you!"


    "Great, teach me when you have time!"


    When Wang Bin returned to Guan Xiaoyue and the others, he realized a practical problem: he couldn''t drive a tank. Fortunately, Li Dazhu could, and he was willing to teach him. Wang Bin was already daydreaming about driving a tank into a horde of zombies, with the system''s voice announcing his martial arts skills leveling up to the max.


    "Brother Wang, why are you smiling?" Guan Xiaoyue asked curiously, seeing Wang Bin grinning foolishly.


    "Nothing, just excited at the thought of driving a tank!"


    Just as the troops were about to enter the city, a sudden change occurred. Countless zombies charged out from both sides of the city and road, scattering the troops, and everyone fled in all directions.


    Since they had been at the back of the group waiting for Wang Bin to return from stealing the tanks, they weren''t caught in the zombie encirclement. Seeing the swarm of zombies, everyone had one thought: it''s over.


    "Retreat quickly!"


    "If you want to retreat, go ahead. We can''t leave the commander behind!"


    Wang Bin quickly ordered a retreat, but his order wasn''t heeded by the rearguard''s Battalion Commander and Second Battalion Commander. Seeing Commander Li surrounded by zombies, their eyes turned red, and they immediately led their men forward to try to rescue him.


    Watching the Battalion Commander and Second Battalion Commander charge forward with their troops, Wang Bin was dumbfounded. This was clearly a suicide mission.


    "Wang Bin, what do we do?" Officer Miao, feeling uneasy, came over to ask for his opinion, seeing Wang Bin standing there in a daze.


    "Damn it, these idiots, follow them!" Wang Bin cursed the Battalion Commander and Second Battalion Commander but ultimately could only draw his gun and follow. The others followed suit, drawing their guns.


    During this time, everyone had formed bonds with the soldiers and were moved by their selflessness. Seeing them risk their lives to save the commander, Wang Bin couldn''t stand by any longer.


    As Wang Bin charged forward, he cursed himself internally. He called others idiots, but wasn''t he one too?


    Commander Li, seeing the zombie attack, quickly led the main force into the city, knowing they were surrounded. Their only chance of survival was to enter the city and use the buildings as defensive positions.


    With the tanks leading the way, Commander Li soon led the main force into the city and ordered everyone to take shelter in nearby buildings for defense.


    Once inside, people rushed to the upper floors, assigning many to guard the staircases on the second floor, killing any zombies that entered while barricading the stairs with tables and chairs from other rooms.


    Over the years, many had learned how to evade zombies, with some even destroying the second-floor stairs to prevent zombies from reaching them.


    After all, zombies hadn''t yet become smart enough to use tools; they could only stand below, howling mindlessly.


    Soon, the Battalion Commander and Second Battalion Commander engaged the zombies, and Wang Bin arrived with Guan Xiaoyue and the others. However, it wasn''t long before the soldiers ran out of bullets.


    Moreover, their gunfire attracted more and more zombies, and many were already charging toward them.


    "Battalion Commander, Second Battalion Commander, order a retreat! Commander Li has already entered the city; they should be safe!"


    "Sigh, retreat!"


    By this point, the two commanders had regained their senses. Saving the commander was important, but so were the soldiers'' lives.


    And judging by the situation, it seemed Commander Li and the others had already entered the building and were temporarily out of danger.


    Now, the real danger was upon them, as countless zombies roared and charged at them in the darkness, and most of them had already run out of bullets.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 89 - Out of danger

    The zombie horde quickly caught up with the soldiers at the back. In almost an instant, any soldier caught by the zombies was stripped of flesh and blood in the blink of an eye.


    Seeing the zombies closing in, Wang Bin didn''t hesitate. He hoisted Bao onto his back and ran, while Li Dazhu carried Little Nan. The others followed closely behind them.


    After Wang Bin picked up Bao, he handed the rifle with the night vision scope to Officer Miao. As Officer Miao retreated, he kept firing Wang Bin''s rifle, and inadvertently noticed there were no lights on the left side of the road.


    "Wang Bin, let''s run to the left; there are no zombies there!"


    Without thinking twice, Wang Bin carried Bao and led the group into the fields on the left side of the road.


    As he ran, he shouted to the soldiers on the road, urging them to follow. Unfortunately, they didn''t come over but retreated with the main force in the direction they had come from.


    "Hurry up, the zombies are catching up!" Officer Miao saw that some zombies had split off to chase them and quickly urged Wang Bin to speed up.


    Given the situation, Wang Bin could only sigh helplessly and run forward with Bao on his back.


    Since the first and second battalions had attracted most of the zombies, only a small portion chased after them. But even so, there were still a few hundred zombies, while they were only twelve people.


    Watching the zombies get closer, Wang Bin sighed, "Why didn''t I think of this!"


    "Brother Wang, what didn''t you think of?" Guan Xiaoyue asked curiously.


    "I have a tank! Dazhu, get ready to drive the tank, but it''s out of fuel right now. I have a barrel of oil left. Do you know how to refuel a tank?"


    "I know!"


    "Great, Xiaoyue, Officer Miao, you two hold off the zombies for a bit while I summon the tank!"


    "Okay!"


    After Bao and Little Nan were put down, they picked up rifles and started shooting at the zombies behind them.


    As soon as Wang Bin set Bao down, he summoned the tank from the system space and handed a barrel of gasoline to Li Dazhu.


    Li Dazhu climbed onto the tank, took the gasoline barrel from Wang Bin, opened the fuel cap, and started pouring in the fuel.


    "Hurry, climb onto the tank!" Seeing the zombies getting closer, Wang Bin quickly lifted Bao and the others onto the tank, then helped Sister Liu and Li Chengping up, and finally Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao.The tale has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident.


    Just as he pulled Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao up, the zombies surrounded them, reaching out to grab their feet, scaring everyone into retreating.


    "Quickly, get inside the tank!"


    Wang Bin hurriedly opened the tank hatch, letting Bao and the others inside, while Officer Miao and Guan Xiaoyue covered Li Dazhu as he refueled.


    Once Bao and the others were inside the tank, Wang Bin saw Li Dazhu still refueling and quickly took over the gasoline barrel, saying, "Let''s get the tank moving first; we can refuel more later!"


    "Okay!"


    Li Dazhu agreed and immediately got into the tank to start it.


    Fortunately, the tank was reliable, and as soon as Li Dazhu ignited it, it roared to life.


    Wang Bin stored the gasoline barrel back into the system space and quickly closed the tank''s fuel cap.


    "Wang Bin, hurry up and get in; I''m starting the tank!"


    Wang Bin peeked inside and saw the tank was already full of people, leaving no room for the three of them.


    "Xiaoyue, Officer Miao, hold on tight; we''ll stay outside!"


    "Okay!"


    "Dazhu, we''re not coming down; just get the tank moving!"


    "Got it!"


    Li Dazhu knew the situation was dangerous and immediately drove the tank forward at full speed.


    Wang Bin, Guan Xiaoyue, and Officer Miao stood on the tank, continuously firing at the zombies trying to climb up. Only when the tank had driven a good distance did the three of them stop.


    It had been extremely dangerous just now, with zombies almost climbing up, but luckily Li Dazhu started the tank in time.


    Feeling safe, the three of them collapsed onto the tank, exhausted, panting heavily as they stared blankly ahead.


    Guan Xiaoyue, with tears in her eyes, rested her head on Wang Bin''s thigh, feeling his warmth, which was the only thing that could bring her a bit of comfort.


    Wang Bin gently stroked Guan Xiaoyue''s hair with his left hand.


    On the other side, Officer Miao tightly hugged Wang Bin''s right arm, leaning her body against his shoulder.


    Wang Bin smiled faintly and wrapped his right arm around Officer Miao''s shoulder.


    The three of them sat on the tank, leaning against each other, gazing into the endless night.


    Li Dazhu drove for nearly an hour, finally stopping at a small village at the foot of a mountain.


    After more than an hour of rest, Wang Bin and the others had recovered their spirits. When Bao poked his little head out, Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao blushed and stood up from leaning against Wang Bin.


    "Stay inside for now; we''ll check for danger before you come out!" Wang Bin smiled, lightly tapping Bao''s head, telling him to go back inside.


    "Ouch!" Bao winced, covering the spot Wang Bin had tapped, and retreated back inside.


    "Dazhu, Uncle Li, you stay inside too!"


    Wang Bin instructed, then jumped off the tank with his gun, leading Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao toward a nearby three-story building.


    The village also had zombies, but not many, just a few hundred, and they were scattered. Wang Bin and the others cleared the zombies near the building before letting everyone out of the tank.


    Once everyone was out, Wang Bin stored the tank back into the system space and followed the group into the building.


    They gathered furniture to block the doors and windows on the first floor before going up to the third floor to rest.


    After such a harrowing experience, no one spoke, each lost in their own thoughts.


    After resting for a while, Wang Bin took out binoculars and went to the balcony to look toward the city.


    There were no gunshots or lights, just a quiet stillness. He had no idea how Commander Li and the others were doing.


    And what about the commanders of the first and second battalions? Had they escaped the zombies'' pursuit?


    Before long, Officer Miao came up, joining Wang Bin. "How are Commander Li and the others doing?" she asked.


    "No movement; we don''t know the situation yet."


    "Okay. Wang Bin, everyone''s feeling down; you need to comfort them."


    "Got it."


    Wang Bin agreed and went to the third floor, seeing everyone looking dejected, feeling a bit guilty himself.


    He felt he hadn''t taken good care of everyone.


    "Want to have hot pot?"


    Officer Miao followed him down after glancing toward the city.


    But as soon as she reached the third floor, she heard Wang Bin asking if they wanted hot pot, and everyone was stunned, staring blankly at him.


    Wasn''t this a time to be sad? Why suddenly suggest having hot pot?


    In the end, Officer Miao couldn''t hold back and burst into laughter.


    "Wang Bin, is it true?"


    "Oh, finally, hot pot!"


    "I haven''t had hot pot in almost two weeks!"


    "Then what are we waiting for? Let''s get moving! Sister Liu, you handle the vegetables. Dazhu, you''re in charge of the fire. Xiaoyue, Officer Miao, you two help tidy up the place so we can sleep after eating. As for me, I''ll take care of the eating and drinking, haha!"


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 90 - A calm day

    After a flurry of activity, the hot pot was finally served.


    Even before eating, just the spicy aroma made everyone swallow a mouthful of saliva.


    In the real world, Wang Bin would have hot pot almost every few days, but today, having it again felt incredibly comforting.


    "Let''s eat!"


    At Wang Bin''s command, everyone picked up their chopsticks and started grabbing food from the pot. The crispy lettuce, crunchy potatoes, melt-in-your-mouth tofu, and various tender meats had everyone exclaiming in delight.


    Some might say they were heartless, having just lost so many people, how could they eat? And what about the fresh meat, how could they stomach it?


    But as always, Wang Bin wasn''t a saint, nor a true soldier, and he had done what he could.


    Moreover, in the apocalypse, many people didn''t know if they would have a next meal or if they would die the next day. Eating hot pot in a house was a luxury; if given the chance, they''d gladly eat it even among zombie corpses. Having food was hard enough, let alone being picky, which was only possible in modern society.


    Wang Bin did this entirely to boost everyone''s morale, to fill them with hope for the future, so they could better face tomorrow.


    As usual, Wang Bin and the others had a bit of beer, but not much, just one bottle each. Any more would be unwise, as it was the apocalypse, and they didn''t know how many zombies were nearby. If everyone got drunk, who would fend off the zombies?


    That night, Li Chengping took the night watch. Since Wang Bin''s arrival, he seemed to have become everyone''s dedicated caretaker, mainly responsible for night watch and looking after the women and children.


    Everyone was mentally exhausted and truly tired, so they fell asleep as soon as they returned to their rooms.


    The night passed without much disturbance, and everyone slept until the next morning, at which point Li Chengping went back to his room to catch up on sleep.


    Wang Bin took a pair of binoculars to the balcony, constantly observing the city. It was quiet, but he saw figures in some buildings. Seeing this, he knew Commander Li and the others must have taken shelter inside.


    Knowing Commander Li and the others were temporarily safe, Wang Bin felt relieved. Did he care about their safety? Yes, he was very concerned, but often individual power is insignificant, and not everything can be achieved just because you want to.


    He then used the binoculars to survey the village surroundings. There were zombies around, not many, just a few hundred. Having experienced many large-scale battles, they no longer saw this number of zombies as a threat.A case of literary theft: this tale is not rightfully on Amazon; if you see it, report the violation.


    After understanding the surroundings, Wang Bin went down from the balcony.


    "Wang Bin, where are you going?" Officer Miao asked quickly when she saw Wang Bin heading down with a wooden rifle.


    "I''m going to practice shooting. You all rest for a while!" Wang Bin smiled lightly and walked down, moving the furniture blocking the door and stepping outside.


    With Wang Bin''s words, everyone realized they hadn''t practiced their martial arts today and quickly began practicing Tai Chi. Officer Miao and Guan Xiaoyue, a bit worried about Wang Bin, both took rifles and went up to the balcony, ready to provide support if Wang Bin was in danger.


    After two days of extensive practice, Wang Bin''s shooting skills had become increasingly proficient. A simple shot accurately hit a zombie''s head, and with a shake of the gun, the zombie''s head exploded.


    The zombies were much faster than before, but Wang Bin was even faster. His strength and endurance had also improved, so zombies couldn''t get close before having their heads pierced and falling to the ground.


    Half an hour later, Wang Bin had cleared the surrounding zombies. Seeing him easily handle the zombies, Guan Xiaoyue and Officer Miao both breathed a sigh of relief, then smiled and went down from the balcony.


    Wang Bin continued practicing Tai Chi, Diamond Palm, and Crossing the River on a Reed lightness skill for a while before heading to the third floor. When he arrived, everyone was practicing Tai Chi.


    Watching everyone''s practice, Wang Bin noticed significant improvement compared to before, perhaps because they were forced to.


    For survival, people''s learning attitude was much more diligent than before the apocalypse, and progress was inevitable.


    Wang Bin didn''t idle either, occasionally helping correct some of their movements.


    At noon, Li Chengping woke up. The first thing he did was light a cigarette, then watched Bao and Little Nan clowning around with a smile. Sometimes Li Xiaolu would join in their antics, and laughter would occasionally erupt in the room.


    The cheerful atmosphere inside contrasted sharply with the desolation and zombies outside. Everyone cherished their current life and was grateful to Wang Bin.


    Without Wang Bin, they might still be struggling in their original city, or perhaps they''d have been killed by zombies or other survivors.


    After lunch, everyone gathered in the living room to discuss their next steps.


    "When we left, I learned from Commander Li that he had informed the Fuzhou military headquarters of their evacuation. I wonder if Fuzhou will send reinforcements?"


    "We''re thousands of miles from the Fuzhou base; they can''t reach us quickly even if they want to help!"


    "Yes, let''s stay here for a few days. The city is full of zombies, and we can''t join Commander Li and the others. Even if we drive a tank in, it won''t help much, and with so many zombies in the city, getting out would be even harder!"


    "We have no other choice!"


    After the discussion, everyone went about their own tasks.


    Wang Bin wanted to hunt zombies, but having already cleared the nearby ones, he had no choice but to return to the balcony and continue practicing his martial arts.


    Time passed unknowingly, and that night it was time for Wang Bin to return to the real world.


    Wang Bin left the tank to Li Dazhu. With a tank, they had a chance to escape if zombies attacked. He also left them plenty of food, water, and grenades.


    When the time came, Wang Bin returned to the real world.


    Upon returning, he found many missed calls and messages, with Xiao Kai now among them.


    Wang Bin called them back one by one. You Hongfei had been busy with renovations, Li Xingping had already brought in three master craftsmen and settled them, and Xiao Kai had installed surveillance cameras and barbed wire on the walls, and had moved to live at the workshop.


    Seeing everything proceeding orderly, Wang Bin was pleased. He didn''t want to do anything now, just lie on his big bed at home and rest for a night.


    He went to the bathroom, filled the bathtub with hot water, and soaked comfortably for half an hour.


    He grabbed a can of beer from the fridge, went to the living room, turned on the TV, and watched with interest.


    He realized that since returning from the apocalypse, he particularly enjoyed watching comedies and films starring young actors. It wasn''t that their acting was great¡ªquite the opposite, it was terrible¡ªbut their poor performances made him laugh heartily.


    Having been stifled in the apocalypse for so long, he needed to relax in the real world, and this was his way of unwinding.


    He intended to watch for a bit before going to bed, but ended up falling asleep while watching.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 91 - Rapid progress

    The next day, Wang Bin was woken up by the alarm clock. He quickly washed up and went for a run.


    After completing a ten-kilometer run, Wang Bin once again approached his master, Li Zhengguo.


    The moment Li Zhengguo saw Wang Bin, he had a feeling that Wang Bin had grown significantly stronger. It was hard to believe such a change could happen in just one day. He couldn''t imagine how Wang Bin managed it.


    Curious to test Wang Bin''s strength, Li Zhengguo decided to skip the usual push-hands practice and go straight into a sparring session.


    Wang Bin knew his master''s skills were top-notch, though he wasn''t sure exactly how high. With his current abilities, he couldn''t gauge his master''s strength.


    Since his master''s skills were far superior, Wang Bin decided to unleash his full potential.


    "Please, Master, guide me!"


    After bowing respectfully, Wang Bin launched a Diamond Palm attack towards Li Zhengguo.


    Li Zhengguo noticed that Wang Bin''s speed had increased significantly. Although he deflected most of Wang Bin''s power with his punches, he could still feel that Wang Bin''s strength had noticeably improved.


    Moreover, he observed that Wang Bin''s moves were more fluid and explosive than before.


    After over twenty moves, Li Zhengguo had a good grasp of Wang Bin''s current strength. However, to help Wang Bin, he didn''t immediately use his ultimate moves to defeat him. Instead, he neutralized Wang Bin''s attacks one by one, occasionally counterattacking to help Wang Bin understand the weaknesses in his techniques.


    After fifty moves, Wang Bin felt it was enough and stepped back with a smile, saying, "Thank you, Master, for your guidance. Could you please help me correct my Tai Chi?"


    "Alright!"


    Li Zhengguo nodded with satisfaction, speaking few words.


    When Wang Bin demonstrated his Tai Chi, Li Zhengguo was once again astonished. It was remarkable that Wang Bin had improved his Diamond Palm so much in just one day, but his Tai Chi also seemed stronger than before.


    Although Wang Bin''s Tai Chi was still at the first level, his strength and agility attributes were at the peak of a second-rate expert, with agility even reaching the level of a quasi-first-rate expert.


    Thus, his attributes compensated for his familiarity with Tai Chi. However, ultimately, his Tai Chi level wasn''t as high as his Diamond Palm. After just over ten moves, Wang Bin''s techniques were full of flaws, and he was left only defending against Li Zhengguo''s frequent attacks, unable to counter.Find this and other great novels on the author''s preferred platform. Support original creators!


    Just as Li Zhengguo was about to stop, Wang Bin had a sudden inspiration: why not combine Crossing the River on a Reed with Tai Chi in a sparring match with his master?


    As soon as the thought occurred, Wang Bin didn''t hesitate and immediately used the lightness skill Crossing the River on a Reed.


    In an instant, Li Zhengguo felt a blur before his eyes, and Wang Bin''s figure suddenly vanished, while he sensed a force coming from the left rear.


    Startled, Li Zhengguo quickly turned, facing Wang Bin with even greater speed. With a swift pull and push, he not only neutralized Wang Bin''s punch but also sent Wang Bin flying back.


    Wang Bin staggered back five or six steps before regaining his balance.


    "Not bad, catching me off guard! However, you must understand that in Tai Chi, the greater the opponent''s force, the easier it is for us to counter, and the more severe the opponent''s injury. Your surprise attack was good, but you mustn''t be careless, especially when facing a master. Never go all out; always maintain a balance of attack and defense to remain undefeated!"


    "Thank you, Master, for your guidance!"


    Wang Bin hadn''t expected that even with Crossing the River on a Reed, he still wasn''t a match for his master. It seemed his master also possessed impressive lightness skills, even faster than his.


    If his master had used inner strength earlier, Wang Bin might have suffered serious internal injuries.


    "By the way, was that a lightness skill you used just now? Which one was it?"


    "Master, it was Crossing the River on a Reed."


    "What, you actually know Crossing the River on a Reed? That''s a Shaolin secret technique. Well, it makes sense. You already know Shaolin''s Diamond Palm, so it''s not surprising you know Crossing the River on a Reed too!"


    It''s considered extremely fortunate for someone to learn even one Shaolin secret technique, but he never expected Wang Bin to know Crossing the River on a Reed as well. And judging by the situation, both techniques were quite proficient. Honestly, even at nearly seventy years old, indifferent to many worldly things, he felt a twinge of envy towards Wang Bin.


    "Let''s continue!" Li Zhengguo wanted to understand how well Wang Bin had mastered Crossing the River on a Reed, so he asked Wang Bin to come at him again.


    "Alright!" Wang Bin agreed and attacked once more.


    This time, Wang Bin didn''t limit himself to combining Tai Chi and Crossing the River on a Reed. Instead, he blended three martial arts together, sometimes using Tai Chi, sometimes Diamond Palm, and occasionally employing Crossing the River on a Reed to dart around Li Zhengguo.


    Even so, Li Zhengguo remained at ease, and Wang Bin couldn''t touch him at all.


    After all, his skills were far superior to Wang Bin''s. If he wanted to injure Wang Bin, he could do so at any time. But to train Wang Bin, he merely defended against Wang Bin''s attacks.


    As Li Zhengguo continued to help Wang Bin train, a group of over twenty teenagers dressed in white Taekwondo uniforms ran over from a distance. Leading them was a man in his thirties, seemingly their coach.


    These people shouted slogans as they ran, occasionally performing a flying kick, drawing the attention of passersby who stopped to watch, some even taking out their phones to record.


    Jin Bo was the coach of this group of teenagers. A few months ago, he came from Korea to H City in China to open a martial arts school. Having won many competition trophies in Korea and promoted his school, he quickly attracted many parents to send their children to learn from him.


    A few days ago, while out for a run, he noticed that Chinese restaurants and businesses liked to have employees exercise in the morning, doing things like calisthenics, singing, and even organizing group runs. Seeing this, he thought of his martial arts school.


    He figured he could imitate these Chinese business owners by taking his students out for a run in the morning, wearing uniforms with the school''s name, to expand the school''s reputation.


    For this run, Jin Bo selected twenty-six students with good performance and brought them to Emerald Lake.


    This place was popular for morning exercises and night runs, and he thought it was an ideal spot.


    Indeed, his foresight was proven right. Along the way, they attracted a lot of attention, with even joggers and morning exercisers stopping to watch, greatly satisfying Jin Bo''s vanity.


    "Wow, look over there, two experts are sparring!"


    "Wow, they look pretty impressive!"


    "Impressive my foot, no way they''re as good as our coach!"


    "Exactly, the coach could kick them into the lake with one move!"


    Seeing Wang Bin and Li Zhengguo sparring, Jin Bo was also taken aback. He quickly realized this was a great opportunity to boost his reputation, so he led his students, shouting slogans, towards Wang Bin and Li Zhengguo.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>

 Chapter 92 - You dont deserve it

    Wang Bin and Li Zhengguo were in the midst of their practice when Jin Bo arrived with over twenty teenagers, and Jin Bo immediately started shouting commands, leading the group in practicing Taekwondo right beside them.


    "One!"


    "Ha!"


    "Two!"


    "Ha!"


    "Three!"


    "Ha!"


    ...


    Wang Bin''s face was full of black lines, and Li Zhengguo couldn''t help but frown. It was obvious the other party was here to cause trouble.


    With Jin Bo''s interruption, neither of them felt like continuing their practice.


    "Master, it''s still early. How about we grab some breakfast?"


    "Sure, I''ll take you to a breakfast place I frequent. They''ve been open for over twenty years, and I''ve been eating there for just as long!"


    "Oh, since Master says so, I must try it!"


    "Let''s go!"


    Li Zhengguo was surprised by Wang Bin''s composure. If it were any other young martial artist, they would have likely charged in for a fight at such provocation. But Wang Bin only showed a hint of displeasure before quickly regaining his composure.


    Wang Bin''s ability to maintain such composure at a young age made Li Zhengguo regard him even more highly.


    Thinking back to when he was Wang Bin''s age, he was a hot-blooded youth ready to ignite at the slightest spark. Well, let''s not dwell on the past!


    Li Zhengguo felt a bit embarrassed recalling his younger self and smiled as he prepared to take Wang Bin for breakfast.


    Jin Bo didn''t expect the two to ignore him and seemed ready to leave. He was here to stir up trouble and wouldn''t let them go easily.


    "Stop!"


    Jin Bo ran forward and blocked Wang Bin and Li Zhengguo with an outstretched hand.


    Even with their good temper, being stopped by someone speaking broken Chinese made both Wang Bin and Li Zhengguo a bit annoyed.


    If you spot this tale on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation.


    As the disciple, Wang Bin didn''t want to trouble his master with this, so he stepped forward and said, "What do you want?"


    "Fight me!"


    "No," Wang Bin replied calmly.


    "Why not?" Jin Bo asked, puzzled. Aren''t martial artists supposed to be eager to fight?


    "Because you''re not worthy!"


    As soon as Wang Bin said this, Li Zhengguo couldn''t help but smile.


    But Jin Bo was different. He was so angry he could burst, clenching his fists tightly, his knuckles cracking loudly.


    If it were someone else, they might have been scared stiff by Jin Bo''s demeanor. But Wang Bin and Li Zhengguo didn''t even give him a second glance.


    "You idiot! Our Taekwondo from the Great Stick Nation is the best martial art in the world, and you dare to belittle it!"


    "I''m not looking down on Taekwondo; I''m looking down on you!" Wang Bin couldn''t help but chuckle at Jin Bo''s words. What are you, a politician? Why do you put labels on people like them?


    "You!" Jin Bo raised his hand in anger, pointing at Wang Bin.


    "What do you mean, ''you''? A good dog doesn''t block the way. Please step aside!" Wang Bin ignored Jin Bo.


    "I want to duel you!" Jin Bo shouted furiously.


    Just as Jin Bo was yelling, a seven or eight-year-old girl nearby, trying to pick a lotus flower from the lake, lost her balance and fell in with a scream.


    "Help!"


    "Someone fell into the water!"


    "Who can swim? Go save her!"


    Hearing the commotion, Wang Bin immediately turned his head and saw a pair of small hands flailing in the water, occasionally revealing a small head crying for help.


    It was clear the little girl could swim a bit, but not well. In her panic, she could only keep slapping the water and shouting for help.


    Seeing this, Wang Bin didn''t think twice and sprinted towards the lake.


    When he reached the lake, Wang Bin lightly leaped over the railing.


    As everyone thought Wang Bin was about to dive in to save the girl, he gently tapped a lotus leaf on the water, leaping several meters forward.


    He tapped another lotus leaf, his body soaring again. After three such jumps, he reached the spot where the girl had fallen.


    In the instant his foot touched the lotus leaf, he bent down and grabbed the girl''s hand, pulling her out of the water with a gentle tug.


    Then, holding the girl with one hand and balancing with the other, he landed on another lotus leaf, leaping again. By the time he landed, he was standing on the stone bridge over the lake, holding the girl.


    Many people had taken out their phones to take pictures and videos when the girl fell, but soon they witnessed a scene straight out of a movie¡ªa young man stepping on lotus leaves to rescue the girl, barely getting wet except for the water splashed by the girl.


    Seeing this, the crowd went wild, excitedly rushing towards Wang Bin.


    Seeing the crowd rushing towards him, Wang Bin frowned and crouched down to ask the girl, "Where are your parents?"


    "Over there!" The girl pointed to the approaching crowd.


    "Oh, be more careful next time!"


    Knowing the girl''s family was nearby, Wang Bin didn''t linger. He used his Crossing the River on a Reed skill to quickly leave, not wanting to be surrounded like a gorilla.


    After running a distance, he remembered his master was still by the lake and quickly gestured to Li Zhengguo to call him.


    The little girl watched Wang Bin leave, feeling both scared and excited. Scared because she almost drowned, excited because she was held by an unknown uncle and flew through the air. It was thrilling, and she wanted to experience it again, but the uncle had already run far away.


    Seeing Wang Bin''s gesture, Li Zhengguo smiled faintly, glanced disdainfully at Jin Bo, and walked away.


    Jin Bo was dumbfounded. What did he just witness? Someone actually running on the lake. Is this even humanly possible?


    This must be a movie shoot, but there were no film crews around. Was it a cheat? But this is the real world, not a game with cheats.


    He couldn''t imagine if that young man had fought him, he probably wouldn''t have stood a chance.


    "So I really am not worthy!"


    By the time Jin Bo snapped back to reality, Li Zhengguo was long gone, and his twenty-six students had already run to the stone bridge, shouting for Wang Bin to take them as disciples as they chased after him.


    Seeing this, Jin Bo felt a tightness in his chest and a bit dizzy. If he hadn''t held onto a nearby willow tree, he might have collapsed.


    After a while, seeing no one was paying attention to him, he wiped the cold sweat from his forehead and quietly slipped away.


    Not long after, Li Zhengguo arrived at a small breakfast shop, where Wang Bin was smiling and waiting at the door.


    "Master, what would you like to eat?"


    "Just a bowl of millet porridge. If you''re not afraid of the mutton smell, you can try their lamb offal. I loved it when I was young!"


    "Alright, boss, one bowl of millet porridge, one lamb offal, and a meat bun!"


    "Got it! Old Li, is this your grandson?"


    "No, he''s my disciple!"


    "Oh, I''ve never heard of you taking a disciple. This meal''s on me!"


    "Thanks, Old Zhang, but that''s not necessary. You''re running a small business, it''s not easy!"


    "Oh, Old Li, don''t be a stranger. I can afford a breakfast."


    Li Zhengguo shook his head helplessly and chose a table with Wang Bin, his eyes burning with admiration as he looked at Wang Bin.


    Hi everyone, if you like this novel and want to read more in advance, please support me on PawRead</a>.


    Discord:https://discord.com/invite/ua2A852bws</a>